USVI Public Records

Document text

1 The University History The University of the Virgin Islands (UVI) was chartered on March 16, 1962, as the College of the Virgin Islands — a publicly funded, coeducational, liberal arts institu- tion — by Act No. 862 of the Fourth Legislature of the U.S. Virgin Islands. According to that law, UVI’s cornerstone objective is to provide for “...the stimulation and utili- zation of the intellectual resources of the people of the Virgin Islands and the develop- ment of a center of higher learning whereby and wherefrom the benefits of culture and education may be extended throughout the Virgin Islands.” The enabling legislation was the result of at least two years of preparation and plan- ning. In 1960, the V.I. Legislature created a temporary body called the Virgin Islands College Commission, comprised of interested island residents, to survey the need for a territorial college. In April 1961, Governor Ralph M. Paiewonsky pledged to establish such a college in his inaugural address. And in July 1961, Governor Paiewonsky hosted a Governor’s Conference on Higher Education, at which twenty educators observed and analyzed the Virgin Islands’ educational scene, and made recommendations for the creation of the College of the Virgin Islands (CVI). The first campus opened on St. Thomas in July 1963, on 175 acres donated by the federal government. The first board of trustees took office in August 1963. In 1964, the college founded a second campus on St. Croix, on 130 acres also donated by the federal government. CVI began by offering only associate of arts degrees. In 1967 it added bachelor’s degree programs in liberal arts and education. The first baccalaureate degrees were awarded in 1970, and in 1976 the college awarded its first master’s degrees in education. Two years later, master’s degree programs in business administration and public administration were instituted on both campuses. In 1972, the College of the Virgin Islands was awarded Land-Grant status by the U.S. Congress. This allowed for the establishment of an Agricultural Experiment Station and a Cooperative Extension Service. Since then, many other programs and services have been added. These include the Reichhold Center for the Arts, the Eastern Carib- bean Center, the William P. MacLean Marine Science Center, the Sports and Fitness Center and the Virgin Islands Experimental Program to Stimulate Competitive Re- search (VI-EPSCoR). In 1986, the College of the Virgin Islands was renamed the University of the Vir- gin Islands to reflect the growth and diversification of its academic curricula, com- munity and regional services, and research programs. That same year, the United States Congress named UVI one of America’s Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCU); therefore, it holds the distinction of being the only HBCU outside of the continental United States. 2 In 2002, Dr. LaVerne E. Ragster was named the fourth president of the University of the Virgin Islands, succeeding Dr. Orville E. Kean who became president in 1990. Dr. Arthur A. Richards served as the second president of UVI from 1980- 1990, while Dr. Lawrence C. Wanlass served as the first president from 1962- 1980, when UVI was the College of the Virgin Islands. Another milestone in the historical development of the University was the Board of Trustees’ approval of a new framework for UVI’s organization and governance, which went into effect on October 1, 1999. The basis of the new administrative structure is a Provost/Campus Executive Administrator system that separates campus-level and uni- versity-level responsibilities in order to create an environment that better addresses the changing needs of each campus, the University, and the Virgin Islands community. UVI is a public liberal arts-based Masters II university, a Historically Black Col- lege and University, and a Land-Grant institution. Today, UVI has a combined enrollment of approximately 2,500 full-time, part-time and graduate students on its two campuses. It continues to offer a high-quality, affordable liberal arts educa- tion and professional programs in a culturally diverse environment. The University's objective is to be recognized as the leading American institution of higher learning in the Caribbean. Accreditation and Memberships The University of the Virgin Islands is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, 3624 Market Street Philadelphia, PA 19104, (215) 662-5606. The Commission on Higher Edu- cation is an institutional accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education and the Commission on Recognition of Postsecondary Accreditation. The University is also an active member of the American Association of State Colleges and Universities, the American Council on Education, the Association of Caribbean Information Systems, the Association of Caribbean Universities and Research Institutes, the Association of Governing Boards, the National Associa- tion for Equal Opportunity, and the National Association of State Universities and Land Grant Colleges. The bachelor and associate degree programs in nursing education are accredited by the National League for Nursing, Accrediting Commission, 61 Broadway 33rd Floor, New York, New York 10006 (800-669-1656 ext. 153). The Business Ad- ministration Division is a member of the Assembly of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. Location, Facilities and Global Access The University of the Virgin Islands, located in the Eastern Caribbean, is 45 miles east of Puerto Rico. The University is located on two campuses. On St. Croix, the largest of the U.S. Virgin Islands, the campus includes academic facilities, a stu- dent life complex, the V.I. Cooperative Extension Service and the Agricultural The University 3 Experiment Station. The St. Thomas Campus contains academic facilities, admin- istrative and student service buildings, residence halls, the Reichhold Center for the Arts and the William P. MacLean Marine Science Center. In addition to these campuses, the University maintains the Virgin Islands Environmental Resource Station on the island of St. John. Microwave telecommunication facilities connect the two campuses for many videoconference classes and university meetings. Access to the Internet and World Wide Web supports distance learning course offerings as well as global informa- tion and communication for students, faculty and staff. The UVI home page at http://www.uvi.edu provides current UVI information and links to a wide range of university documents and other information. Special Programs The University offers a number of special programs through the Academic Divi- sions, the Community Engagement and Lifelong Learning (CELL) Center, the Ag- ricultural Experiment Station, the Cooperative Extension Service, and the Water Resources Research Institute. These include certificate programs such as the In- clusive Early Childhood Education Program, special self-improvement courses, and courses in a wide variety of subjects to improve the quality of life for resi- dents. The St. Croix campus offers a Senior Reserve Officers Training Corps pro- gram within the Division of Social Sciences. This 18 credit program is available to students pursuing their bachelor's degrees. Admission to the program will be upon approval of an application to the Military Science and Leadership (MSL) instruc- tor. Any student may enroll in the MSL courses upon approval of the instructor. The University of the Virgin Islands is a member of the National Student Exchange program which offers undergraduate students an opportunity to study for up to one year at one of 171 colleges and universities in the United States and its territories. Students spend either their sophomore or junior year in the exchange program and return to the University of the Virgin Islands to graduate. Students from other NSE membership schools also spend a year or semester studying at UVI. Additional information is available from the Counseling and Placement Office. UVI is a mem- ber of the Association of Caribbean Universities and Research Institute (UNICA) and participates in the Caribbean Intercollegiate Student Exchange program. This program allows UVI students to spend a semester or an academic year at a partici- pating university and allows students from participating Caribbean colleges and universities to spend a semester or academic year at UVI. A cooperative agreement between the University of the Virgin Islands and Boston University School of Medicine exists whereby University of the Virgin Islands students, after meeting certain qualifications, may be accepted provisionally into the medical school at the end of their sophomore year. These students spend two summers and their senior year at Boston University and graduate with a bachelor of science degree from the University of the Virgin Islands. The Science and Math- ematics Division has developed an articulation program in engineering with Co- lumbia University in New York and Washington University in St. Louis. These The University 4 articulation agreements allow students to begin their studies at UVI and then com- plete requirements for graduation at one of the schools. Students who satisfy all requirements receive one degree from UVI and a second degree in engineering from one of the two schools. There are less formalized transfer programs in pre- engineering, pre-pharmacy and pre-medical technology for students who wish to study in these fields at the University of the Virgin Islands before transferring to a specialized institution to complete their studies. Interested students should seek addi- tional information from the Chair of the Division of Science and Mathematics. UVI has entered into several special agreements and collaborative ventures within the last few years. There will be joint collaborations on faculty and student ex- changes, faculty research, and program development. Research will be conducted at the Etelman Observatory, located on St. Thomas at an elevation of approxi- mately 1,500 ft. The Observatory houses a state-of-the-art 16-inch American Opti- cal refracting telescope. The telescope has been fitted with a CCD camera, a com- puter controlled filter wheel, and optical encoders which allow the telescope to be positioned with exceptional accuracy. The facility will be used both for instruc- tional purposes and research, which is sponsored in part by the South Carolina NASA Space Grant Consortium. A cooperative student and faculty exchange agreement between Emory University and the University of the Virgin Islands is currently in effect. The exchange agree- ment provides for the regular exchange of students and faculty between the two institutions in order to enhance the education and the mutual understanding of both students and faculty. The Virgin Islands University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabili- ties (VIUCEDD), previously known as the Virgin Islands University Affiliated Program (VIUAP), was established in October 1994 to enhance the quality of life for citizens with developmental disabilities and their families. VIUCEDD carries out its mission by promoting independence, productivity and full integration into the community through interdisciplinary training, exemplary service, technical assistance and information dissemination. Other Collaborative Agreements or Memoranda of Understanding have been es- tablished between UVI and: •Consortium for Caribbean Marine Studies •Consortium of Caribbean Universities for Natural Resource Management •Department of Commerce •H. Lavity Stoutt Community College, British Virgin Islands •National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration •Savannah State University •The State University of New York at New Paltz •U. S. Department of the Interior •University of Alabama •University of Ghana, Legon and the University of Copenhagen •University of St. Maarten •Virgin Islands National Park Service The University 5 Special Degree Program Offerings: From time to time, the University develops special degree programs to provide workforce training and to enhance the professional development of service pro- viders. One such program is the Inclusive Early Childhood Education Associate in Arts degree program. Designed to ensure that child care providers and early child- hood professionals are trained to provide quality programs in which infants, tod- dlers and pre-schoolers with differing abilities are nurtured, the degree program admits students as a cohort based on community need. Another such program is the Associate of Applied Science in Process Technology, aimed at developing a workforce for the local petrochemical industry and other similar industries in the Caribbean region and worldwide. The University 6 St. Croix Campus GRADUATE PROGRAMS Education Specialist in School Psychology Master of Arts in Education Master of Business Administration Master of Public Administration UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Arts Degree Accounting Business Administration Communication Elementary Education English Bachelor of Science Degree Computer Science Associate of Arts Degree Accounting Business Management Computer Information Systems Inclusive Early Childhood Education Police Science and Administration Associate of Science Degree Computer Science Nursing Associate of Applied Science Degree Process Technology 7 St. Croix Campus Campus Overview The 130-acre campus of the University of the Virgin Islands on St. Croix is located at Golden Grove, midway between the towns of Christiansted and Frederiksted. Used by the University since 1964, the land was deeded to the University for educational pur- poses by the United States federal government in 1968. The entrance to the campus, from Queen Mary Highway, is lined by royal palm trees leading to the Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning, the residence halls and the Student Center. The main build- ings include the Great House, which housed both classrooms and administrative of- fices prior to 1975; the Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning (the main academic building); the Northwest Wing, erected in 1989 and which houses the computer labo- ratories; the Research and Extension Center which opened its doors in 1992 and houses the land-grant programs, and the Nursing complex which has been home to the Divi- sion of Nursing Education since 1996. The Student Center houses a combination auditorium/cafeteria, the Snack Bar, the Office of Student Activities, the Student Activities Lounge, a student mail room and the Campus Bookstore. Behind the Student Center are recently constructed outdoor basketball, volleyball and tennis courts used for physical education classes, intramural athletics and recreation. The residence halls opened for student occupancy in January 1999. The residence hall complex is comprised of 17 three-bedroom suites, the Office of Student Housing & Residence Life, a reception area, lounge, two study/seminar rooms, laundry facilities and on-campus living quarters for the Student Housing Su- pervisor. With more than 1,000 students, the St. Croix campus is managed under the leadership of a Campus Executive Administrator (CEA). The CEA is responsible for student af- fairs (career services, counseling, food services, health center, judicial affairs, orienta- tion, on-campus housing, student activities), business services (bookstore, cashier, payroll, purchasing), campus security, grounds/facilities maintenance, and capital projects. Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning Opened in 1975, the Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning is named for the U.S. Virgin Islands’ first elected governor. The architecturally unique Center is a modern air-con- ditioned, multi-level complex constructed around a landscaped courtyard with open- air walkways, galleries, attractive stonework, tropical foliage, miniature waterfalls and manmade ponds. The building of modular design, provides for future expansion as the higher education needs of St. Croix residents increase. The Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning houses the Office of the Provost, the Li- brary, classrooms, faculty offices, video conferencing facilities, and a 73-seat Theater. It also houses some of the Student Support Services, such as the Academic Services, Financial Aid and the Freshmen Center, as well as the Office of Business and Facilities Services, Physical Plant and Campus Security. 8 The Great House Prior to the construction of the Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning in 1975, all classes on the St. Croix Campus were conducted in the Great House, a 19th century historic building that was originally the main house of a sugar cane plantation. Com- pletely renovated in 2001, the Great House now includes the Provost’s Office, Health Services Center, Counseling & Placement, Student Employment and the Student Gov- ernment Association (SGA). St. Croix Campus Library The St. Croix Campus Library was founded in 1964 and was moved to its present location in the Melvin Evans Center for Learning in 1975. Its primary function is to support the educational mission of the University. Its holdings are oriented to- ward such programs and are supplemented and updated on a continuous basis. Its current holdings of about 53,000 volumes and over 167 periodical subscriptions are complemented by those of the Ralph M. Paiewonsky Library on the St. Tho- mas Campus. The library also subscribes to databases, which provide online full- text access to over 1,100 journal and newspaper titles. The St. Croix Campus Library features a special collection of Virgin Islands and Caribbean materials and an extensive pamphlet file of conference papers and other materials on the Caribbean. There are also more than 590,000 documents on mi- crofiche in the Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC) collection. The Library also serves as a depository for the publications of the Government of the United States Virgin Islands. In its dual role as media center, the St. Croix Campus Library houses a growing collection of audiovisual material. It also maintains presentation equipment for classroom and in-library use with audiovisual material. Instruction in the use of this material and in all other library resources is offered to groups or individuals upon request. Both libraries offer Internet access from their computer labs. Links from the Li- braries’ web site (http://library.uvi.edu/) provide access to several academic and other databases including Infotrac Web, FirstSearch, CINAHL, ERIC and Newsbank as well as a link to UVIAL, the online catalog of library holdings. Through UVIAL, students may search for listings of books, periodicals and government documents housed in both campus libraries. A well developed system of inter-campus loans allows students, faculty, and staff to borrow or otherwise have access to materials from either campus library. Through the catalog, they may also search a growing collection of electronic documents on Virgin Islands history and culture available on the web. This recent collection was developed through a collaborative project of the University Libraries and the Virgin Islands Division of Libraries Archives and Museums. Documents cover the areas of education, biography, history and culture. St. Croix Campus 9 The Library maintains membership to OCLC (Online Computer Library Center), through SOLINET (Southeastern Library Network). Membership in this network provides opportunities for additional interlibrary loans from and to libraries across the mainland U.S. and around the world, as well as electronic access to cataloging services. Research and Extension Center The Research and Extension Center contains several programs of the Agricultural Experiment Station and the Cooperative Extension Service. This state-of-the-art facil- ity is home to the Biotechnology Laboratory with its light and temperature-con- trolled growth room and molecular biology equipment, the Plant Science labora- tory where research is conducted in the areas of soil and plant analysis, a home economics food laboratory and four seminar rooms, 16 research faculty and staff offices, and a staff lounge. St. Croix Campus 10 St. Thomas Campus GRADUATE PROGRAMS Education Specialist in School Psychology Master of Arts in Education Master of Business Administration Master of Public Administration UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Arts Degree Accounting Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Elementary Education English Humanities Marine Biology Mathematics Music Education Psychology Social Sciences Social Work Speech Communication and Theatre Bachelor of Science Degree Applied Mathematics Biology Chemistry Computer Science Marine Biology Mathematics Nursing Associate of Arts Degree Accounting Business Management Computer Information Systems Hotel and Restaurant Management Inclusive Early Childhood Education Police Science and Administration Associate of Science Degree Computer Science Physics 11 St. Thomas Campus Campus Overview The 388-acre St. Thomas campus of the University of the Virgin Islands is located three miles west of the town of Charlotte Amalie and overlooks John Brewer’s Bay. Currently the buildings include: The Ralph M. Paiewonsky Library; Residence Halls housing approximately 230 students; Continuing Education, Business Administration, Humanities, Nursing Education, Science and Mathematics, Social Sciences, and Teacher Education buildings; the Music Education Center; the Sports and Fitness Center, the William P. MacLean Marine Science Center, and the Leo M. Harvey Student Center which includes the dining hall. Also, there is the Health Services Center; the Class- room Administration Building which contains classrooms, a theatre, administration and faculty offices and science laboratories; and The Reichhold Center for the Arts, an open-air amphitheater seating 1,196 persons, including 356 covered seats. The University campus includes the Herman E. Moore Golf Course, Brewer’s Bay beach, tennis courts and a basketball court for student use as part of the athletic and recreation programs. Several areas are used as playing fields. The golf course is used as a common area for diverse activities such as golf practice and special events. The multi-purpose Sports and Fitness Center was officially opened and dedicated January 2001. Ralph M. Paiewonsky Library The Ralph M. Paiewonsky Library, one of the two main libraries of the University, was founded in 1962. It was moved to its present location on the North Campus in January 1969, and was dedicated and named in honor of former governor, Ralph M. Paiewonsky on March 15, 1969. The Paiewonsky Library's primary function is to support the educational mission of the University. Its holdings of about 110,000 volumes, including books, maps, and pamphlets, and over 600,000 pieces of microform, are complimented by those of the St. Croix Library. The Paiewonsky Library subscribes to over 300 periodicals with a back file of over 14,000 bound periodical volumes. Additionally, the library subscribes to electronic databases, which provide online full-text access to over 1,100 journal and newspaper titles. The Paiewonsky Library features several special collections: the Caribbean Collec- tion has books, periodicals, photographs, and pamphlet files pertaining to the culture, history and literature of the Virgin Islands and the wider Caribbean area; the Melchior Center for Recent History is a developing collection of recent U.S. Virgin Islands materials (since 1917); the Casper Holstein Collection on African culture and history; and the circulating William Taussig Memorial Collection, which is focused on Afri- can-American and Caribbean culture. The Library maintains the Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC) documents on microfiche. Since 1973, the Library has been a selective depository for U.S. Government materials, a collection that now to- tals over 15,000 documents in print and electronic formats. The Library is also a de- pository for the publications of the Government of the United States Virgin Islands. 12 St. Thomas Campus Both libraries offer Internet access from their computer labs. From the UVI Libraries website (http://library.uvi.edu), students and faculty access several online databases including American Chemical Society Journals Online; CINAHL and a collection of online nursing journals; CQ Researcher; ERIC Documents; numerous FirstSearch gen- eral, business, humanities, and science databases; Gale Group academic, business, health and literature databases. Books, periodicals and government documents housed in both campus libraries may be searched through UVIAL, the online catalog of li- brary holdings. Materials located on either campus may be requested from the other library. The libraries also provide access to a growing number of electronic journals and digitized documents on Virgin Islands history and culture. This latter collection was developed through a collaborative project with the Virgin Islands Division of Libraries Archives and Museums. The Library maintains membership to OCLC (Online Computer Library Center), through SOLINET (Southeastern Library Network). Membership in this network provides op- portunities for additional interlibrary loans from and to libraries across the mainland U.S. and around the world, as well as electronic access to cataloging services. Music Education Center The Music Education Center was officially dedicated on February 11, 1999. The Cen- ter provides a pleasant atmosphere for all who utilize the facility. It houses four private practice rooms (each room contains a piano), a tiered band room, a room specially configured for use by the University’s steel band, an elegant concert choir room and a computer lab/listening room. Sports and Fitness Center The Sports and Fitness Center (SFC), on the St. Thomas campus, officially opened in January 2001. It is the largest indoor state-of-the-art facility of its kind in the Eastern Caribbean. The center is built on the site of the old UVI Field House (gym), formerly a 1930’s seaplane hangar built by the U. S. Navy. The center is used primarily for physical education classes, intramural sports, and varsity athletics, including the men’s and women’s basketball and volleyball teams. It is available for rental and utilized widely on a rental basis by a variety of groups and organizations. The center has two levels which occupy over 64,000 square feet. The seating capacity is 2,500 for basketball games and 4,000 for concerts and other events. The center houses three large classrooms, along with conference rooms, an aerobics room, a training room for sports injury treatment, dual cross courts, two volleyball courts, locker rooms, a lighting and sound room for concerts and special events, and a VIP viewing room overlooking the arena. The building also includes the offices of the Director and Assistant Director of Athletics, the Office of the Vice Provost for Re- search and Public Service, faculty offices and the bookstore. 13 Off-Campus Facilities University facilities that are not on the main St. Thomas campus include Etelman House, site of an astronomical laboratory which is located on Crown Mountain, and the Virgin Islands Environmental Resource Station (VIERS). VIERS, located on the island of St. John, provides unique outdoor and marine learning opportunities through environ- mental education programs and research activities. Situated on the remote southern shore of the Virgin Islands National Park, close to hiking trails and coral reefs, VIERS’ 12 cabins can accommodate up to 48 overnight guests. A waterside laboratory, with dock, is accessible to students and researchers. VIERS is also available for personal enrichment and for group retreats. Clean Islands International, a non-profit environ- mental education organization, currently manages VIERS. St. Thomas Campus 14 Administration, Research and Public Service OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT The Office of the President is the lead component for executive management of the institution. It is comprised of the office of the Liaison to the Board of Trustees and the President’s administrative and managerial staff. The President’s Cabinet is comprised of the Provost, the Vice President for Administration and Finance, the Vice President for Institutional Advancement, the Vice President for Information Technology and Learning Resources, the Vice Provost for Research and Public Service, the Executive Director of the Research and Technology Park, and Special Assistant to the President. This body meets bi-weekly to discuss and decide policies and develop strategies for the achieve- ment of institutional priorities. OFFICE OF THE PROVOST The Provost is the chief academic officer, the second line officer, the policy staff of- ficer and reports to the President. The Provost is responsible for all matters relating to academic divisions, academic programs, academic policy development, implementa- tion and review, academic and student support services, enrollment management, re- search policy development, and research and public service. The units that report to the Provost are the Office of the Vice Provost for Research and Public Service, the Office of Institutional Research and Planning, the Office of Enrollment Management, Graduate Studies, the Honors Program, and the Office of Community Engagement and Lifelong Learning. Community Engagement and Lifelong Learning (CELL) UVICELL is primarily responsible for providing educational opportunities to assist in the development of skills in the workforce and prepare individuals for high-demand career fields. Through a broad range of innovative programs, CELL offers enhanced opportuni- ties for training, continuing education, certification and career enhancement. In addition to working with its students, CELL offers businesses a number of services that foster growth, increase productivity and enhance effectiveness. CELL links the best of the University’s resources to provide expert consultation and delivers customized programs to suit the needs of the organization. Programs are offered through a wide range of delivery methods, such as face-to-face, self-paced study and on-line instruction. Affiliations UVICELL is an authorized provider of the International Association for Continuing Edu- cation and Training (IACET). As an authorized provider, CELL grants IACET accredited Continuing Education Units (CEUs). The IACET CEU is internationally recognized as a measure of quality in continuing education and training. UVICELL has also partnered with the American Management Association (AMA) to offer a wide spectrum of management training, backed by AMA’s more than 80 years of man- 15 agement education experience. CELL is the authorized AMA provider in a number of Caribbean regions to include: Anguilla, Antigua and Barbuda, British Virgin Islands, Dominica, Jamaica, Puerto Rico, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Maarten/St. Martin and the U.S. Virgin Islands. CELL offers a number of services which include: Professional Development CELL focuses on affording seasoned professionals with the knowledge and skills to pursue a new career, advance in their current career, secure postsecondary certificates or prepare for national certification exams. Programs are conveniently offered in the evenings and on weekends for busy adults. Workforce Development A well-trained workforce provides the competitive edge critical in today’s constantly chang- ing and increasingly technical marketplace. Businesses require maximum productivity, ef- ficiency and a workforce armed with a variety of skills and experiences to meet their needs. CELL plays a vital role in shaping the future of its clients — whether they are just starting a career or re-entering the workforce — by providing occupational skills and an opportu- nity to increase earning potential. Corporate Training CELL assists in the growth and optimization of businesses by providing targeted and cus- tomized training programs. Corporate training programs are designed to improve an organization’s effectiveness, efficiency and productivity in an evolving business climate. Training can be conducted on-site, at the CELL Training Center or at any other location, and is delivered in a format that best meets the needs of the organization. Consulting and Professional Services CELL supports businesses in aligning operations with pre-defined strategy and continu- ously works with the organization to meet changing internal and external industry needs. CELL works with the organizational team to understand the goals and culture of the orga- nization and then develop solutions to help the business grow. Whether it is performance improvement, technical services or conference and event management, CELL offers real- world solutions to achieve desired goals. Personal Enrichment Learning is a lifelong endeavor that provides new challenges and experiences for self- fulfillment. CELL provides a variety of learning experiences in an array of subjects de- signed to improve the overall quality of life. Whether it is to learn a foreign language, make beautiful floral designs, decorate cakes professionally or even master home computing, the possibilities are endless. For more information on the services offered by UVICELL, visit http://cell.uvi.edu. Administration, Research and Public Service 16 Administration, Research and Public Service Research and Public Service The University of the Virgin Islands addresses two of the major elements of its Mission, Research and Public Service, through the strategic efforts of the units in the Research and Public Service Component. Collectively, the Agricultural Experiment Station (AES), the Center for Marine and Environmental Studies (CMES), the Cooperative Extension Service (CES), the Eastern Caribbean Center (ECC), the Research Publications Unit (The Carib- bean Writer), the Small Business Development Center (SBDC), and the Water Resources Research Institute (WRRI) are principally responsible for defining and solving prob- lems through research and providing quality services that address needs identified by the community. Agricultural Experiment Station (AES) The Agricultural Experiment Station is one of the two units that carry out the Land- Grant functions of the University. AES, which is located on St. Croix, conducts basic and applied research to meet the needs of local and regional Caribbean, as well as international, agricultural communities. These needs are in the areas of increasing pro- duction, improving efficiency of tropical plants and livestock, developing new enter- prises, preserving and propagating endangered plant species, and protecting the natu- ral resource base. The Station scientists are actively involved in projects in agronomy, animal science, aquaculture, biotechnology, agroforestry, and horticulture. Results of research projects are disseminated in scientific journals, research bulletins, fact sheets, farmers’ bulletins, seminars and workshops. Center for Marine and Environmental Studies (CMES) The Center for Marine and Environmental Studies addresses environmental problems unique to tropical island communities and advances knowledge and learning in coastal marine systems through research, education and outreach programs. Based in the McLean Marine Science Center on St. Thomas, CMES collaborates with local organizations, other univer- sities and governmental agencies to assess and monitor marine ecosystems and identify methods of conserving fisheries and marine and coastal areas that provide support for sustainable natural resource management. The Virgin Islands Marine Advisory Service (VIMAS), a part of the national Sea Grant Program, collaborates with public and private sector institutions to disseminate information on St. Thomas, St. Croix and St. John. The Virgin Islands Environmental Resource Station (VIERS), located on St. John and managed by Clean Islands International, provides unique learning opportunities through environ- mental education and research programs and activities. CMES provides opportunities for UVI students to gain research experience by participating in a variety of projects including coral reef monitoring and mangrove habitat restoration. Cooperative Extension Service (CES) The Cooperative Extension Service is the second unit that carries out Land-Grant func- tions. Through the federal network of the Land-Grant University System, the Coopera- tive Extension Service is empowered as an agency for public education and informa- tion dissemination. The function-sharing research-based information to help improve 17 the quality of lives gives CES a primary role in UVI’s outreach activities and provides a vital link between the Virgin Islands community and the university. Furthermore, CES is an educational outreach unit whose mission is to aid in developing Virgin Islanders and their resources. CES serves to guide children, youth and adults through- out the Virgin Islands and wider Caribbean in coping with the challenges of everyday living. Our current programs focus on topics of parenting, child care, adult sitter, money management, clothing construction, 4-H and youth development, Children, Youth and Fami- lies at Risk (CYFAR), Mini-Society®, nutrition and food safety, water quality, environ- mental education, farm safety, sustainable agriculture and pesticide safety education. Eastern Caribbean Center (ECC) The Eastern Caribbean Center is an outreach division that anticipates the social, eco- nomic and environmental needs of the Virgin Islands and the region, and conducts research programs to address those needs. It also facilitates collaboration in research among local, national and regional institutions and organizations toward fulfilling the mission of the University and improving the quality of life for people within these areas. The ECC research unit compiles and analyzes social and economic data, and also supports and extends the work of the U.S. Bureau of the Census. The unit designs and carries out scientific sample household and telephone surveys. The Conservation Data Center (CDC) systematically compiles, analyzes and disseminates natural re- source data to make it readily accessible to government and non-governmental organi- zations in making conservation and development decisions. The CDC also identifies and evaluates threats to natural areas and makes recommendations for addressing these threats through the utilization of the largest geographic information system in the Ter- ritory that is dedicated to natural resource management. ECC also publishes Carib- bean Perspectives, a cutting-edge annual magazine that speaks to the leadership through- out the Caribbean. Research Publications Unit The primary publication of the Research Publications Unit is The Caribbean Writer. The Caribbean Writer is an international literary anthology with a Caribbean focus, published by UVI. The anthology premiered in 1987 to provide an outlet for writers in the Caribbean and to encourage new writing. The editorial board consists of UVI hu- manities division faculty, and the advisory editorial board is a distinguished group of established Caribbean writers. The website, TheCaribbeanWriter.com, has become a global resource for Caribbean literature. Small Business Development Center (SBDC) The UVI Small Business Development Center provides small business owners and aspiring entrepreneurs practical assistance to grow and prosper in a contemporary economy. As an advocate for small businesses, UVI-SBDC delivers counseling ser- vices, training, and technical support to the business community of the Virgin Islands. Since its establishment in 1985, UVI-SBDC has played a vital role in the development of local businesses and the reduction of failure among existing ones. It is part of a close network of public and private business organizations committed to fostering the Administration, Research and Public Service 18 economic stability and growth of small businesses in the territory. Stakeholders in- clude the U.S. Small Business Administration, the V. I. Government Development Bank and the local Chambers of Commerce. Water Resources Research Institute (WRRI) The Water Resources Research Institute conducts research throughout the U.S. Virgin Islands. Its meteorological observatory, which provides real time weather data that can be accessed through the internet and a water quality laboratory on the St. Thomas Campus serve as resources for the Virgin Islands community. Current WRRI research includes investigating ways to reduce non-point source pollution to the critical nearshore marine environment of the islands. This includes identifying methods of erosion con- trol, development of methods for coastal water quality assessments and finding inno- vative ways to treat domestic wastewater as alternatives to traditional septic tank sys- tems. Other WRRI activities include dissemination of information promoting conser- vation of the islands’ water resources and providing environmental research training experiences for students and others. Office of Institutional Research and Planning The Office of Institutional Research and Planning (IRP) gathers data on the University and provides information useful for making strategic decisions. IRP produces an an- nual Institutional Data Summary which contains the latest statistics on enrollment, student and faculty characteristics, University income and expenditures, and related topics. For some topics, historical data are provided to establish trends. Brief reports are sometimes issued on topics of general interest, or in response to special requests of other university units. IRP keeps abreast of events and trends in the Virgin Islands, the Caribbean region and beyond to note factors which might impact the future of the University. The results are made available to persons planning for the future of the University. IRP provides an- nual reports to the National Center for Education Statistics and the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, and par- ticipates in surveys conducted by other external agencies. Linkage to other universi- ties is maintained through the Internet and by membership in the Association for Insti- tutional Research and in the Society for College and University Planning. Academic Divisions The University’s degree programs are offered through five academic divisions: Busi- ness Administration, Education, Humanities and Social Sciences, Nursing, and Sci- ence and Mathematics. Each division is headed by a Chairperson who reports directly to the Provost. Administration, Research and Public Service 19 Admissions Admissions Policies The University of the Virgin Islands is a public, liberal arts-based, coeducational, multi-cultural Masters II university that welcomes applicants, without regard to race, color or creed, to participate in a sound educational experience. To be matriculated at the University of the Virgin Islands, a candidate must have graduated from high school or have achieved the equivalent of high school gradu- ation. A candidate for admission from the United States Virgin Islands, the United States or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico must have achieved at least a “C” average (2.00 on a 4.00 scale) by the end of the junior year of high school and be maintain- ing at least a “C” average during the senior year. In general, the basic requirement for admission is four years of high school English, three years of mathematics, three years of science, two years of history, foreign language and physical educa- tion. One year of a foreign language is preferred. Individual programs may have additional admissions requirements; applicants should consult the section of the catalog describing the programs for those requirements. Applicants who are home schooled are welcome to apply for admission to the University of the Virgin Islands. The Admissions Office requires evidence of suc- cessful academic preparation, completion and proficiency in the following areas: •four years of English •three years of mathematics •two years of history •three years of science •two years of a foreign language The University recognizes home-schooled students whose programs are certified and approved by their state, as required. Home-school programs may also be rec- ognized by national accrediting bodies, such as the American Council on Educa- tion (ACE), the U.S. Department of Education or the Council on Recognition of Post-secondary Accreditation (CORPA). All freshman applicants must submit tran- scripts and SAT or ACT scores. The General Education Equivalency Diploma (GED) may also be submitted to verify secondary school experience. Students are expected to submit credentials, transcripts or their equivalent to demonstrate their ability to achieve successful academic progress. The University also recognizes nontraditional education experiences, including distance education, online courses and alternative schooling programs approved by national or international recognized certifying entities. Such entities include ACE, CORPA, U.S. Dept. of Education, or institutions officially recognized within their national systems. Credentials, official transcripts or their equivalent must be 20 provided as evidence of successful completion and academic preparation. Students may be asked to submit additional information, including syllabi, recommenda- tions and course descriptions, especially if seeking transfer credit. Applicants who do not meet the University’s admission requirements may be en- rolled as non-matriculated students. These students may subsequently apply for matriculated status after earning a minimum of 18 credits in degree courses with a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.00 on a 4.00 scale at the University of the Virgin Islands. These credits must include the general education requirements in English and the general education mathematics and science credits required by the degree they intend to pursue. Applicants from other countries should consult the section on International Stu- dent Admission below. In general it should be assumed that the University will expect, in addition to facility in English, the same preparation that would be re- quired of students entering from the United States. Students who have not completed secondary school may demonstrate equivalency by presenting passing scores on the General Education High School Proficiency Test (GED). Information on the GED is generally available from the Virgin Is- lands Department of Education and from education departments in the United States. Students with disabilities who have special needs should contact the Counseling and Placement Office upon submission of the Enrollment Confirmation and De- posit fee, at least one month prior to Orientation. How to Apply 1. Request application forms from the Admissions Office, University of the Vir- gin Islands, #2 John Brewer’s Bay, St. Thomas, U.S. Virgin Islands 00802-9990, or Office of Academic Services, University of the Virgin Islands, RR1 Box 10000, Kingshill, St Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands 00850-9781. Applications are also ac- cessible via the UVI homepage at http://www.uvi.edu. 2. Students should submit completed application packages by the stated dead- line, to include: SAT or ACT scores, the application, the $25.00 application fee, and official high school and/or college transcripts. 3. Return to the Admissions Office the forms which the candidate is asked to complete. 4. Arrange through the guidance counselor to take either the Scholastic Apti- tude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board or the American College Test (ACT) of the American College Testing Program. All candidates for admission as freshmen must take either of these tests. Prospective candi- dates are encouraged to take one of the tests for practice and guidance in their junior year in high school and to repeat it in their senior year to better reflect the student’s ability. Admissions 21 Candidates are responsible for applying to take the College Board or ACT test and for having their scores sent to the University by the Admissions deadline. The College Board identification code for the University of the Virgin Islands is 0879; the ACT number is 5288. Foreign students should check with their local Ministry of Education to determine dates and times for the SAT tests, or write to: College Board ATP, P.O. Box 6200, Princeton, NJ 08541-6200. 5. Read section on matriculated part-time students if interested in enrolling in that category. When to Apply New students—both freshmen and transfers— should apply for admission by April 30 for fall semester classes and by October 30 for the spring semester. Note that the application form and all supporting documents MUST be submitted by the published deadline in order for an application to be considered complete. Application Fee All students are required to pay a non-refundable $25.00 application fee. The ap- plication fee of $25.00 must be submitted in U.S. dollars by certified check or money order. Students are urged to apply well in advance of stated deadlines. Offi- cially authenticated copies of secondary credentials are to be submitted with the application for admission. Enrollment Confirmation and Deposit Following a favorable decision on an application, the applicant will be notified to confirm his or her intent to enroll by making a non-refundable enrollment deposit of $100.00 towards the tuition costs for the upcoming semester. If the applicant registers as expected, the deposit will be credited to the tuition charge for that semester. Should the applicant decide not to register, however, the deposit will be forfeited and cannot be used to offset any other charges the applicant may have incurred. The $100.00 enrollment deposit is mandatory and should be submitted by June 15 for the Fall semester and by December 1 for the Spring semester. Applicants are encouraged to make their decision as early after notification as possible so that they and the University can make plans for their enrollment and first-semester program. International Student Admission 1. For applicants from British-oriented systems, officially certified copies of General Certificate of Education (GCE) examinations or Caribbean Examina- tion Council (CXC) examinations should be submitted directly to the Office of Admissions. Passes in five ‘O’ level GCE or CXC General Passes (Grades I and II), or a combination of both, including English language, are acceptable for Admissions 22 admission. CXC General passes (Grade III) will also be accepted if based on the six-point grading scale. The British Virgin Islands Grade I certificate is required for applicants from the BVI High School. 2. Applicants whose native language is not English must submit the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) test results. For information, write directly to TOEFL, Educational Testing Service, Box 899, Princeton, NJ 08540 USA. 3. Applicants must demonstrate the ability to pay for at least the first year of study. No scholarship or financial aid is available at this time for entering stu- dents from other countries. The I-20 Immigration Form will not be issued until the applicant has been accepted by the Admissions Office and has submitted a Certification of Finances form indicating how fees will be paid while attending the University of the Virgin Islands. Regulations of the U.S. Department of Justice, Immigration and Naturalization Service governing non-immigrant “F-1” students require that all persons in this category pursue a full-time course of study. This means that undergraduates must register for a minimum of 12 credits per semester and graduate students a minimum of 9 credits per semester. 4. All supporting documents, including the Certificate of Finance form, letters from financial institutions, letters to verify room, board and living arrangements, etc. must be submitted by the application deadline. 5. Applicants with “A” level certificates should see the section on “Transfer Admission.” Early Admissions Program The Early Admissions Program was established to encourage superior and mature high school students to attend the University either on a full-time or part-time basis upon completion of the eleventh grade. Eligibility for entry into the program is based on the following criteria: 1) successful completion of the tenth and eleventh grades in a U.S. Virgin Islands high school; 2) minimum academic average of 3.00 on a 4.00 scale, based on grades received in grades 9, 10 and 11 (first semester); 3) students must also submit SAT scores in order to facilitate placement. A minimum of 490-Math and 500- Verbal is required. Candidates must be recommended from their respective schools. Four-year renewable scholarships may be available to resident students. In order to remain eligible for a scholarship a student must maintain a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 earning no grade less than “C” on a 4.0 scale, except for the first semes- ter. Depending upon the availability of funding, the scholarship may include tuition, room, board, fees and a book stipend. Inquiries concerning the program may be ad- dressed to the Admissions Office on the St. Thomas campus and to the Academic Services Office on the St. Croix campus. Admissions 23 Transfer Admission A candidate for admission by transfer from another university or college must submit all information required by a regular applicant. In addition, the director of student affairs of the institution from which the student is transferring will be requested to submit a confidential report on the student’s conduct. To be admitted as a transfer student, the candidate must have completed at least 12 semester credits and achieved at least a 2.00 cumulative grade point average, on a 4.00 scale, at the college(s) at- tended. Applicants who do not meet the cumulative average requirement may be en- rolled as non-matriculated students. These students may subsequently apply for ma- triculated status after earning a minimum of 18 credits in degree courses with a cumu- lative grade point average of at least 2.00 on a 4.00 scale at the University of the Virgin Islands. These credits must include the general education requirements in English and the general education mathematics and science credits required by the degree they intend to pursue. Students with less than 12 semester college credits must submit all high school and college transcripts. Students who transfer fewer than 24 credits must complete required Freshman Year courses. Those transfer students who will be re- quired to take placement exams will be so informed. Students will be notified when to appear for testing. Students seeking admission with advanced standing must have official transcripts of all the previous college or university work mailed directly to the Admission’s Office, University of the Virgin Islands, from the college or university previously attended. Students from a British-patterned school system, who receive “pass” or above in the G.C.E. Advanced (“A”) Level Examinations, may receive credit toward ad- vance standing. A certified copy of the “A” level certificate bearing the official stamp of the high school attended or the signature of the principal must be submit- ted in order to receive credit. Transfer of Academic Credits to the University 1. Transfer credits will be accepted only for matriculated students. 2. No grade lower than “C” may be accepted. 3. Full credit may be assigned for degree courses taken at institutions accredited by institutional accrediting groups recognized by the Council on Recognition of Postsecondary Accreditation (CORPA). 4. Full credit may be assigned for degree courses taken at institutions not accred- ited by accrediting groups recognized by CORPA, after the matriculated stu- dent has completed his or her first semester at the University with a grade point average of 2.00 or better in the University of the Virgin Islands course work. 5. The minimum cumulative grade point average of a transferring student shall be 2.00. Admissions 24 6. Transfer students must meet the general education requirements and the major requirements of University programs. The general education equivalen- cies will be shown on the evaluation form approved by the Director of Admis- sions. The applicability of any transferred major courses or electives to the major requirements must be approved by the Division Chair. 7. Thirty of the last 36 credits toward a degree must be earned at the University of the Virgin Islands. This requirement may be waived by the Provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of studies at another institution recognized by the University of the Virgin Islands. 8. Courses completed within the preceding ten years may be accepted in trans- fer. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current University course require- ments. Appeals should be directed to the Provost. 9. Credits earned by successful completion of certain CLEP, ACT and National League for Nursing examinations are generally accepted. Courses for which credit by examination is accepted are listed elsewhere in this catalog. 10. Credits from foreign institutions are accepted on a case-by-case basis. The student may be required to have courses evaluated by an agency acceptable to the University. 11. Appeal from any decision concerning the above policies shall be made to the Provost. 12. The Director of Admissions shall act as reporting officer for the publication Transfer Credit Practices of Selected Educational Institutions. Readmission to the University Matriculated students (admitted students who enrolled and began attendance at the University) who are not in attendance during two or more consecutive semes- ters (excluding summer session) must apply to be readmitted to the University. Submit the application for readmission, and a $15.00 readmission fee, to the Ad- missions Office, along with official final transcripts from any institutions attended since previous enrollment at UVI. Readmission forms are filed by October 30 for the spring semester; by April 30 for the fall semester. A minimum 2.0 cumulative grade point average is required in order to be readmitted and enroll full time. Stu- dents who have a grade point average below 2.0 may attend part time, only. Senior Citizen Education Program The Virgin Islands Legislature, by Act No. 5358 has provided that certain senior citi- zen residents of the U.S. Virgin Islands may enroll in regularly scheduled courses at the University of the Virgin Islands free of charge to the student. Regularly scheduled courses are those that appear in the fall, spring or summer schedule of classes. Admissions 25 Proof of Status: To be eligible for waiver of tuition and fees, a person must meet the following criteria: 1. Be at least 60 years of age, as verified by the senior citizen ID card issued by the V.I. Department of Human Services, and 2. Be a resident of the Virgin Islands for at least one year, as verified by rent receipts, utility bills, data on ID card, or other such proof of residence. Qualifications for Registration: Students may be enrolled as matriculated stu- dents or non-matriculated students. In order to qualify as matriculated students, individuals must apply for admission and must meet the admissions requirements contained in this catalog. Non-matriculated students may take courses for which they meet the prerequisites. Non-matriculated students are limited to part-time study. Registration Procedures for the Senior Citizen Education Program 1. Prospective students will register during the late registration period. They may enroll in courses for which they qualify that have space open at that time. Priority will be given to those persons enrolled in programs administered by the Department of Human Services. 2. All prospective students will present verifying documents to the Registrar’s Office on St. Thomas or the Office of Academic Services on St. Croix. A form will be provided which eligible students will present to the Business Office so that payment may be waived. 3. Prospective students will present proof of prerequisites for courses for which they wish to receive credit. Those who wish to audit need not present such evidence. Auditors attend class regularly, do all work that is not graded, but do not earn grades or credits. NOTE: As for all students, those making use of this benefit are required to observe the University regulations published in the catalog and other University publica- tions. Additional Preparation and Testing Summer Session: Students who need additional preparation in one or more basic skills—English, mathematics, reading—before enrolling as degree candidates may attend the University’s summer session(s). The session provides the opportunity to enhance essential skills required for further study. Completion of skills courses prior to enrollment in the University prepares students for degree-level work in the freshman year. Students may enroll in up to six credit hours of classes per session. Placement: Initial placement in college-level courses is based upon SAT/ACT scores and/or college transcripts. Admissions 26 German Mathematics (Calculus AB) Mathematics (Calculus BC) Music Physics (C) Spanish Studio Art* *Studio Art credit is received after portfo- lio evaluation, not examination. Guidelines for placement in college level courses: 1. Students who score 490 on the SAT-Math, or 20 ACT-Math, may enroll in col- lege level math classes. 2. Students who score 500 on the SAT-Verbal, or 21 ACT-English, may enroll in college-level English. 3. Students who have completed acceptable college courses in English composi- tion and/or mathematics may enroll in appropriate courses on the recommenda- tion of their advisors. 4. Students who have completed an earned associate or higher degree may enroll in college level courses. 5. Students who complete basic level course in math and/or English with a grade of “C” or better. 6. Students who score between 480 and 499 on the SAT-Verbal, or 20-ACT En- glish, and pass a placement test administered by the Humanities Division. The guidelines for placement in development level courses are the following: 1. Students who do not meet any of the criteria indicated in the guidelines above. 2. Students who do not provide SAT or ACT scores. 3. A Math placement test will be administered to students in the developmental courses. Outcomes may allow for placement into a college level math course for degree credit. College Board Advanced Placement Program (AP): Credits will be awarded for matriculated students who have participated in the College Board Advanced Place- ment Program in high school and have earned scores of three or higher only in the areas listed below. The University of the Virgin Islands courses and requirements waived and credits will be determined by the Admissions Office. American History Art History Biology Chemistry Classics English European History French (Language) French (Literature) Admissions 27 Admissions College Level Examination Program: Students who have acquired sufficient skill and knowledge in an area of study tested by the College Level Examination Pro- gram (CLEP) may contact the Division of Enrollment Management on the St. Tho- mas Campus or the Academic Services Office on the St. Croix campus to arrange for testing. The University of the Virgin Islands is an official limited center for the CLEP examinations. There is a fee of $55.00 per examination, and a $10.00 ad- ministration charge for CLEP examinations. In general, credit at the University of the Virgin Islands will be awarded for CLEP scores at or above the level recom- mended by the College Board for the following areas only: CLEP TEST COURSE EQUIVALENT CREDITS Introductory Accounting ACC 121-122: Introduction to Accounting 6 General Biology BIO 141-142 8 Principles of Marketing BUS 231: Principles of Marketing 3 Principles of Management BUS 241: Principles of Management 3 Introductory Business Law BUS 251: Business Law 3 General Chemistry CHE 151-152: General Chemistry I-II 10 Information Systems and CIS 210: Business Information Systems 3 Computer Applications Principles of Macro-Economics ECO 221: Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 Principles of Micro-Economics ECO 222: Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 Analysis and Interpretation ENG 261-262:World Literature I-II 6 of Literature English Literature ENG 321, 322: British Literature 6 American Literature ENG 361-362: American Literature-Major American Writing 6 French FRE 131-132-231: Elem. & Intermediate French 9 American History I: Early Colonization to 1877 and American History II: 1865 to the Present HIS 320: History of the United States 3 College Algebra MAT 140: College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT 143: Pre-Calculus Algebra 4 Trigonometry MAT 142: College Trigonometry 4 College Algebra and Trigonometry MAT 143-142: Pre-Calculus Algebra- College Trigonometry 8 Calculus with Elem. Functions MAT 241-242: Intro to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 8 Introductory Psychology PSY 120: General Psychology 3 Introductory Sociology SOC 121: Introduction to Sociology 3 Spanish SPA 131-132-231: Elem. & Intermediate Spanish 9 All psychology, sociology and English examinations have an additional essay sec- tion that is required by the University of the Virgin Islands and must be passed to merit a credit award. Students who take CLEP Spanish and French exams must take a departmental oral as part of the test(s). Students must wait six months be- fore retaking a CLEP examination. 28 Nursing Advanced Placement Advanced Placement in the Associate Degree Program in Nursing for Licensed Practical Nurses: Licensed practical nurses may earn ten credits by advanced place- ment in the associate degree nursing program. Credit for Nursing 100 (Medical Termi- nology), 131 (Nursing Skill Acquisition) and 132 (Introduction to the Nurse-Client System) will be placed in escrow and granted upon successful completion of Nursing 142 (Adult I). In order to enroll in this course, the student must have met all other requirements for entry into the associate degree nursing program. For Graduates of Non-NLN Accredited Nursing Programs Advanced Placement in the Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.) Program: Students who are licensed as registered nurses or who possess the equivalent cre- dentials and who are pursuing a B.S.N. degree may challenge the 200 and 300 level courses of the nursing major. The mechanism for challenging the courses is a combination of testing and clinical evaluation. To accomplish the challenge pro- cess, the student is assigned a faculty member for structured guidance. Credit for Nursing 208 will be granted to Registered Nurses who are accepted into the Advanced Place- ment Program. Students must enroll in Nursing 121, Concepts of Nursing, prior to commencing the challenge process. The exams may be taken a maximum of two times. A clinical evaluation will be conducted following successful completion of the theory challenge. Students will receive credit for the courses upon satisfactory completion of both theory and clinical evaluation. Science and mathematics prerequisites must be completed before credit is granted. Students must have approval of the Division Chair in order to sit for the examinations. Interested persons should contact the Division Chair. There is an established fee for each of the following tests and evaluations. TEST COURSE EQUIVALENT CREDITS NLN Normal Nutrition NUR 207: Human Nutrition 2 Faculty prepared NUR 209: Health Assessment 2 NLN Care of the Client during Childbearing NUR 228: Nursing Roles with the Childbearing Family* 6 NLN Care of the Adult NUR 229: Pharmacology in Nursing and 3 NUR 308 Nursing Roles in Adult Care I and 5 NUR 319 Nursing Roles in Adult Care II* 5 NLN Care of the Client with Mental Disorder NUR 318: Nursing Roles in Mental Health* 5 The above NLN tests are from the NLN Nursing Mobility Profile II. *One comprehensive clinical evaluation will be conducted following the successful challenge of the theory component of the above listed courses. TEST COURSE EQUIVALENT CREDITS NLN Chemistry CHE 111-112: Principles of Chemistry for the Life Sciences I-II 8 NLN Anatomy and Physiology BIO 261-262: Human Structure and Function I-II 8 NLN Microbiology BIO 30l: Microbiology for the Health Sciences 4 Admissions 29 Advanced Placement in the Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.) Program for graduates of programs accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission: Advanced placement students from Associate Degree programs accredited by the National League for Nursing will be granted a maxi- mum of 35 credits in consideration of nursing courses completed in the course of obtaining an associate degree. Credit for NUR 208, NUR 228, NUR 229, NUR 308, NUR 309, NUR 318 and NUR 319 will be granted with evidence that the student is a registered nurse. All registered nurses seeking the baccalaureate de- gree must seek advisement from a nursing faculty member to plan their individual programs of study. All students will be required to complete NUR 121, Concepts of Nursing, as the first course in the B.S.N. Advanced Placement Sequence. Education Advanced Credit Advanced Credit for Teacher Education Courses: Students will receive advanced credit upon successful completion of the following ACT proficiency examination: TEST COURSE EQUIVALENT CREDITS Reading Instruction in the Elementary Schools EDU 353: Teaching the Language Arts 3 The minimum passing score on the history test is C; the minimum passing grade for the reading instruction test is a 50 standard score. Interested persons should contact the Enrollment Management Office on St. Thomas or the Academic Ser- vices Office on St. Croix. Residency Regulations For Tuition Purposes Questions regarding residency status upon initial application to UVI should be di- rected to the Office of Admissions. For a change in residency status after enrollment, contact the Office of the Registrar. Residency for tuition purposes is established by providing evidence of fulfilling several conditions, including: (1) you must be a citi- zen of the United States, permanent resident alien, or a legal alien who has been granted indefinite stay by the U.S. Immigration and Naturalization Services (INS); and (2) living continuously in the United States Virgin Islands for 12 continuous months im- mediately preceding registration and/or application for admission. Living or attending school in United States Virgin Islands is not equated to establish- ing legal United States Virgin Islands residence. Students are required to provide docu- mentation to support a request for United States Virgin Islands residency status, which shows their presence in United States Virgin Islands is for purposes other than to at- tend school. Full time students working part-time jobs may have difficulty in establish- ing residency. Please note that documentation must reflect maintenance of twelve months of continuous residency in the United States Virgin Islands. No single document will be sufficient to provide conclusive evidence of establishing United States Virgin Is- lands residence. The burden of proof of permanent residence lies with the student. Admissions 30 Reclassification of Residency Status A student requesting reclassification as a United States Virgin Islands resident for tu- ition purposes must demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that his/her domi- cile is in the United States Virgin Islands. The burden of proof lies with the applicant to establish, beyond a doubt, his or her permanent and fixed legal ties to the United States Virgin Islands and separation of ties to any other state. An approved change in resi- dency will take effect the next regular (Fall and Spring) semester. All requests for a change in residency should be submitted to the Office of the Registrar by November 15 for the Spring semester; and by April 30 for the Fall semester. A. Resident for Tuition Purposes A United States Virgin Islands "resident for tuition purposes" is a person who (or a dependent person whose parent or legal guardian) has established and maintained le- gal residence in the United States Virgin Islands for at least twelve months prior to the semester in which there is the intent to register. Residence in the United States Virgin Islands must be as a bona fide domiciliary, rather than for the purpose of maintaining a residency merely for enrollment at an institution of higher education. To qualify as a United States Virgin Islands resident for tuition purposes, the student must meet the criteria indicated: -be a citizen of the United States, permanent resident alien, or a legal alien who has been granted indefinite stay by the U.S. Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Ser- vices (INS). - Students who depend on out-of-state parents for their support are presumed to be the legal residents of the same state as their parents. -Non-resident students who marry a bona-fide resident of the U.S Virgin Islands may be reclassified to residency status for tuition payment purposes not sooner than 12 months after the date of marriage. Official documents to verify marriage should be submitted to support request. -No contrary evidence exists which may reflect established residence elsewhere. B. Independent Students An independent student who provides more than 50% of his or her own support and who is able to substantiate a claim of independence by producing documents to estab- lish United States Virgin Islands domicile, may be eligible for reclassification. C. Residency Documentation The applicable documents, listed below, may be accepted and considered as evidence of establishing legal residence and permanent ties in United States Virgin Islands. Official documents should be submitted in the original, wherever possible, or provide certified/ notarized copies, where applicable. Documents from Category I are consid- Admissions 31 ered permanent ties and must be dated twelve (12) months prior to the first day of classes for the term for which residency reclassification is sought. Documents from Category II may be submitted to further substantiate a claim of United States Virgin Islands residency. No single document may be used to substantiate a request for a change of residency classification - documentation from Category I and Category II, together, provide appropriate documentation for consideration of residency reclassifi- cation. Category I 1. United States Virgin Islands Voter's Registration. 2. Proof of marriage to a resident (marriage certificate) along with proof of the spouse's U.S. Virgin Islands resident status. 3. Declaration of Domicile - may be obtained from the Clerk of the Territorial Court of the United States Virgin Islands. 4. The most recent Virgin Islands Income Tax returns and W2 forms; parent's most recent tax returns (if student is under the age of 25); and a letter stating independent status from the Financial Aid Office (if receiving financial aid and under the age of 24). Category II 1. United States Virgin Islands Drivers License. 2. Official I.D card issued by agencies within the United States Virgin Islands. 3. Full time permanent employment, or part time permanent employment, or accep- tance thereof in the United States Virgin Islands (an official letter on company sta- tionery and paycheck stubs are required.) 4. United States Virgin Islands vehicle registration and/or Title. 5. Lease agreement, deed, rent receipts or canceled rent checks, proof of purchase of permanent home (deed, tax receipts, purchase of real property) 6. United States Virgin Islands Business Incorporation and/or License. 7. Professional or Occupational License obtained in the United States Virgin Islands, (e.g. membership in the USVI Bar Association). 8. Accounts at a local financial institution (Savings and/or Checking), utility state- ments (e.g. power, telephone), cable statements. The applicant's name must appear on the documents. D. Dependent Students A student who does not meet the 12-month legal resident requirement may qualify for United States Virgin Islands residency for tuition purposes through one of the following categories: 1. Parents who are full-time employees of state agencies or political subdivisions of the state when the student fees are paid by the state agency or political for the purpose of job related law enforcement or corrections training. 2. Active duty members of the armed services stationed in the USVI ( and spouse/depen- dent children), military personnel not stationed in the USVI, but whose home of records or states of legal residence recorded on the certificate DD Form 2058 is United States Virgin Islands. Present copy of parent's DD 2258 form , military orders , and proof Admissions 32 of relationship as applicable. 3. Dependent children who reside in the United States Virgin Islands for at least 5 years may provide documentation of dependent status according to the Virgin Is- lands Income Tax code, or other legal documentation to demonstrate guardianship. The adult guardian must demonstrate they have resided in the United States Virgin Islands for the previous 12 months with the intent of establishing a permanent home (see documentation categories I and II). Requests for residency re-classification are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. There- fore, immediate responses are not always possible and requests for reclassification must be submitted by the stated deadline. Additional documents and explanation of documents submitted may be requested. Submission of fraudulent documents to ob- tain residency will result in expulsion from the University of the Virgin Islands. Ob- tain additional information by contacting the Office of the Registrar on the St. Thomas campus, the Academic Services Office on the St. Croix campus. Categories of Students The University of the Virgin Islands divides its students into two categories, ma- triculated and non-matriculated, according to the students’ goals and progress. The academic standards described later in this catalog apply to all students, regardless of category. Matriculated Student: A student who has been formally accepted into a degree pro- gram of the University and has subsequently registered for courses. A matriculated student must meet the criteria for admission to a degree program and must maintain academic standards as described in the chart specifying minimum cumulative grade point average per credits attempted in the section on Academic Standards. Non-Matriculated Student: A student who has not been accepted into a degree pro- gram but has been permitted to register for courses with the goal of pursuing a limited program of study or of achieving matriculation. A non-matriculated student must meet the standard for matriculation and must apply for matriculation in order to take more than 30 credits at the University. Full-Time Student: A student carrying at least 12 credits, or the equivalent in non- credit remedial courses, each semester. Part-Time Student: A student carrying fewer than 12 credits each semester. Special Student: A non-matriculated student who has been admitted to courses on a full-time basis to undertake a special program of study. Student Classification by Class: The number of credits required for each class is as follows: 1 - Freshman 0 - 23.5 2 - Sophomore 24 - 59.5 3 - Junior 60 - 89.5 4 - Senior 90 and above Admissions 33 Admissions 34 Costs Tuition, Fees, Room and Board* Compared to other institutions with similar faculty and facilities, the cost of attending the University of the Virgin Islands as a regular student is very reasonable. Since the institution is substantially supported by funds from the Government of the Virgin Is- lands, it is the University’s intention to bring higher education within the reach of every qualified high school graduate in the Virgin Islands and to encourage promising non-residents to enroll in its programs. Because no two individuals are alike in their needs and spending habits, no two col- lege budgets are the same. However, if students are realistic about their personal ex- penses, the following information should enable them to estimate their annual costs quite accurately: Full Time Tuition and Fees Per Semester Resident Non-Resident Tuition $1,650.00 $4,950.00 Registration Fee 30.00 30.00 Property Fee 50.00 50.00 Technology Fee 50.00 50.00 Medical Insurance Fee 28.00 28.00 Student Activity Fee 15.00 15.00 Student Association Fee 20.00 20.00 Health Services 20.00 20.00 Room and Board Per Semester Double Single Room $1,100.00 $1,375.00 Board Plan A $2,675.00 $2,675.00 Board Plan B $1,875.00 $1,875.00 Total Room and Board charges per semester depending on meal plan $2,975 - $3,775.00 $3,250 - $4,050.00 NOTES: 1. A refundable room damage and key deposit of $100.00 is required of all students residing on campus. 2. An estimated $500.00 per semester for books and supplies is not included in the approximate annual cost. Non-residents should include transportation in estimating the total cost. 3. Both room and board charges are required of all students residing on campus. 4. A dormitory room deposit of $100.00 is required to be paid by all students applying to live on campus in a given semester. This deposit will be applied towards payment of room and board charges. If dormi- *Subject to change by the Board of Trustees. 35 tory reservations are cancelled up to 21 days before the beginning of the semester, the deposit — less an administrative charge of $5.00 — will be refunded. Dormitory room deposits will not be refundable within the 21-day period preceding the start of the semester. 5. New students pay a $75.00 non-refundable orientation fee. 6. All non-tuition fees are non-refundable. Likewise, the Nursing Laboratory, Science Laboratory, Prac- tice Teaching, and Computer Fees are non-refundable. Tuition and Fees for Part-Time and Summer Students Per Semester Resident Non-Resident Tuition (per credit) $110.00 $330.00 Registration Fee $30.00 $30.00 Property Fee $50.00 $50.00 Technology Fee $50.00 $50.00 Health Services Fee (per visit) $20.00 $50.00 Student Activity Fee $8.00 $8.00 NOTE: Depending upon course registration, additional laboratory fees may be assessed as listed below. LABORATORY FEES: Computer Lab Fee $40.00 Nursing Lab Fee $50.00 Science Laboratory/Equipment Fee $50.00 Practice Teaching Fee $50.00 Physical Education Lab Fee $25.00 Student Deposits: The damage and key deposit are refundable at the end of the student’s academic career at the University of the Virgin Islands providing there has been no loss, library fine or breakage charged against the deposit. If the deposit is reduced during the time of the student’s attendance at the University, the Business Office will request that the deposit be returned to its original amount. Payment: Students are responsible for paying their bills at the Business Office at any time prior to the published “due date.” Registered students’ failure to do so will result in their course selections being cancelled. If this occurs, students wishing to register may do so during the late registration period. A student who owes money to the University, other than on student loans not yet due, will not receive their diploma and a hold will be placed on their record. Transcripts will not be issued for students with outstanding financial obligations. Late Registration Fee: A $75.00 non-refundable fee is assessed for late registration. Graduation Fee: A non-refundable fee of $75.00 (and $25.00 for an additional degree) is charged each candidate for a baccalaureate or associate degree. It is payable at the time of application for graduation. If the requirements for the degree are not completed, the student is re-assessed in the next year he or she becomes a candidate for a degree. Costs ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 36 Institutional Refund Policy: The University arranges its services well in advance of each academic year. Consequently, when a student withdraws, the University’s cost is not re- duced, nor can the student be replaced. For these reasons, the University refunds only a portion of its charges, thereby sharing with the student the loss caused by the withdrawal. The schedule of refunds of tuition is as follows: During first week of classes 90% During second week of classes 70% During third week of classes 50% During fourth week of classes 25% After fourth week of classes none Students must formally withdraw through the Office of the Registrar on the St. Thomas campus or the Academic Services Office on the St. Croix campus by completing a with- drawal form. The withdrawal date as shown by the Registrar’s records will be the date used in the computation of any tuition refunds due to students. Refunds of tuition due to students because of withdrawal from the University will not be paid during the first two weeks following registration. Students who withdraw during this period should leave their names and forwarding addresses with the Business Office. Requests for refunds should be accom- panied by the student’s registration receipt. All students residing on the St. Thomas and St. Croix campuses are required to pay for both room and board. Meals are from the snack bar on a cash basis. Should a student residing in a University residence hall move off campus during a semester, the student may be entitled to a room and board refund if he or she adheres to the following procedures: The office of Student Affairs must be notified in writing in advance. Check-out procedures, as estab- lished by that office, must be followed. The date of the actual move as shown in Housing Office records will be the date used in the computation of any board and room refund due to a student. Meal tickets will be issued to students in accordance with the selected meal plan option. The maximum room refund is 50% if a student withdraws or housing contract is terminated before mid-term. No refunds for room will be issued after mid-term. Meal tickets are valid only for the semester in which they are issued. Unused meal tickets may not be carried forward from one semester to another. All refunds due to students for any reason whatsoever will be forfeited unless called for on or before June 30 of the University year in which they are due. Should June 30 fall on a Sunday or on a day when the Business Office is closed, the refund will be made on the next business day. The appeal process for exceptions to this published policy on refunds is through the Office of the Provost for tuition and Student Affairs for room and board. Costs ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 37 Financial Aid Financial Aid The primary purpose of the University’s financial aid program is to provide finan- cial assistance to its students who, without such aid, would be unable to further their educational goals. The financial assistance offered may not always meet the student’s total financial need. It is the student’s and family’s responsibility to pay the difference between the student’s cost of education and available financial aid. This financial assistance may be in the form of scholarships, grants, loans or work- study employment. Eligibility: U.S. citizens and permanent residents are eligible to apply for finan- cial assistance. Applicants must be matriculated students of the University and must be making satisfactory academic progress toward a degree. International stu- dents may apply for University of the Virgin Islands work-study after they have completed a full year at the University. Financial aid eligibility is determined through the use of the Free Application for Federal Student Aid form (FAFSA). This form is available on both campuses of the University, in local secondary schools and on the Internet at www.fafsa.ed.gov. In completing this form, the students are expected to provide information on their own income and assets, family income and assets, and non-taxable income (Social Security benefits, veteran's benefits, etc.). The need analysis formula used in analyzing the information on the financial aid application measures the ability (not the willingness) of students and their fami- lies to contribute toward educational costs. The financial aid application priority deadlines are March 1 for the Fall semester and November 15 for the Spring se- mester. The Title IV Institution Code numbers of the University of the Virgin Is- lands are: 006989 for the St. Croix Campus and 003946 for the St. Thomas Cam- pus. Scholarships: University of the Virgin Islands scholarships are available for in- coming local high school students and currently enrolled University students. Schol- arships are awarded on the basis of demonstrated scholastic ability. The minimum required grade point average is a "B." Scholarship announcements are generally made during the month of March for the upcoming academic year, at which time scholarship applications will be available in the Financial Aid Office and at local high schools. Veterans/National Guardsmen: Veterans who attend the University may apply for federal benefits in the Office of the Registrar on the St. Thomas campus and the Office of Academic Services on the St. Croix campus. A program of special tuition allowances for Virgin Islands veterans is administered by the Division of Veterans Affairs, Office of the Governor. A similar program is also available for qualified members of the National Guard. Over-awards: Federal regulations and Institutional policy mandates that students' total financial assistance cannot exceed students' cost of attendance. If this occurs, 38 Financial Aid students' awards will be reduced within the confines of their budget to prevent an over-award situation. Loan Entrance/Exit Interviews: All students must receive entrance counseling before the first loan disbursement and exit counseling prior to graduating, trans- ferring or withdrawing from the University. Counseling sessions are administered by loan officers at the University Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy For Continued Financial Aid Eligibility Federal regulations require that all schools participating in any Federal Financial Aid program must adhere to a Satisfactory Academic Progress policy. These are the standards by which students' progress toward the completion of their program of study at the University of the Virgin Islands will be measured to determine continued eligibility for financial aid. The records of all financial aid recipients will be reviewed at the end of each academic year to determine compliance with this policy. Records will be further reviewed for students enrolled in the Summer. The review of students' satisfactory academic progress commences at the point when students have attempted 12 degree credits, but includes students' complete academic history, including periods in which the student did not receive financial aid. In order to remain eligible for financial aid, continuing students must meet all of the requirements of the Qualitative and Quantitative standards outlined below. Grade Point Average Requirement (Qualitative Standard) Students are expected to achieve a minimum cumulative Grade Point Average as outlined below. Degree Credits Attempted Minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average 12 - 29 1.70 30 - 44 1.80 45 and above 2.00 Completion Rate Requirement (Quantitative Standard) Students must successfully complete at least 70% of all degree credits attempted. Financial aid eligibility is limited to 180 degree credits attempted for students enrolled in a bachelor's degree program and 90 degree credits attempted for stu- dents enrolled in the Associate's degree program. Students enrolled full-time are expected to complete a bachelor's degree within 6 years and an associate's degree within 3 years; part-time students are allowed 12 years for a bachelor's degree and 6 years for an associate's degree. Non-Degree Remedial courses: Students cannot receive financial aid for more than 30 credits of non-degree remedial courses. 39 Withdrawals, Audits & Incomplete courses: These courses are included in cal- culating attempted credits but are not included in the calculation of grade point average. Repetitions: For repeated courses, only the highest grade is counted. However all credits are included in calculating attempted credits. Change of Majors: Credits attempted and grades earned that do not count toward the new major will not be included in the determination of Satisfactory Academic Progress. Probationary & Ineligible Status: Students who fail to meet the Satisfactory Aca- demic Progress policy requirements will be placed on financial aid probation. Stu- dents continue to be eligible for financial aid while on financial aid probation. Students who fail to meet the minimum Satisfactory Academic Progress policy requirements by the end of their probationary period automatically become ineli- gible for financial aid. Appeal: Students in an ineligible status may submit an appeal in writing if the student has extenuating circumstances such as personal or family illness or injury. All appeals must be substantiated by appropriate documentation and submitted to the Financial Aid Office. Appeals are reviewed by the Financial Aid Appeals Com- mittee. Reinstatement: Students who have been placed in an ineligible status may be reinstated once all Satisfactory Academic Progress deficiencies have been met. Students' records will be reviewed at the end of each academic year to determine eligibility for reinstatement. Reinstatement will be effective at the beginning of the academic year following the review. It is the students' responsibility to reapply for financial aid to initiate the reinstatement process. Federal Financial Aid Withdrawal Policy When a student withdraws from all courses during a semester for which federal financial aid was received, the student may no longer be eligible for the full amount of the Federal Financial Aid award (excluding Work-Study) that he/she was origi- nally scheduled to receive. In this case, a determination of the amount of Federal Financial Aid the student earned must be made and the unearned portion of the aid must be returned by the student and/or the University to the Federal Financial Aid programs from which the aid was paid. The procedures and formula to determine the amount of federal aid to be returned is mandated by federal statute and is available for review, on request, in the Financial Aid office. The withdrawal date used in the calculation will be the date the student begins the withdrawal process or otherwise notifies the University of his/her intent to with- draw. If the student did not begin the withdrawal process or otherwise notify the University of his/her intent to withdraw, then the midpoint of the semester would be used as the withdrawal date. Financial Aid 40 Unearned financial aid funds must be returned to the programs from which the student received aid in the following order, up to the amount of the aid disbursed from each source. 1. The Unsubsidized Federal Direct Loan Program 2. The Subsidized Federal Direct Loan Program 3. The Federal Perkins Loan Program 4. Federal Direct Plus Loan Program 5. The Federal Pell Grant Program 6. The Federal SEOG program 7. Other Title IV programs Financial Aid 41 Student Support Services and Programs Academic and student support services and programs are provided to enhance stu- dents’ acclimation to the University, foster professional growth and development, aug- ment leadership skills, complement classroom instruction, promote wellness, and fa- cilitate the attainment of students’ personal and career goals and aspirations. This is achieved through orientation programs, advisement, the services of the Freshman Center, counseling and placement, student employment, health services, student governance, student activities and residence life programs. Many services and programs are aca- demic in nature while others may be social, cultural, athletic or recreational. Orientation All newly matriculated students are required to come to campus a few days before the fall or spring semester begins for program planning, development of their class sched- ules, and participation in orientation. Some segments of the orientation program are designed to acquaint students with rules and regulations of the University, to explore the campus, and to meet faculty, administrators, and fellow students, while others are designed to enhance students’ academic and social adjustment to college life. Atten- dance at all orientation programs and activities also facilitates the registration process for new students as well as for transfer students. Advisement The University, throughout its teaching, advising, and other relationships with stu- dents, expresses its concern for students as individual — not to do for them what they should do for themselves — but to help them assume responsible management of their own affairs. Because college-age adults must make many decisions of relevance to their future, students at the University of the Virgin Islands are given professional assistance in solving educational, vocational, social and personal problems. This service starts with the students’ applications for admission and continues even beyond the period in which they are enrolled in the University. By the act of admitting students, the University is expressing its considered judgment that students can succeed in one of the programs of the University. During advisement and registration, students and their faculty advi- sors, with assistance from the counseling staff or Freshman Center staff, may examine their goals and aspirations. Throughout the freshman year, students may explore emerg- ing interests, using the resources of the Counseling and Placement Office and the Fresh- man Center staff to determine the career choices open to them. Such systematic inves- tigation, together with any summer work or on-campus work-study experiences, should enable students to select satisfying careers in which they can succeed. In the normal course of events, students may face crises of a personal, social or eco- nomic nature. In such circumstances, freshmen should seek assistance from the Fresh- man Center staff, while upperclassmen are encouraged to consult the counseling staff or other appropriate personnel for counseling. It is not uncommon for students to en- 42 Student Support Services and Programs counter academic difficulties. At these times, students should first consult the instruc- tor of the class in which difficulties are being experienced or their faculty advisor who maintains office hours for these and other purposes. Additionally, assistance in im- proving study and test-taking skills is provided through enrollment in the Freshman Development Seminar class, by Freshman Center staff, and by Counseling and Place- ment staff. Tutorial services are also available. In most cases, if students do not delay action, a means of overcoming their academic difficulties can be found. The essential point for the students to keep in mind is that they should take the initia- tive in taking full advantage of the Academic and Student Support Services and other advisory resources provided by the University. The Freshman Center Freshman centers on both campuses provide peer and professional tutorial services, academic advisement, video-assisted learning, and computer-aided instruction. Stu- dents are strongly urged to utilize the Freshman Center to augment their progress in skill development courses, accelerate their proficiency levels in specific areas, and develop computer skills through use of the Freshman Center Computer Lab. The Fresh- man Center is located on the first floor of the Classroom Administration (CA) building on St. Thomas and on the 700 level of the Evans Center on St. Croix. Consult the Coordinator of Freshman Development for more information on the Freshman Center. Counseling and Placement Services Personal, academic and career guidance counseling services are available for full-time and part-time students. As a community service, academic and career advisement are also made available to prospective students on a limited basis. The Counseling and Placement Office is unique with respect to services offered. Ser- vices provided are specifically designed to facilitate the interpersonal, personal, social and cognitive development of the student outside of the classroom. To assist students with this process, the office sponsors a variety of programs and services including career counseling, on- and off-campus employment, graduate and professional school recruitment and advisement, career fairs, workshops on resume preparation, interviewing skills and job search techniques, credential and file services. There are also workshops on values clarification, interpersonal relationship skills, con- flict resolution, and much more. The Counseling and Placement Office also coordinates the National Student Exchange Program and the Who’s Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges Pro- gram. A resource library provides a wealth of information on preparing for graduate study, career choices and other life skills processes. The counseling and placement office, by federal mandate, is required to maintain a job bank which is used to facilitate employment searches for UVI graduates. For compli- ance purposes and to aid students in securing post-graduation employment, all pro- 43 spective graduates must submit an up-to-date resume to the counseling and placement office prior to graduation. Student Employment Services Student employment services are available through the Counseling and Placement Office on both campuses. Students seeking off-campus, as well as on-campus employment, should contact the Counseling and Placement Office for further information. U.S. citi- zens and permanent residents who qualify for federal College Work-Study (CWS) as part of their financial aid package, and would like to work on-campus, should report to the Counseling and Placement Office. Student employment coordinators will assign work-study placements as soon as possible in the beginning of the first semester of student eligibility. To promote community service, some CWS placements are off- campus, usually in an educational setting or non-profit agency. To qualify for CWS, students must be enrolled full-time and meet the March 1 deadline date for submission of the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). U.S. citizens, permanent residents, and international students on F-1 Visas, who do not qualify for CWS, may apply for on-campus employment through the Institutional Work-Study (IWS) pro- gram. Application under IWS, however, does not guarantee employment as placement is based on the availability of funds. International students on F-1 Visas are eligible to apply for IWS after the completion of one year of full-time study at the University. Many departments of the University also hire students for on-campus employment. Student em- ployment programs allow students to work, on average, between 12-15 hours per week. Health Services and Insurance The University Health Center provides first-aid, health counseling and instruction, referrals to other community health facilities, and health education in the form of mini- courses, seminars, dissemination of literature and informal individual or group discus- sions. The campus nurse maintains regular office hours and is on call in case of emer- gencies. A licensed physician is available at the Health Center at regular intervals. Emergency care that cannot be handled on campus is referred to the local hospitals. All full-time students are required, during registration, to pay health services and medi- cal insurance fees. All on-campus summer residents are also required to pay a health services fee. Insurance claim forms are available from the Health Services Center located in Gordon House on the St. Thomas campus and in the Great House on the St. Croix campus. Drug and Alcohol Prevention/Education Program The main goal of the Drug and Alcohol Prevention/Education Program (DAPEP) is to develop programs that reach all segments of the University community in order to educate and help prevent drug and alcohol abuse. The DAPEP attempts to create a healthy, drug-free environment in order to enhance learning, professional develop- ment, job performance and safety. In carrying out its mission, the DAPEP promotes healthier life-styles for all members of the University community, sponsors on-going drug prevention and education programs, and provides referral services to community Student Support Services and Programs 44 agencies for persons in need of further counseling or treatment (see the University’s Drug-free Work Place Policy in the Academic Information and Regulations section). The St. Thomas campus’ Mentorship Program, which pairs UVI student mentors with elementary school-aged youth, is one of DAPEP’s major prevention education pro- grams. Students with Disabilities Students with disabilities should contact the Counseling and Placement Office prior to registration and advisement. Counselors will be available to provide personal, career and academic counseling services. Additionally, counselors facilitate the coordination of services with other departments of the University in order to ac- commodate students’ special needs. No student will be discriminated against be- cause of disability. To ensure this, grievance committees in each academic divi- sion will include, in their area of concern, any grievances raised by the student that relate to academic programs and practices. Accommodations made for students with disabilities may include, but not be limited to, facilitation of testing and registration processes, scheduling of back-to-back classes, scheduling of classes within the same building and other services as needed. Long- range academic program planning is essential in order for counselling staff to commu- nicate course needs with the Academic Divisions and personnel in charge of develop- ing the schedule of classes. It is also recommended that students familiarize them- selves with the services of the Virgin Islands University Center for Excellence in De- velopmental Disabilities (VIUCEDD), which serves students and families of students with disabilities. Student Activities and Convocations The office of Student Activities assumes major responsibility for the implementation of social, recreational, cultural enrichment, and student leadership development pro- grams as well as other extracurricular activities. It also serves as a facilitator for the development of clubs and organizations in response to student needs and interests. Convocations are scheduled each semester for the entire University community to pro- vide cultural and intellectual enrichment; members of the faculty and staff, students, and outside speakers assume leadership in stimulating thought and discussion. Be- cause the University functions as a cultural center, many activities, lectures, musical performances and theatrical performances are open to the public as a means of draw- ing together the University community and the larger community. UVIsion, a student newspaper produced by Journalism and Mass Communication majors, welcomes con- tributions from all students on both campuses. Student Government Association The Office of Student Activities works closely with the Student Government Associa- tion (SGA) and student leaders in planning their own programs and activities. All full- time students belong to SGA, which provides a channel for the expression of student Student Support Services and Programs 45 opinion and representation of student concerns and interests. Part-time matriculated students who wish to become members of the SGA may do so by paying the student association and activities fees. Varsity, Intramural and Club Sports The University maintains an active varsity, intramural and club sports program that emphasizes student development and leadership through sports competition, physical fitness and the development of recreational skills which can be enjoyed after leaving the University. Intramural games are held between various components of the Univer- sity community, including students, faculty, staff and alumni. Club teams compete in local amateur leagues and varsity teams participate in leagues and invitational tourna- ments with teams from other universities in the Eastern Caribbean, Puerto Rico, Cen- tral America and, occasionally, the U.S. mainland. Consequently, there is a diverse program of outdoor activities and individual and team sports at the University. Varsity teams compete in basketball, track and field, tennis and volleyball. Both campuses offer outdoor athletic and recreational facilities including volley/basketball courts, tennis courts, and grounds for track and field, softball, baseball, and soccer. With the sea at the edge of the campus, the St. Thomas Campus provides an ideal setting for water sports and also offers a golf course for physical education classes and golf enthusiasts. The University is a member of the Caribbean Universities Sports Association (CUSA), La Organizacion Deportiva Inter-Universitaria (ODI) de Puerto Rico, the Organizacion Deportiva Universitaria Centroamericana y del Caribe (ODUCC), and is a corresponding member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA). Student Housing Residence hall living promotes the interaction of students from various places, ethnic backgrounds, and cultures. While most students living on campus come from the U.S. Virgin Islands, British Virgin Islands, the Eastern Caribbean and the continental United States, students from as far away as Africa, Asia and Europe have lived on campus. In addition to the benefits of experiencing cultural diversity and cross-cultural exchange, the University has adopted a co-ed visitation policy on both campuses. Campus resi- dents will find academic resources and student support programs and services, includ- ing tutoring, the library, the Freshman Center, computer labs, counseling and many others readily accessible. Resident Assistants offer a variety of residence life programs designed to provide a comprehensive living-learning environment. Only full-time stu- dents are eligible to live on campus. To maintain eligibility to reside on campus, stu- dents must comply with all rules and regulations of the University, adhere to the Stu- dent Housing Contract, and maintain full-time status (12 or more credits) at all times. The St. Croix Campus The Residence Hall Complex on the St. Croix Campus is comprised of 17 three-bed- room suites; on-campus living quarters for housing supervisor; a reception area; lounge; the Office of Student Housing & Residence Life; seminar/study rooms; and laundry facilities. The Student Center, adjacent to the residence hall, houses a cafeteria/audito- Student Support Services and Programs 46 rium, snack bar, the Office of Student Activities, a Student Activities Lounge, student mailroom and the campus bookstore. The St. Thomas Campus Student Housing on the St. Thomas Campus is comprised of four residence halls with a capacity of approximately 230 students. Residence Halls South and East provide double occupancy bedrooms for females. East Hall also provides double occupancy bedrooms for males; North Residence Hall for males and Middle Residence Hall for females provide single bedroom occupancy. Housing Procedures 1. Each student desiring on-campus housing is required to submit an Application for Student Housing and a signed Student Housing Contract by the deadline date listed below. The Application for Student Housing must be accompanied by a $50 room deposit (certified check or money order) made payable to the University of the Virgin Islands. The application and payment (no cash) must be submitted to the Student Housing Office. New students should not submit an Application for Stu- dent Housing until they have received an acceptance letter from the Admissions Office. New students who do not register for the academic year in which they were admitted should not assume that original acceptance into the University meets the Housing Office’s requirements for placement or that a room assignment is carried over into the next semester or the next year. Newly admitted students who do not register within the academic year of admission must formally submit an application for readmission to the University. (See section on Readmission to the University ) 2. Applicants will be mailed a room assignment notice or will be notified in writing if space is unavailable. A room assignment will be made only after a student has been officially admitted to the University; has met the deadline for submission of the Application for Student Housing; has signed the Student Housing Contract; and has paid the $50 room deposit fee. 3. The completed Application for Student Housing and Student Housing contract for room and board must be received by the Student Housing Office by the dates below: For fall semester not later than June 1 For spring semester not later than November 15 4. The Student Housing Contract is binding for the academic year (fall and spring semesters) in which students are enrolled. The contract terminates at the end of the spring semester. 5. The Student Housing Contract and room assignment notice may be cancelled and a refund of $50 (less a $5 administrative charge) will be made provided the Student Housing Office is informed in writing at least 21 days prior to the opening date of the residence hall. No refund of the deposit will be made for cancellation after this date. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Student Support Services and Programs 47 6. Students who have applied for housing but have not been assigned a room, may transfer their $50 reservation deposit to the next semester by indicating on the housing application their desire to be placed on the waiting list. Students who have not received official confirmation of a room assignment should seek off-campus housing. 7. Off-island students who have applied for housing but have not received a room assignment and have not been able to secure off campus housing accommodations should call the Housing Office before arriving on campus. 8. The assigning of special students who are working on special projects with the University will be determined by availability of space. 9. Residence Hall Changes, Room Changes, Length of Stay: Students assigned to University housing are required to abide by the terms of the Student Housing Con- tract and the Student Handbook. The Housing Office reserves the right to make residence hall and room changes for the benefit of all. Students assigned on-campus housing may reside on-campus for up to and no more than eight semesters. 10. Termination of Student Housing Contract: For all campus residents who drop to part-time status (less than 12 credits), withdraw, are suspended, dismissed, or otherwise cease studies at the University, the Student Housing Contract will be terminated and they must return keys to the Housing Office and vacate the premises within 24 hours. 11. All campus residents, visitors and overnight guests are required to observe ac- cepted standards of social conduct at all times and to adhere to all rules and regulations governing the residence halls. Policies and procedures for visitors and fees for over- night guests are outlined in the Student Handbook. 12. Opening and closing of the Residence Halls: University housing facilities are not available for occupancy prior to the opening dates as posted by the Housing Office. Residence Halls are closed at the conclusion of each semester. 13. Summer Housing: Summer housing is provided for matriculated UVI students who are enrolled for at least 6 credits during the summer session. Applications for housing for the summer session must be filed in the Housing Office by April 15 along with the Student Housing Contract and $50 room deposit. Personal Property: The University cannot be responsible for, and does not insure, student property at any time. If concerned, students should investigate individual or family property insurance which would provide adequate protection. Off-campus Housing: The University does not assume the responsibility for placing students in off-campus accommodations. However, the Housing Office keeps a list of available housing for Student Support Services and Programs 48 students wishing to seek off-campus accommodations. The University assumes no control over off-campus rates. Food Services All students residing in campus housing are required to select a Meal Plan Option for each semester, and must pay for each plan at the time they pay for their room: Plan A - $2,675: Seven (7) day meal plan with three (3) meals per day Monday through Saturday and two (2) meals on Sunday; 20 meals weekly. Plan B - $1,875: Seven (7) day meal plan with two meals per day Monday through Sunday, 14 meals weekly. Fees are outlined in the Cost section of the catalog. Student Support Services and Programs 49 Academic Information and Regulations Freshman-Year Program The freshman-year curriculum offers a comprehensive program of educational experi- ences to first-year students. Designed to encourage intellectual growth and personal empowerment, students participate in common learning experiences, inter-disciplin- ary study, and career planning activities while developing skills necessary for aca- demic success. The program incorporates two semesters of full-time study consisting of basic skills and general education courses, academic advisement and academic sup- port services. Basic Skills Courses The following basic skills courses are required only of students who demonstrate aca- demic need in reading, writing or mathematics, based upon information from SAT/ ACT scores, placement test scores and/or transcript evaluations: WAC 011/ENG 100 Writing Across the Curriculum* RCA 021/ENG 101 Reading in the Content Area MAT 023 Introductory Algebra Concepts and Skills with Applications: Course A MAT 024 Introductory Algebra Concepts and Skills with Applications: Course B *Writing Across the Curriculum and Reading in the Content Area should be taken with their linked general education science (SCI 100) and/or social science (SSC 100) courses. Recognizing that students may need to enhance basic skills prior to pursuing degree- level work in one or more subjects, the University offers developmental level courses, numbered 011 to 099, which are designed to help students strengthen their preparation for learning at the college level. Credit for such courses cannot be used to meet degree requirements. Placement in preparatory courses depends upon SAT/ACT performance, or by class examination. A grade of “P” must be received in preparatory courses, indi- cating readiness for college level work. Students registered for these courses may not withdraw during the semester without permission from Freshman Center Coordinator. Developmental courses are normally offered and may be taken during the summer session. 1. Full-time students are allowed a maximum of three semesters plus one summer from the date of entrance to complete all basic skills requirements 2. Failure to earn a passing score for each basic skills course within this time frame will result in the student being placed on part-time status. 3. A student may petition the Provost for an exception to this regulation. The student placed on part-time status due to failure to complete basic skills requirements within the allowed time may reapply for full-time status. 50 Academic Information and Regulations 4. Full-time status can be reinstated if the student has maintained a minimum cumula- tive grade point average of 2.00 (“C”) for all courses taken at the University, and has successfully completed the skills courses. General Education Courses All freshman-year courses must be completed by the time a student has amassed 24 credit hours at UVI. The three general education courses required by all students ma- triculating at UVI with fewer than 24 degree-credit hours are: FDS 100. Freshman Development Seminar SCI 100. The Natural World: The Caribbean SSC 100. An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus Academic Advisement: Students are encouraged to establish a major of interest upon matriculation. Matriculated students are assigned a faculty advisor in their respective division of interest. Faculty advisors will recommend courses as needed in fulfillment of general education and degree requirements. Students should meet with their advi- sors regularly. Academic Support: A program of academic support is provided for all freshman stu- dents at UVI. These services are available through the offices of The Freshman Center. Individual tutoring sessions, academic advisement, video-assisted learning, use of The Freshman Center computer lab, support texts and various other services are available free of charge to freshmen. Prerequisites, Credits, Grades, and Quality Points Many courses require the fulfillment of prerequisites prior to enrollment. Prerequisites refer to courses, examinations, or other conditions students must meet and receive passing grades before registering for any of the follow up courses. In general, satisfac- tory completion of a prerequisite means that students receive a grade of at least “D” or “P.” However, nursing courses require a minimum of “C.” For program planning pur- poses, students should familiarize themselves with course prerequisites which are listed in the Course Description section of this catalog. When requirements for each course are completed satisfactorily, credit is assigned on the basis of a combination of time spent in class and time spent in study. One unit of credit is usually assigned for 50 minutes class lecture-discussion plus two hours of study, or for three hours of laboratory activity, each week during a university term. The quality of performance in a course is indicated by a grade given at the close of each term. Grade points are granted on the basis of grades earned. The following grades may be assigned. 51 Grade Standard Grade Points A Superior 4.00 A- Excellent 3.67 B+ Very High 3.33 B High 3.00 B- Good 2.67 C+ Above Average 2.33 C Average 2.00 C- Below Average 1.67 D+ Passing 1.33 D Low passing 1.00 F Failure 0.00 W Withdrawn 0.00 WP Withdrawn passing 0.00 WF Withdrawn failing 0.00 AW Administrative Withdrawal 0.00 I Incomplete 0.00 AUD Audit 0.00 In the skills courses which carry non-degree credit and are numbered 001 to 099 in this catalog, the following evaluations are given: P indicates that the student is promoted to a credit course. NP indicates that the student must continue in the skills course. A failing grade in a course and/or a course that must be repeated does not count toward graduation. Many colleges do not honor “D” grades for transfer purposes. Auditors receive no grades, credits or quality points. Auditing a course requires regu- lar attendance in class and completion of all required work except that which is graded. An audit will be entered upon a student’s transcript only if these requirements are fulfilled. In the event requirements are not fulfilled, a grade of “W” will be entered. Tuition and fees will be charged at the same rate as for credit. The deadline for a student to change from regular status to audit and vice-versa coin- cides with the deadline for student withdrawal from a course without prejudice to grade. A matriculated student may normally audit one course per semester without permission from the Provost. A student planning to withdraw from a course should first refer to the section on With- drawal. Administrative withdrawals may be approved by the Provost for reason of illness or other serious documented circumstances. The University maintains a transcript record of all courses taken by each student. A grade report is provided to all students at the end of each semester and summer ses- sion. Copies of the complete transcript may be obtained upon written request to the Registrar’s or Academic Services Office and payment of the requisite fee. Academic Information and Regulations 52 Incomplete: Grades of “I” are expected to be used only when, in the opinion of the instructor, there is likelihood that the student can satisfactorily complete the missing work which will substantially influence the final grade. The grade of must be removed by mid-term of the semester following the one in which the grade of I was earned. Failure to remove the grade of I by this time will result in a conversion of the I to an F. The instructor must file a “Change of Grade” slip with the final grade, at the Registrar’s Office on the St. Thomas campus or the Academic Services Office on the St. Croix campus. Change of Grade: Changes of grades other than incomplete are normally allowed for computational errors only and must be approved by the Provost. A request to change a grade after official grades have been deposited in the Registrar’s or Academic Ser- vices Office may be made by an instructor by filing a “Change of Grade” slip with the Provost. Requests must be made by mid-term of the semester after the grade was sub- mitted. Repetition of Courses: Undergraduate students may repeat credit courses for which grades of C-, D+, D, or F were earned. If a student wishes to repeat a grade of C or better, the approval of the appropriate Division Chair is required before the course is repeated. In general, no course may be repeated more than once and no more than four courses may be repeated. Students who fail the EPE twice must register for ENG 051. ENG 051 shall be an exception to the policy that students are allowed to repeat a course only once. Only the highest grade earned will be used in computing the grade point average; all grades will be shown on the transcript. Any exception to this policy requires approval by the Provost on the respective campus. Quality Points: To compute the quality points earned in a course, multiply the number of credits of that course by the grade points earned. To compute the grade point aver- age (GPA) for a semester, divide the total quality points earned that semester by the number of credits attempted that semester. To compute the cumulative grade point average, divide the total quality points earned at UVI by the number of credits at- tempted at UVI. Twice the number of quality points as registered credits (equivalent to a C grade average) is required for graduation. Reports on work of less than degree-standard (C) quality are issued to students at mid- term. Final grades are issued at the end of the term. Only final grades are recorded on the student’s permanent record. Banking Credits: Part-time students who do not wish to pursue studies toward a de- gree may enroll as non-matriculated students. Any credits earned will be “banked” until the students have been formally matriculated. Upon matriculation, any credits earned by the students, which are applicable to their degree program, will be counted. It is recommended that part-time students who intend eventually to matriculate receive advisement on course selection from the chair and/or faculty of the academic division in which they plan to pursue a degree. Individuals may be admitted formally as matriculated students to the University’s de- gree programs for part-time study if they meet admission requirements. Non-matricu- Academic Information and Regulations 53 lated students may register for non-degree credit courses, or they may take credit courses to earn a maximum of thirty credits as part-time students before being required to matriculate. For admission procedures, see page 20 of this catalog. Registration Procedures All students are required to register on the dates announced. A student is regularly registered for a course only when in registering, the student has conformed to all applicable University regulations and requirements. Students not properly registered in a course may not receive credit for the course. All students registering for courses in any term shall submit their programs of study to their advisors for approval before officially registering in the courses. All prerequisites to courses listed in the catalog must be met by students prior to reg- istering in those courses. Students must document that they have completed the pre- requisites. Questions concerning prerequisites should be addressed to faculty advi- sors, or the Registrar’s Office, or Academic Services Office prior to registration. Sub- stitution of a program course requirement can be made only if approved by the Pro- vost. Students seeking such approval must make their request to the Division Chair who will submit a written recommendation to the Provost for consideration. Changes of Registration: In no case may a course be added or a change of section be made after the date indicated in the current semester schedule. To make any change of registration, the student must complete the Change of Registra- tion form from the Registrar’s or Academic Services Office. The deadline for adding a course is posted in the current semester schedule. The deadline for dropping a course without penalty is also listed. Following the formal registration period, a non-refundable fee of $10.00 will be charged for each Petition for Change of Registration form unless the course change is necessi- tated by a change in the University’s course offerings, other needs of the University, or a student’s performance on placement exams. Change of Major: Students who wish to change their major must obtain a Change of Major form from the Registrar’s or Academic Services Office. The Change of Major form must be signed by the student, faculty advisors, division chairs and the Provost. Withdrawal Withdrawal from Courses: Students may withdraw from a course without penalty up to about six weeks after the course begins. They must, however, secure a course with- drawal form from the Office of the Registrar on the St. Thomas campus or the Aca- demic Services Office on the St. Croix campus and obtain the signatures of the instruc- tor and advisor. This form, containing the proper signatures, must be returned to the Academic Information and Regulations 54 Office of the Registrar on the St. Thomas campus or the Academic Services Office on the St. Croix campus. The students will then receive a grade of W on their permanent record. The last date to receive WP or WF is specified on the academic calendar. WP means that the student is doing passing work at the time of withdrawal. WF means that the student is doing failing work at the time of withdrawal. A course dropped by any other means will result in the student automatically receiving an “F” for the course. After mid-semester and in case of unusual circumstances, such as extended illness, the Provost may give a student special permission for a late withdrawal. This is designated AW (administrative withdrawal). In situations where an administrative withdrawal from a class is necessary, students are required to apply for the withdrawal when it becomes evident that they cannot complete the course. Students are required to provide documen- tary evidence in support of requests for administrative withdrawal. Applications will not be accepted after the last day of instruction within that semester. The policy for withdrawing from courses which are given out of the normal academic calendar sequence is as follows: 1. The last day to withdraw from a course will be at the conclusion of 40 percent of the total instructional period, or at the end of three weeks for an eight-week course and two weeks for a six-week course. 2. The last day to withdraw from a course without special permission from the Provost will be at the conclusion of 50 percent of the instructional period, or at the end of four weeks for an eight-week course and three weeks for a six-week course. 3. Students who withdraw between the end of the third or fourth weeks for an eight- week course, or between the end of the second and third weeks for a six-week course (or another analogous period for courses of duration other than six or eight weeks) will receive either a WP or WF. 4. Students seeking to withdraw after 50 percent of the instructional period can do so only by means of an administrative withdrawal (AW) which will be governed by the same policy as stated above. Withdrawal from the University: A student who withdraws from the University ei- ther during the term or between terms must initiate the process with a withdrawal form in the Office of the Registrar on the St. Thomas campus or the Academic Services Office on the St. Croix campus, and the completion of the process outlined therein. The official withdrawal date is considered to be the date of the first authorized signa- ture on the form. In addition, to protect her/his academic standing, the student must complete specific course withdrawal procedures above. Failure to comply with these requirements may adversely affect the student’s grades and academic standing. A student not attending full-time for two consecutive semesters who desires readmis- sion to full-time status at the University must apply to the Admissions Office for con- sideration. Application must be received by April 30 for the fall semester and by Octo- ber 30 for the spring semester, with the appropriate readmission fee. Academic Information and Regulations 55 Re-matriculation Students who have been awarded one degree from the University and who wish to pursue a second degree must apply for re-matriculation. Such students must complete the catalog degree requirements in effect at the time of re-matriculation. Applications for re-matriculation should be sent to the Admissions Office on the campus the student plans to attend with the accompanying re-matriculation fee. Transcripts Official transcripts of academic records at the University of the Virgin Islands are issued only upon the authorization of the student. Requests for transcripts will not be filled until written authorization has been secured from the individual student. When these requests can be anticipated, the student should send authorization in advance, to avoid delay in the issuing of the transcript. The charge for each copy of a student’s transcript is $10.00. All checks and money orders should be made payable to the University of the Virgin Islands. Courses Taken at Other Institutions Matriculated students who expect to take courses at another institution for transfer to the University of the Virgin Islands must obtain a Permit to Attend Another Institution from the Registrar’s Office or Academic Services Office. The appropriate division must certify that the course will fulfill the University of the Virgin Islands degree requirements and the permit must be signed by the Registrar or Director of Academic Services before the student enrolls. Students are responsible for ensuring that an offi- cial transcript will be sent to the Registrar’s Office or Academic Services Office after the completion of the off-campus course work. No credit will be evaluated until an official transcript has been received. Privacy Act The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) (20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 CFR Part 99) is a Federal law that protects the privacy of student education records. The disclosure or publication of student information is protected by FERPA and insures every student is afforded certain rights with respect to their education records. Amongst these are: 1) the right to inspect and review the student's education record; 2) the right to request the amendment of the education records that the student believes are inaccurate or misleading by writing the University official responsible for the record to clearly identify their concern for review; 3) the right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student's education records, ex- cept to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent. Schools may disclose, without consent, "directory" information, unless otherwise notified by stu- dents not to disclose information about them. Disclosure is permitted without consent Academic Information and Regulations 56 to school officials with legitimate educational interests. Parents or legal guardians have access to students' records only if the student is financially dependent on them, as defined by Internal Revenue Code and Tax statements. The University is required to establish guidelines for implementing FERPA and a list of records maintained by various University offices are available in the Registrar's office. For additional information about student privacy, filing complaints and right- to-know concerns, contact the Office of the Registrar. Academic Standards The following attitudes are important for success in the academic programs of the University: • A willingness to go beyond the minimum required in an assigned task, and dissat- isfaction with superficial work. • Intellectual curiosity, integrity and responsibility. In university studies, the stu- dents are expected to contribute as well as to receive, to cooperate fully with what is asked of them in courses, and to take an interested and active part. Instructors are expected to make clear the specific demands and procedures of their courses. • A critical spirit that recognizes the relationship among the different fields of knowl- edge and their relevance to the needs and problems of our time. Students are expected to maintain an academic record which will qualify them for graduation. It is the responsibility of the students to complete all assigned work, to strive for the best performance of which they are capable, to meet graduation require- ments, and in many other ways to take charge of their own academic welfare. Instruc- tors, faculty advisors, the University counselors, the Registrar and the Office of Stu- dent Affairs, are available for consultation and assistance, but this in no way dimin- ishes the responsibility of students for familiarizing themselves with the contents of the University Catalog, satisfying the requirements of the degree they are pursuing, and adhering to those rules and regulations which pertain to them. Most students are able to judge their own progress through periodic grades and reports from instructors. At the end of each semester, the Registrar will review the academic records of all students and forward, to the Provost, a list of students whose perfor- mance did not meet the established standards. The Provost also issues an Academic Honors List comprised of students who were registered for at least 12 degree credits, maintained a semester grade point average of 3.20 or higher and earned no grade less than C. Students who have demonstrated excellence also will be appropriately recog- nized by the faculty (see Awards and Honors) Credit Load: A full load is considered to be from 12 to 16.5 credits. A load of 15.5 credits ordinarily is sufficient to complete the associate degree in two years and the baccalaureate degree in four. Any student proposing to take more than 16.5 credits must have the approval of the faculty advisor and the Provost. In general, overloads Academic Information and Regulations 57 are granted only to students with cumulative grade point averages of 3.00 or higher in accordance with the following guidelines for overload approvals. GPA: 3.00 - 3.49 3.50 - 3.74 3.75 - 4.00 FR up to 17.0 crs up to 17.5 crs up to 18.0 crs SO up to 18.0 up to 18.5 up to 19.0 JR up to 19.0 up to 19.5 up to 20.0 SR up to 20.0 up to 20.5 up to 21.0 Academic Grievance: There is, in each academic division, a Grievance Committee to which a student has recourse. The committee consists of a faculty member and a stu- dent. All grievances must be submitted in writing. The student has the right to appeal from the Grievance Committee, to the Division Chairperson and through him/her, to the Provost. Academic Probation, Suspension, Dismissal: Students are expected to remain in good academic standing. For those who do not, there is a three-step procedure which may lead to dismissal from the University if the student’s academic performance does not improve. All full-time and part-time enrolled students are subject to these stan- dards and procedures. Once a student has attempted 12 degree credits, these proce- dures become applicable. Academic Probation: Academic probation is essentially a warning to the student to show scholastic improvement in order to remain at the University. A student on proba- tion status is not considered in “good standing” at the University and eligibility to continue under scholarship or other financial aid programs, to participate in extracur- ricular activities, or to run for certain offices may be affected. A student placed on academic probation will be limited to taking 12.5 hours of course work and will re- main on probation until the cumulative GPA equals or exceeds the standards set forth in the chart below. A student who does not achieve the minimum cumulative grade point average for the corresponding number of degree credits attempted is placed on academic probation. Also, a student is placed on academic probation for failing to achieve a semester grade point average corresponding to the cumulative grade point average required for de- gree credits attempted, as set forth in the chart on page 57. A student placed on academic probation will be limited to taking 12.5 credits. If a student achieves a semester GPA of at least 2.0 but the cumulative GPA remains below the standard, the student will remain on probation. Degree Credits Attempted 1-29 30-44 45 and above Minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average 1.70 1.80 2.00 Academic divisions may set higher standards for courses related to their majors. Academic Information and Regulations 58 Academic Suspensions: A student on academic probation will be suspended if, at the end of the probation semester, the cumulative GPA is below the standard in the above chart and the most recent semester’s GPA is less than 2.0. A student on suspension may take up to six credits (6) during one semester with the intention of improving their grade point average. Students are advised to discuss their progress and academic diffi- culties with an academic advisor, seek tutoring or counseling, as needed. At the end of that semester, the student will be automatically reinstated on probation. If the student remains away for more than one regular semester, the student must reapply for admis- sion. At the end of that semester the student will be automatically reinstated on proba- tion. If the student remains away for more than one regular semester, the student must reapply for admission. Academic Dismissal: When a suspended student returns, the student must maintain a grade point average of 2.00 for the semester of reinstatement. Failure to do so will result in academic dismissal, which will be permanent unless the student is readmitted under special consideration. A student who contests academic dismissal may appeal to the Provost, whose decision will be final. Student Conduct (Disciplinary Warning, Probation, Suspension and Dismissal): The Student Handbook includes a statement adopted by the Board of Trustees of the University entitled “Rules and Regulations for the Maintenance of Public Order at the University of the Virgin Islands” and a statement entitled “Channels of Communica- tion Available to Students at the University of the Virgin Islands for the Consideration of Problems, Proposals and Grievances.” Disciplinary actions which may be used in response to violations of the University’s standards of conduct include: disciplinary warning, disciplinary probation, suspension or disciplinary dismissal. Disciplinary warning is issued when behavior is unaccept- able or when repetition will most likely result in more serious action. The student is officially warned that further unacceptable behavior could result in more serious ac- tion. Disciplinary probation is a warning that a student’s conduct must be improved over a stated period if the student wishes to remain at the University. It means that the student is not considered in “good standing” at the University with resulting restric- tions as described for academic probation. Suspension is a disciplinary action which results in the separation of the student from the University, normally for a stated period of time. Disciplinary dismissal normally means permanent separation from the University and is used only in the most serious cases of misconduct. No student who is suspended from the University or who is dis- missed for disciplinary reasons for student misconduct may register for any courses at the University. In addition to the above, and with reference to student misconduct as well as failure to maintain academic standards, the University of the Virgin Islands assumes that a stu- dent who cannot handle important responsibilities in any part of the University pro- gram will consider voluntary withdrawal. Following due process procedure, the Uni- versity may suspend or dismiss students, at any time, when their academic standing, conduct, financial responsibility, or any combination of these, is not in compliance with standards set forth by the University catalog and the Student Handbook. Academic Information and Regulations 59 It is the responsibility of every new student to obtain a Student Handbook upon admit- tance to the University. Each student is responsible for compliance with the rules and regulations contained therein. The Student Handbook can be obtained from the Office of Student Affairs on both campuses. Drug-Free Workplace Policy: It is the policy of the University of the Virgin Islands that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensation, possession or use of a con- trolled or illegal substance is prohibited in and on the University of the Virgin Islands’ owned or controlled property. Additionally, the misuse or abuse of legal drugs, includ- ing alcohol, is prohibited. Any University employee or student determined to have violated this policy shall be subject to disciplinary action for misconduct, which action may include termination or expulsion. No employee or student is to report to work or class while under the influence of illegal drugs or influenced by the abuse of legal drugs. Violation of these policies by any employee or student will be reason for evalu- ation or treatment for a drug use disorder or for disciplinary action up to and including termination or expulsion in accordance with University policies and procedures. In order to comply with the Federal law, the University requires that an employee or student notify the University of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace or classroom no later than five days after such conviction. The University must notify any Federal contracting agency within ten days of having received notice that an employee or student engaged in the performance of such con- tract or grant has had a criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace or classroom. The University will discipline any employee or student who is so convicted or require the employee’s or student’s satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program in accordance with University policies and procedures. Sexual Harassment: Sexual harassment is a form of sex discrimination and is prohib- ited by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended. University students and employees have the right to enjoy a workplace free from all forms of harassment, including sexual harassment. Accordingly, the University is com- mitted to creating and maintaining a community in which students, faculty, and staff can work together in an atmosphere free of all forms of harassment, exploitation or intimidation. The University is strongly opposed to sexual harassment and will take whatever action is necessary to prevent, correct, and, if necessary, discipline behavior that violates this policy. Sexual harassment includes unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature. Students who believe that they have been sexually harassed in violation of the University’s policy should notify the Counseling Manager in Rouppe House on the St. Thomas campus or the Counseling & Placement Supervisor in the Great House on the St. Croix campus. Academic Integrity: Philosophy: Among the purposes of colleges and universities are scholarly and personal growth for all members of the academic community and open communication among members of this community. Such growth requires an atmosphere of honesty and trust. It is for this reason that the University of the Virgin Academic Information and Regulations 60 Islands strives to maintain an environment of mutual trust among its students and fac- ulty and will not tolerate academic dishonesty. Definitions: Academic dishonesty includes, but is not limited to, the following ex- amples of offenses, committed or attempted: Collaboration allowing another student to see an examination paper. Copying obtaining information by looking at the answers on another student’s paper or in any source that has not been specifically approved for that purpose by the instructor. Cribbing taking and or using material, which has not been specifically ap- proved, into an examination or using books, notes or other resources during on examination without the instructor’s specific approval. Plagiarism presenting the ideas, works, words or artistry of another as one’s own without appropriate acknowledgment of the source. Note that this includes sources on the Internet (world wide web, e-mail, etc.) Sabotage destroying the work of another student, such as laboratory experi- ments or computer programs. Substitution taking an examination or writing a paper for someone else or induc- ing another person to perform such acts. Theft stealing an examination. Penalties: For a first offense, the penalty will be an F in a credit course, an NP in a skills course or failure in any non-course exercise such as the English Proficiency Examination, CLEP tests, etc., plus disciplinary probation for the remainder of the student’s undergraduate career and notification by the Provost to all current instructors of the student. For a second offense, the penalty will be suspension from the University for an academic year and notification to the student’s instructors by the Provost. The penalty for a third offense will be dismissal from the University, with notation of dis- missal and notification to the student’s instructors by the Provost. Procedures: In cases of suspected academic dishonesty, the faculty member making the charge will meet privately with the student suspected of the action to discuss the charge within 10 days of the detection of the incident. Within five days, the faculty member shall decide if disciplinary action is to be taken and, if so, shall notify the appropriate Division Chair and Provost in writing of: 1. The name of the student. 2. The course or activity where the infraction is alleged to have occurred. 3. The date and time of the alleged infraction. 4. The circumstances of the stated infraction with supportive information. 5. The action taken. Academic Information and Regulations 61 Within 10 days of the meeting with the instructor, the student may appeal, in writing, to the appropriate divisional grievance committee, which will hold a hearing within 10 days of receiving the written appeal. The instructor making the charge of academic dishonesty and the student will be present at the hearing and may be represented by third parties of their own choosing. The committee will send its findings to the student, the faculty member and the Provost within 10 days of the hearing. Within 10 days of being informed of the decision of the divisional grievance commit- tee, the student may appeal the decision to the Academic Appeals Committee on the campus in which the student is enrolled. Each campus committee shall be composed of one member from each academic division elected by the faculties of each division on the respective campus and one student appointed by the President of the Student Gov- ernment Association. Each member shall have one vote. Each committee shall be re- constituted by the Provost of that campus and choose its own chair at the beginning of each academic year. The committee will meet within 15 days of being informed in writing of the appeal. In this administrative hearing, the student and the faculty mem- ber involved in the incident shall be present and have the right to be represented by third parties of their own choosing. The committee will inform the student, the faculty member and the Provost of its decision within 10 days of the meeting. The Provost shall implement the decision of the Academic Appeals Committee. English Proficiency Examination Requirement The purpose of the English Proficiency Requirement is to ensure that all UVI gradu- ates have demonstrated a required level of proficiency in using English as an effective means of written communication. Students must satisfy the English Proficiency Examination (EPE) requirement before graduating from the University of the Virgin Islands. The successful completion of the requirement applies to all matriculated students in the associate of arts, associate of science, bachelor of arts and bachelor of science programs. All students must take the EPE upon successful completion of ENG 201 or its equivalent. If a student is not required to take ENG 201 or its equivalent, he/she must consult with his/her advisor, who will submit written notification of approval to the Office of Enrollment Manage- ment. Students should satisfy the EPE requirement no later than their junior year in order to avoid a delay in graduation. It is ultimately the student's responsibility to begin the process of satisfying this requirement in adequate time to do so before his/her pro- jected graduation date. Students may meet this requirement in one of two alternate ways. They may opt to either: •Take and pass the English Proficiency Exam, or •Successfully complete ENG 051 Functional Writing, a course designed to meet En- glish proficiency goals and objectives. Academic Information and Regulations 62 Students who opt to take the examination alternative, and who fail the EPE twice, must register for ENG 051 the semester following the examination, and each semester fol- lowing until they have passed ENG 051. ENG 051 shall be an exception to the policy that students are allowed to repeat a course only once. The English Proficiency Examination is administered on both campuses in November, and in April of each academic year, and again during the summer session. Specific EPE administration dates are listed in the Academic Calendar. Computer Literacy Requirement The University believes that all students must be familiar with computer concepts and the use of computers in order to work effectively in today’s high-technology world. Therefore, all students who matriculate for the fall 1994 semester or later must fulfill the Computer Literacy Requirement during the freshman year. Transfer students may complete up to 24 credit hours before fulfilling the Computer Literacy Requirement. Students to whom this requirement applies and who have completed 24 or more credit hours at UVI and who fail to meet the requirement, will not be allowed to register for additional credit courses until the Computer Literacy Requirement has been fulfilled. Exceptions to this requirement must be approved by the Science and Mathematics Division Chair and the Provost. To fulfill the Computer Literacy Requirement, students must pass the Computer Lit- eracy Examination, which is administered on both the St. Croix and St. Thomas cam- puses. Students should contact the Science and Math Division to register for the exam. Exam dates are listed under CLE in the Class Schedule for each semester. The student may prepare for the Computer Literacy Examinations using self-taught learning mod- ules, which are available in the bookstore and computer laboratories. Students may enroll in CSC 111 or CIS 021 to prepare for the examinations. However, completion of these courses does not fulfill the Computer Literacy Requirement. Awards and Honors Superior student achievement is recognized in a number of ways during each academic year. The Academic Honors List recognizes full-time students (carrying 12 or more degree credits) who have earned a grade point average of 3.2 or higher for the previous semester, with no grade lower than C. The University of the Virgin Islands is a chapter member of Golden Key National Honor Society. Full-time and part-time matriculated students who have earned at least 60 credits at UVI and a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.3 may be invited to join. Full-time and part-time students receiving a baccalaureate degree who have earned at least 60 credits at the University are eligible for commencement honors. For the purpose of computing averages for honors, all grades earned, including transfer grades, will be con- sidered. Honors are based on the following cumulative grade point averages: Cum Laude, 3.25 to 3.49; Magna Cum Laude, 3.50 to 3.74; Summa Cum Laude, 3.75 to 4.00. Academic Information and Regulations 63 The academic divisions and the St. Croix campus of the University may award annu- ally a Trustee Graduate Fellowship/Loan which seeks to highlight academic achieve- ment, encourage post-graduate study, honor outstanding students and help increase the number of highly trained University of the Virgin Islands alumni. Each recipient re- ceives $1,000, with half of that amount to be returned to the University when the student is no longer in graduate school. To be eligible for the Trustee Graduate Fellowship/Loan, a student must normally be a graduating senior who has been accepted into a graduate school for a master’s or doctoral program and who has earned at least 60 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. Students are eligible to receive the fellowship/loan only in the division which advised them while at the University. The following criteria will be used in selecting recipients of the Trustee Graduate Fellow- ship/Loan: cumulative grade point average, potential for scholarly or professional achieve- ment, full-time attendance in a graduate program, financial need and the likelihood of return to the Virgin Islands. A number of awards are made on both campuses at annual Awards Day ceremonies. Infor- mation on these awards is available from the Office of the Provost. The Honors Program Mission: The UVI Honors Program seeks to produce exceptional scholars and citizens by providing participants with enriched intellectual, leadership and outreach experiences de- signed to cultivate thoughtful, deliberative, articulate, ethically grounded, globally con- nected and actively contributing members of society. Admission: Students will be admitted to the Honors Program through approval of their application to the Honors Council upon matriculation into the University and satisfaction of the Honors Program entrance requirements in mathematics and English. The Honors Council will take into consideration for admission a combination of the following factors: SAT/ACT scores, previous academic records including grades and academic rank, evi- dence of creative and/or scholastic ability, recommendations from previous instructors and/or mentors, interviews, and such other factors as the Honors Council finds appropriate in evaluating the potential of the applicant to successfully complete the program. Students may also be admitted to the Honors Program after completion of up to two years of univer- sity level course work at UVI or other institutions. Students applying for such late admis- sion to the program must have a GPA of 3.3 or its equivalent in their university level courses and must still complete all program requirements. Applications for admission to the UVI Honors Program will be accepted no later than February 1 of each year. Program Requirements: In order to remain in the program and graduate with Honors, student participants must: •Maintain a GPA of 3.3. Academic Information and Regulations 64 •Accept a leadership role in ensuring adherence to the UVI student code of conduct and demonstrate their personal adherence to that code. •Receive a grade of B or better in each of three required Honors courses and in two addi- tional Honors designated courses, one of which must be in their major. •Complete and report on a structured educational experience outside of the territory, plan- ning for which must be developed with their Honors advisor/mentor and approved by the Honors Council, by the end of their junior year. •Complete and report on a professional outreach experience, planning for which must be developed with their Honors advisor/mentor and approved by the Honors Council, by the end of their junior year. •Complete and satisfactorily defend a thesis or project in their senior year Honors students may be granted probationary status for only one semester by the Honors Council if their overall grade point average falls below 3.3. Recognition: Participation in the Honors Program and successful completion of its re- quirements will be included in student transcripts and acknowledged on degrees. Multiple Majors and Second Degrees The University of the Virgin Islands grants the following undergraduate degrees: B.A.; B.S.; B.S.N.; A.A.; A.S.; and A.A.S. The preceding undergraduate degrees are the avail- able options for a second degree. A major is a discipline within a given degree (e.g. busi- ness administration or education within the B.A. degree). Multiple Majors: Students may pursue up to three majors within the same degree. Stu- dents seeking to pursue more than three majors must receive the approval of the Provost. The prospective student must apply through the office of enrollment management, register the intention of pursuing an additional major(s) and fulfill all the requirement of the addi- tional major(s). The pursuit of a second or third major in the same degree area will not result in the conferring of a second or third degree. The completion of the coursework for the additional major(s) will be noted on the student's official transcript. Second Degree: Students may pursue two degrees concurrently in different degree areas (e.g. B.A. and B.S.). Courses from one degree may be used to satisfy requirements of the other degree; however, a minimum of 30 additional credits must be completed in order for both degrees to be awarded. UVI will not award a second degree in the same discipline. All divisional and university requirements for the two degrees must be satisfied. There will be one transcript with both degree areas recorded. Any student who has previously earned a degree from a regionally accredited institution (including UVI) may pursue a second degree. Transfer credits that have not expired (see policy on Expiration of Credits) from other institutions and prior credits from UVI may be used to satisfy requirements for the second degree; however, a minimum of 30 resident Academic Information and Regulations 65 credits must be accumulated beyond the number of credits completed at the time the first degree was awarded. All divisional and university requirements for the two de- grees must be satisfied. All courses completed will be recorded on a separate tran- script. Students seeking a second degree must apply for admission through the Office of Enrollment Management. UVI will not concurrently or subsequently award an associate's degree to a student who holds a baccalaureate degree in the same discipline. A student may, however, be awarded an associates degree in a discipline and subsequently receive a baccalaureate degree in the same discipline. Academic Information and Regulations 66 General Education Requirements All students, regardless of their degree program and major field of study, must com- plete certain general education requirements. These do not include any requisite courses of skills remediation or Freshman Year courses. The University of the Virgin Islands’ General Education curriculum has been reformed and revitalized recently and is subject to continual refinement. The General Education curriculum is intended to prepare students for today’s competitive world as well as for productive and fulfilling lives and responsible citizenship. Students completing these requirements are expected to have gained the following: • Knowledge of the history, geography, and demographic characteristics of the U.S. Virgin Islands, the Caribbean, the United States, and the world. • Knowledge of natural phenomena and of the earth in its place in the universe as well as an appreciation of scientific inquiry. • Highly developed communication skills. • Quantitative and computing skills. • Personal health and wellness skills. • Critical thinking, logic, and moral reasoning skills. • Self-awareness, interpersonal, leadership, and team skills. • Second language skills, multi-cultural and inter-cultural skills, and an understand- ing of aesthetic expression in literature and art. • Information management and research skills. General education requirements vary with degree programs but have the following categories in common: A. The English Proficiency Examination (EPE) — Please review its entry prerequi- sites on page 61. B. The Computer Literacy Examination (CLE) — Please review its entry prerequisites on page 62. C. General Education Courses. These are specified for each degree program and in- clude courses in: Humanities Mathematics Natural Sciences Social Sciences Physical Education, Fitness and Wellness. The University reserves the right to change its course offerings and rules and regula- tions at any time. 67 Associate of Arts Degree To qualify for an associate of arts degree, students must successfully complete a mini- mum of 62 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The General Education requirements for graduation in the associate of arts degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet General Education requirements will be provided to students in advance of reg- istration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 15 COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 Additional humanities electives 6 C. MATHEMATICS AND/OR SCIENCE 8-10 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean* 3 and Two approved science or math courses D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 6-9 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus* 3 and Two other courses in the Social Sciences: Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, or Sociology TOTAL CREDITS 29-36 *Requirement of the Freshman Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. 68 II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 15 Mathematics/Science 8-10 Social Sciences 6-9 TOTAL 29-36 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in Physical Education for every semester they are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. This particular requirement may be waived by the Provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of studies in another institution recognized by the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current University course re- quirements. Appeals should be directed to the Provost. In order to graduate, students must earn a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.00. This requirement is also applicable to courses required in their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY EXAMINATION (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on pp. 61-62. Degree Majors and Programs – A.A. Degree Students will ordinarily choose an associate degree program because they want to prepare for employment after only two years of study beyond high school, and because they are attracted to the work for which the program will train them. The programs are designed to prepare graduates for positions as technicians, supervisors, and managers in business, in- dustry, service organizations, and government. The course requirements for graduation in each of the fields of specialization are out- lined in the pages that follow. It is to the student’s advantage to enter one of these programs in the freshman year. It is possible for a student to change from a four-year program to a two-year program, but such a change may delay graduation because of the sequence of basic courses. A student may change from a two-year program to a four-year program but, again, it may then require additional time to complete the new program. Associate of Arts Degree 69 Students may choose one of the following associate of arts degree programs. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DIVISION Accounting - St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Business Management - St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Computer Information Systems - St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Hotel and Restaurant Management - St. Thomas campus EDUCATION DIVISION Inclusive Early Childhood Education - St. Croix and St. Thomas campus HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION Police Science and Administration - St. Croix and St. Thomas campus BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DIVISION Accounting Major The associate of arts program in accounting is designed to prepare students for careers in the fields of accounting and financial administration. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 67-68), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Accounting: Credits ACC 121-122 Introduction to Accounting 3-3 ACC 221-222 Intermediate Accounting 3-3 ACC 253 Tax Accounting 3 ACC 440 Cost Accounting 3 C. Required courses in other fields: Credits BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 BUS 224 Business Communication 3 BUS 251* Business Law 3 Associate of Arts Degree 70 CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 CIS 210 Business Information Systems 3 ECO 221* Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 ECO 222* Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications or MAT 143* Precalculus Algebra 4 and one of the following: MAT 232* Calculus For Business and Social Sciences MAT 235* Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 * Partially fulfills the general education requirements. Business Management Major The associate of arts degree program in Business Management is designed to pre- pare the student for a career in management or small business ownership. It will help the student understand how businesses are operated and financed. The func- tions of marketing, selling, accounting, and advertising are considered. A graduate of this curriculum will be prepared to enter a variety of business positions. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 67-68), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Business Management: Credits BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 BUS 213 Small Business Management 3 BUS 224 Business Communication 3 BUS 231 Principles of Marketing 3 BUS 234 Advertising and Promotional Strategy 3 BUS 241 Principles of Management 3 BUS 242 Personnel Management 3 BUS 251* Business Law 3 C. Required courses in other fields: Credits ACC 121-122 Introduction to Accounting 3-3 CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 CIS 210 Business Information Systems 3 ECO 221* Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 ECO 222* Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 Associate of Arts Degree 71 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications or MAT 143* Precalculus Algebra 4 and one of the following: MAT 232* Calculus For Business and Social Sciences MAT 235* Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 * Partially fulfills the general education requirements. Computer Information Systems Major The associate of arts degree program in Computer Information Systems is designed to 1) train students for professional careers in information systems, 2) prepare students for advanced study, 3) provide opportunities for students in other areas of study which relate to information systems, and 4) meet the computer information systems needs of the University and the community. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 67-68), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required Courses in Computer Information Systems: Credits CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 CIS 121 Data Management Concepts 3 CIS 210 Business Information Systems 3 CIS 250 Introduction to Operating Systems 3 CIS 270 Computer Systems Development 3 CIS 280 Systems Development Project 3 CIS 300 Process Design and Evaluation 3 CIS 310 Advanced Business Software Applications 3 CIS 357 Business Information Networks 3 or CIS 238 Introduction to COBOL Programming 3 C. Required courses in other fields: Credits BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 BUS 224 Business Communication 3 BUS 251* Business Law 3 ECO 222* Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 PSY 120* General Psychology 3 Associate of Arts Degree 72 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications or MAT143* Precalculus Algebra 4 and one of the following: MAT 232* Calculus for Business and Social Sciences MAT 235* Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements. Hotel and Restaurant Management Major The associate of arts program in Hotel and Restaurant Management is designed to prepare the graduate for middle management responsibility in large establishments or for greater responsibility in smaller enterprises. Students may elect to obtain interna- tionally recognized certificates awarded by the American Hotel and Motel Association through examination at the completion of selected HRM courses. Graduates will have the basic preparation needed for positions as stewards, purchasing agents, banquet man- agers, club managers, resort managers, front office managers, resident auditors, and food and beverage managers. It is offered for part-time study only. The program is also designed to serve as an intermediate step towards acquiring a baccalaureate degree. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 67-68), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Hotel and Restaurant Management: Credits HRM 132 Fundamentals of Tourism 2 HRM 133 Introduction to Resort Hotel Management 2 HRM 134 Introduction to Restaurant Management 2 HRM 232 Hospitality Services Marketing 3 HRM 233 Hospitality Industry Computer Systems 3 HRM 234 Hospitality Industry Accounting 3 HRM 242 Hospitality Industry Personnel Training Systems 3 HRM 250 Internship 3 C. Required courses in other areas: Credits ACC 121-122 Introduction to Accounting 3-3 BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 PSY 120* General Psychology 3 Associate of Arts Degree 73 D. The student must choose one of the following concentrations: Credits ROOMS DIVISION MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION HRM 243 Front Office Management 3 HRM 244 Housekeeping Management 3 FOOD AND BEVERAGE CONCENTRATION HRM 245 Food and Beverage Cost Control 3 HRM 246 Bar and Beverage Management 3 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements. OFFICE INFORMATION SYSTEMS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM A four-course certificate program in Office Information Systems is suspended. This program provides a foundation in computer concepts and techniques with emphasis on microcomputer applications. The requirements for this program are detailed in a program brochure that is available from the Office of the Division of Business Administration. EDUCATION DIVISION Inclusive Early Childhood Education Major This program is designed to provide opportunities for early childhood personnel who wish to develop competencies for entry level positions in inclusive early childhood programs through participation in an associate degree program. A broad knowledge of development and learning across the birth through eight age range is necessary for educators to provide appropriate curriculum and assessment approaches. As a result, the IECE Program is designed to ensure that students learn about the variability of young children and the adap- tations and modifications that can be made to ensure typical developmental and learning experiences for all children. The program stresses the importance of natural environments, play support, and the integration of developmental/learning experiences into the curricu- lum. Students are trained to assume the primary role of facilitators of child development and learning and parent-child relationships. The IECE Program utilizes principles of adult learning in its teaching strategies which involves learning by doing, reflecting, analyzing and synthesizing through structured, as well as, open-ended activities and sharing and in- teracting with others. Students learn through a combination of coursework, creation of portfolios, and guided and supervised fieldwork that teach about and demonstrate inclusionary early childhood educational models and principles. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 67-68), the following courses are required: Credits EDU 108 Early Childhood Development I 3 EDU 109 Inclusive Early Childhood Environments I 3 Associate of Arts Degree 74 EDU 113 Early Childhood Development II 3 EDU 114 Inclusive Early Childhood Environments II 3 EDU 214 Family and Community Relationships 3 EDU 215 Guiding Children's Early Behavior 3 EDU 216 Inclusive Early Childhood Curricula 3 EDU 217 Ethical and Legal Issues in Early Childhood Education 3 EDU 218 Supervised Field Experience 3 EDU 219 Promoting Language and Literacy in Early Childhood 3 EDU 220 Seminar in Supervised Field Experience 2 HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION Police Science and Administration Major The associate of arts program in police science and administration is open to all men and women seeking a comprehensive education for a career in law enforcement or its allied fields. The program offers a broad liberal arts and science background through the general education program and required courses in the field of police science and administration. It offers the transfer student a basis for upper division work and at the same time offers career preparation at the entrance level. The nature of modern society requires much more than a technical approach to police work. The work of administration of justice is people work, and the greater the understand- ing of human behavior by law enforcement and allied fields, the better the service. For this reason the student who specializes in the field of police science and administration will be exposed to the behavioral sciences as well as courses in applied technology. Students who plan to transfer to another four-year institution should make sure they are following a program that will meet the specific requirements of that school. The following courses are required and should be taken in the listed year. FIRST YEAR Credits PSA 120 Introduction to Law Enforcement 3 PSA 121 Administration of Justice 3 PSA 122 Criminal Law 3 PSY 120 General Psychology 3 PSY 202 Lifespan Development 3 SECOND YEAR Credits PSA 221 Contemporary Corrections 3 PSA 222 Law Enforcement-Community Relations 3 PSA 223 Juvenile Delinquency/Justice 3 PSA 224 Security Concepts 3 PSA 232 Criminal Procedure and Evidence 3 BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 Associate of Arts Degree 75 or MAT 140 College Algebra With Applications and MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4-4 SPA 131-132 Functional Elementary Spanish I-II 4-4 Associate of Arts Degree 76 To qualify for an associate of science degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 62 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general educa- tion requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the require- ments of the major. General Education Requirements The General Education requirements for graduation in the associate of science degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet General Education requirements will be provided to students in advance of reg- istration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 9 C. MATHEMATICS AND/OR SCIENCE 9-12 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean** 3 D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 6-9 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 and Two other courses in the Social Sciences: Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, or Sociology II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 9 Mathematics and/or Science 9-12 Social Sciences 6-9 TOTAL 24-31 *Requirement of the Freshman Year Program for all students matriculating into the Uni- versity with fewer than 24 credits. **Nursing students are exempt from this course. Associate of Science Degree 77 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in Physical Education for every semester they are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current University course requirements. In order to graduate, students must earn a minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.00. This requirement is also applicable to courses in their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY REQUIREMENT (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on page 61-62. Degree Majors and Programs – A.S. Degree NURSING DIVISION Nursing - St. Croix campus SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS DIVISION Computer Science - St. Croix and St. Thomas campuses Physics - St. Thomas campus Nursing Major The associate of science program in nursing is designed to prepare graduates to assess, plan, implement, manage and evaluate nursing care competently for clients with common predictable health problems. The program is accredited by the National League for Nurs- ing Accrediting Commission, 61 Broadway 33rd Floor, New York, New York 10006 (800- 669-1656 ext. 153). In order to enroll in the first course of the clinical nursing sequence, students must have completed, or be exempt from, Freshman Studies Courses (MAT 023, RCA 021/ENG101, WAC11/ENG 100, FDS 100, SSC 100, MAT 024), PSY 120 and the computer literacy exam. Students must also have completed NUR 100, BIO 151 and BIO 152 with a grade of “C” (2.0) or better, NUR 104 with a grade of A- (90%) or better, and have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0. In order to enroll in clinical courses, students must submit documentation of current certification in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR- Health Care Provider) to the Division of Nursing Education. Additionally, documentation of physical examination and up to date immunization status must be provided to the Campus Nurse. Applicants to the ASN degree program with a background in health sciences may be able to successfully challenge NUR 100 and NUR 104 by exam. Failure of either Associate of Science Degree 78 Associate of Science Degree challenge exam after one attempt requires that students enroll and successfully com- plete NUR 100 and NUR 104. In order to enhance student success in the program, two pre-nursing courses are of- fered. Students are strongly encouraged to enroll in NUR 011: Basic Science Concepts for Nursing, prior to entering BIO 151: Human Anatomy and Physiology I, and NUR 021: Strategies for Success in Nursing prior to entering NUR 131/132. These non- degree courses are designed to equip students with skills needed to be successful in completing the nursing curriculum. In order to progress in the clinical nursing sequence, students must achieve at least a “C” (2.0) grade in all required nursing courses and BIO 240 and maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.0. Nursing students must show satisfactory achievement of clinical objec- tives and a grade of 75 percent or better in theory in order to receive an overall course grade of “C.” Students may not re-enroll in nursing courses without recommendation by the Course Re-enrollment Committee. Students who do not receive a favorable recommendation from the Course Re-Enrollment Committee will be dismissed from the program. After one year, students may petition the Committee for re-enrollment. A nursing student who earns less than a “C” (2.0) in Biology 240 (Microbiology) may not continue in the nursing sequence until the deficiency is made up. The associate degree in nursing requires 39 semester credits of nursing courses. A total of 72 credits is needed to obtain an associate of science degree in nursing. Prerequisite courses require at least two semesters of study and the clinical nursing sequence requires four semesters to complete for full-time students. Students wishing to progress on a part-time basis may complete the clinical nursing sequence in six semesters as follows: NUR 131/132 Semester 1 NUR 142 Semester 2 NUR 242 Semester 3 NUR 244 Semester 4 NUR 243 Semester 5 NUR 245/246 Semester 6 In addition, the student must pass the English Proficiency Examination. Upon success- ful completion of the associate of science degree, the graduate is eligible to apply to take the NCLEX-RN Examination for licensure as a registered nurse. In addition to successful completion of the NCLEX-RN Exam, licensure requirements vary. Stu- dents should contact the Board of Nursing in the state or territory in which they plan to practice. Contact information can be retrieved at the National Council of State Boards of Nursing website. (http://www.ncsbn.org). The following courses are required for the associate of science degree in nursing: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 79 B. Required courses in the Humanities: Credits ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 Humanities elective 3 C. Required courses in the Science and Mathematics Division: Credits BIO 151-152 Human Anatomy and Physiology I-II 4-4 BIO 240 Microbiology 4 D. Required courses in the Social Sciences Division: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 PSY 202 Life Span Development 3 E. PLS 200 Self Management: Wellness and Risk 2 F. Required courses in the Nursing Education Division: Credits NUR 100 Medical Terminology 1 NUR 104 Drug Dosage Calculation 2 NUR 131 Nursing Skill Acquisition 3 NUR 132 Introduction to the Nurse/Client System 4 NUR 142 NCS: Adult I 9 NUR 242 NCS: Adult II 6 NUR 243 NCS: Childbearing Family 4 NUR 244 NCS: Mental Health 4 NUR 245 NCS: Child 4 NUR 246 NCS: Management 2 Students entering the nursing program need to plan for the additional costs involved in pursuing a career in nursing. The following is an estimate of costs: Uniform/lab coat, shoes $150.00 Clinical Accessories $50.00 Nursing Textbooks $880.00 NCLEX Application $200.00 V.I. Board of Nursing Fee $97.00 Nursing Pin (optional) $43.00 - $236.00 HESI Entrance Exam $28.00 HESI Exit Exam $33.00 Computer Science Major The associate of science degree in computer science is intended to provide a sound foundation in computer science and to develop professional skills in programming and networks. It is also designed to serve as an intermediate step towards acquiring the baccalaureate degree in computer science. Depending upon previous educational back- Associate of Science Degree 80 ground, this associate degree can be completed in two to three years on either the St. Thomas or St. Croix campus. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 76-77), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 *Partially fulfills Social Science Requirements B. Required Computer Science courses: Credits CSC 117 Introduction to Programming I 4 CSC 118 Introduction to Programming II 4 CSC 119 Computer Graphics Applications 1 CSC 197,198 Computer Science Seminar 1,1 CSC 239 Scientific Computer Applications 2 CSC 240 Human Computer Interface Design 2 CSC 241 Introduction to Computer Architecture and Digital Systems 4 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 CSC 243 Digital Communications and Networks 4 CSC 250 Principles of Operating Systems 3 C. Required Mathematics courses: Credits MAT 143* Precalculus Algebra 4 or MAT 140* College Algebra with Applications 4 and MAT 142* College Trigonometry 4 or MAT 235* Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 or MAT 241* Introduction to Calculus I and Analytical Geometry 4 or MAT 233* Discrete Mathematics 3 or MAT 215* Introduction to Number Theory 3 or MAT 232 Calculus for Business and Social Science 4 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements D. One of the following Science courses is required: Credits BIO 141 General Biology I 4 CHE 151 General Chemistry I 5 PHY 211 Introduction to Physics I 4 PHY 241 General Physics I 5 Associate of Science Degree 81 Note: It is recommended that students intending to pursue a baccalaureate degree elect to take MAT 143: Precalculus Algebra, MAT 142: College Trigonometry, MAT 241: Introduction to Calculus I, and PHY 241: General Physics I. Some baccalaure- ate programs expect students to take MAT 233: Discrete Mathematics in the lower division. Baccalaureate students should review their academic planning beyond the A.S. degree with their advisor. Students who do not intend to pursue a baccalaureate degree may wish to take MAT 140: College Algebra with Applications, MAT 235: Introductory Statistics with Appli- cations, MAT 233: Discrete Mathematics, and any one of the following courses: PHY 211: Introduction to Physics I, or BIO 141: General Biology I. E. Required Humanities Courses: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 F. Two other courses in the Social Sciences from: Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, or So- ciology G. Physical Education Full-time students must enroll for 0.5 credit hour of P.E. for each full-time semester up to 2 credits, or enroll in Personal Life Skills 200. H. Passing Score on the English Proficiency Examination I. Passing Score on the Computer Literacy Examination Physics Major The associate of science program in physics is intended to develop an acute awareness of our physical environment on a conceptual level through rigorous mathematical manipulation of the fundamental laws of physics and through utilization of the tech- niques of the modern physical scientist. It is also designed to serve as an intermediate step towards acquiring the baccalaureate degree in engineering, physics, or similar science. Depending upon previous educational background, this associate degree can be completed in two to three years. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 76-77), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 Associate of Science Degree 82 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements in the Social Sciences B. Required courses in the Science and Mathematics Division: Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 or BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 CSC 117 Introduction to Programming I 4 CSC 333 Programming Languages or MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 PHY 311 Classical Mechanics or PHY 321 Electromagnetism 3 PHY 341 Modern Physics 3 PHY 351 Modern Physics Laboratory 1 Note: MAT 346: Differential Equations is a recommended elective for students who have space in their programs of study. However, depending on their career plans, students may elect to take engineering drawing, engineering graphics, or other labo- ratory science courses to broaden their science base. Associate of Science Degree 83 Associate of Applied Science Degree To qualify for an associate in applied science degree, students must successfully com- plete a minimum of 62 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The minimum General Education requirements in each discipline for graduation in the associate in applied science degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet General Education requirements will be pro- vided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 9-12 C. MATHEMATICS AND/OR SCIENCE 7-11 D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 3 * Requirement of the Freshman Year Program for all students matriculating into the Uni- versity with fewer than 24 credits. II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 9-12 Mathematics and/or Science 7-11 Social Sciences 3 TOTAL 19-27 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to deter- mine its appropriateness to the current University course requirements. In order to gradu- ate, students must earn a minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.00. This require- ment is also applicable to courses in their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 84 Associate of Applied Science Degree 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY REQUIREMENT (CLE) Please review entry requirements for EPE and CLE on pp. 61-62. Degree Program – A.A.S. Degree SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS DIVISION PROCESS TECHNOLOGY - St. Croix campus Process Technology The associate of applied science degree program in Process Technology is a technical program that will allow students to acquire the necessary skills, concepts, and experi- ences to be employed in a variety of positions within the refinery industry. The pro- gram blends essential elements of refinery training with General Education courses needed by refinery employees such as reading, writing, communication, and math- ematics. In addition, it is a collaborative program designed by the technical and operations managers of HOVENSA and professors within the Division of Science and Mathemat- ics. The objectives of this program are to (1) prepare graduates to enter industrial employment, (2) maintain up-to-date curriculum and industry standards, (3) assist lo- cal industries in providing up-to-date training for their present and future employees, and (4) provide an atmosphere and the facilities to stimulate students toward maxi- mum intellectual growth in technology. FIRST YEAR First Semester Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 PRT 101 Introduction to Process Technology 3 PRT 110 Basic Electricity Theory 3 PRT 121 Instrumentation I 3 Total 16 Second Semester Credits ENG 120 English Composition 3 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 PRT 122 Instrumentation II 3 PRT 125 Industrial Process 3 PRT 130 Process Technology I- Equipment 3 Total 16 85 SECOND YEAR Third Semester Credits SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 CHE 141 Introduction to Chemistry 5 PRT 225 Safety, Health & Environment 3 PRT 231 Process Technology II - Systems 2 Total 16 Fourth Semester Credits CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 PRT 232 Process Technology III - Operations 3 PRT 240 Process Troubleshooting 3 PRT 275 Internship 3 General elective course with a minimum of two credits Total 14 Associate of Applied Science Degree 86 Bachelor of Arts Degree To qualify for a bachelor of arts degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 120 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such addi- tional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. The General Education requirements for graduation in the bachelor of arts degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet General Education requirements will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 36 COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 ENG 261-262 World Literature I, II 6 FRE/SPA 131-132-231 Functional, Elementary and Intermediate French or Functional, Elementary and Intermediate Spanish 12 HUM 115 Introduction to Humanities 3 PHI 200 Critical Thinking 3 TOTAL 36 C. MATHEMATICS 6-8 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra and one of the following: MAT 142/232/235 College Trigonometry/Calculus for Business and Social Sciences/Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 or For students with advanced preparation beyond the above levels, a minimum of six (6) credits of higher level mathematics courses 6-8 TOTAL 6-8 87 D. NATURAL SCIENCES 6-9 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 and SCI 200 Changes in the Natural World 3 SCI 301 Application of Principles from the Natural World 3 or Any two laboratory courses in the Natural Sciences TOTAL 6-9 E. SOCIAL SCIENCES 6-9 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 and Two other courses in the Social Sciences: Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, or Sociology TOTAL 6-9 TOTAL CREDITS 54-63 * Requirement of the Freshman Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 36 Mathematics 6-8 Natural Sciences 6-9 Social Sciences 6-9 TOTAL 54-63 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in Physical Education for every se- mester they are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. This particular requirement may be waived by the Provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of studies in another institution recognized by the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current Uni- versity course requirements. Appeals should be directed to the Provost. In order to graduate, students must earn a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.00; this requirement is also applicable to courses required in their major. Bachelor of Arts Degree 88 Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY EXAMINATION (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on pp. 61-62. Degree Majors and Programs – B.A. Degree Students enrolling in the bachelor of arts degree programs may select as a major field of study one of the following: BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DIVISION Accounting — St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Business Administration — St. Croix and St. Thomas campus EDUCATION DIVISION* Elementary Education — St. Croix and St. Thomas campus *Additionally, the University provides professional preparation for a career in secondary education through a balanced four-year offering of liberal arts and professional education courses. HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION Communication - St. Croix and St. Thomas campus English - St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Humanities - St. Thomas campus Music Education - St. Thomas campus Psychology - St. Thomas campus Social Sciences - St. Thomas campus Social Work - St. Thomas campus Speech Communication and Theatre - St. Thomas campus SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS DIVISION** St. Thomas campus only Biology Chemistry Marine Biology Mathematics ** This Division also offers pre-medical technology programs. A student planning to attend a graduate school of medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine will normally major in chemistry or biology at the University of the Virgin Islands. Bachelor of Arts Degree 89 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DIVISION The courses of study in the Division of Business Administration are designed to prepare the student to assume positions in middle and upper management in busi- ness and governmental organizations. The program has been constructed on the assumption that contemporary study in business administration must build upon a broad base of liberal education. The plan of study is intended to develop the students’ capacity to make sound judg- ments in their eventual positions in management and administration and to endow them with the historical perspective necessary for an understanding of human val- ues and motivations and the relationships between economic activity and society as a whole. To achieve this objective, the program combines a number of required general business courses with the University of the Virgin Islands general education re- quirements. By taking these courses, the student can gain the required background of liberal education and general business knowledge. At the same time it also broad- ens a liberal education. This program provides additional study in a specialized area of business as well as practical business experience through a supervised work- study internship. A Master of Business Administration degree is offered by the University. Under- graduates who wish to take graduate courses or who plan to matriculate in the graduate program after earning their undergraduate degree should meet with their advisors and consult the Graduate Bulletin. The following tables summarize requirements for the majors in the Business Ad- ministration Division. Accounting Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Business Administration: Credits ACC 121-122 Introduction to Accounting 3-3 ACC 221-222 Intermediate Accounting 3-3 ACC 253 Tax Accounting 3 ACC 440 Cost Accounting 3 ACC 442 Auditing 3 ACC 443 Advanced Accounting 3 BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 90 BUS 231 Principles of Marketing 3 BUS 241 Principles of Management 3 BUS 242 Personnel Management 3 BUS 251 Business Law 3 BUS 321 Fundamentals of Finance 3 BUS 325 Statistics for Management Decisions 3 BUS 330 Production/Operations Management 3 BUS 474 Professional Development Seminar 1 BUS 475** Undergraduate Internship in Business 2 CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 CIS 210 Business Information Systems 3 **Under exceptional circumstances and on approval by the Division Chair, stu- dent work experience may qualify for waiver and such credits made up by an elective course. Written applications for waiver, along with supporting documents, must be made a semester in advance. C. Accounting course electives required: 6 D. The following courses in related fields are required: Credits ECO 221* Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 ECO 222* Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements in the Social Sciences E. The following Mathematics sequence is required: Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra 4 and MAT 232 Calculus for Business and Social Sciences 4 Business Administration Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Business Administration: Credits ACC 121-122 Introduction to Accounting 3-3 BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 BUS 224 Business Communication 3 BUS 231 Principles of Marketing 3 BUS 241 Principles of Management 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 91 BUS 242 Personnel Management 3 BUS 251 Business Law 3 BUS 325 Statistics for Management Decisions 3 BUS 330 Production/Operations Management 3 BUS 321 Fundamentals of Finance 3 BUS 436 Business Strategy 3 BUS 474 Professional Development Seminar 1 BUS 475* Undergraduate Internship in Business 2 CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 CIS 210 Business Information Systems 3 *Under exceptional circumstances and on approval by the Division Chair, stu- dent work experience may qualify for waiver and such credits made up by an elective course. Written applications for waiver, along with supporting documents, must be made a semester in advance. C. The following courses in related fields are required: Credits ECO 221** Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 ECO 222** Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 **Partially fulfills the general education requirements in the Social Sciences D. The following Mathematics sequence is required: Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra 4 and MAT 232 Calculus for Business and Social Sciences 4 E. The student must choose any one of the following concentrations. It is antici- pated that additional areas of concentration will become available in the future. ACCOUNTING CONCENTRATION ACC 221-222 Intermediate Accounting 3-3 ACC 253 Tax Accounting 3 ACC 440 Cost Accounting 3 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS CONCENTRATION CIS 300 Program Design and Evaluation 3 CIS 310 Advanced Business Software Applications 3 CIS 238 Introduction to COBOL Programming 3 or CIS 357 Business Information Networks 3 CIS 410 Business Simulation and Modeling 3 FINANCE CONCENTRATION* BUS 323 Investment Analysis 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 92 BUS 324 Financial Markets and Institutions 3 BUS 425 Financial Policy and Strategy 3 BUS 499 Independent Study 3 (ECO 321 and 322 are strongly recommended.) *Note - St. Thomas Campus only MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION BUS 213 Small Business Management 3 BUS 336 Labor-Management Relations 3 BUS 429 Organizational Behavior 3 BUS 434 Public Policy toward Business 3 MARKETING CONCENTRATION* BUS 234 Advertising and Promotional Strategy 3 BUS 326 Principles of Merchandising 3 BUS 422 International Marketing 3 BUS 426 Marketing Research 3 *Note - St. Thomas Campus only EDUCATION DIVISION It is part of the mission of the University of the Virgin Islands to prepare teachers for the public schools who are competent both academically and professionally. Towards this end, the Education Division offers (i) a major in elementary educa- tion and (ii) preparation in secondary education for students majoring in other fields. Certification of teachers is a matter for the territorial education authorities. The University’s education program, however, prepares graduates to meet certifi- cation requirements for teaching in the Virgin Islands. (Although the foreign lan- guage requirement may be met by any foreign language, Spanish is strongly rec- ommended for those who plan to teach in the Virgin Islands). The program for elementary majors is designed to provide (a) broad preparation in the liberal arts, (b) concentrated study in one selected academic area, and c) pro- fessional preparation intended to produce highly effective teachers who can func- tion successfully in a complex society — specifically the Virgin Islands — and to form a base for graduate study. Preparation for secondary school teachers involves (i) satisfying general educa- tion requirements for the bachelor of arts degree and (ii) majoring in English, humanities, mathematics, science, or social sciences. Required professional courses are detailed below. Admission to both the elementary and secondary programs, both of which begin with Education 250, is by application. Prospective students are urged to apply at the beginning of their sophomore year. Admission can normally be secured by the Bachelor of Arts Degree 93 second semester of the sophomore year. In order to qualify for admission, students must have met the following criteria (a) to (d), and have earned a minimum grade of “C” in the courses listed in (a). (a) completion of the general education requirements in Communication (COM 119, COM 120) English (ENG 120, ENG 201) Science (SCI 100, 200, 301 or SCI 100 plus two semesters of Laboratory Science) Mathematics (MAT 140 or MAT 143 and one of the following MAT 142, MAT 235, MAT 232) (b) a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.33 (c) a pre-admission interview (d) must attain a passing score on the PRAXIS I Examination EDU 221 and EDU 230 are open to any student meeting the prerequisites. Non- education undergraduate majors may take education courses beyond these if they have satisfied the same general education requirements contained in section (a) above. Any person holding an earned baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution may enroll in education courses at the undergraduate level with the exception of student teaching. Elementary education majors and persons preparing for secondary education are required to earn a minimum grade of “C” in all required education courses. (All education majors who intend to meet certification requirements for teaching in the United States Virgin Islands should complete HIS 342 as an elective). A Master of Arts degree in Education is offered at the University. Undergraduates who wish to take graduate courses or who plan to matriculate in the graduate pro- gram after earning their undergraduate degree should meet with their advisors and consult the Graduate Bulletin. Elementary Education Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The general education requirements (courses taken to satisfy these requirements also count toward satisfaction of items D. and E. below. See the Division for spe- Bachelor of Arts Degree 94 cific details). C. Required Education courses: Credits EDU 221 Foundations of Education 3 EDU 230 Educational Psychology 3 EDU 250 Curriculum Development and Instruction 3 EDU 257 Mathematics and the Elementary Teacher 5 EDU 302 Introduction to Special Education 3 EDU 350 Instructional Design and Technology 2 EDU 351 Classroom Management 2 EDU 353, 354 Teaching the Language Arts 3,4 EDU 450 Measurement and Evaluation in Education 2 EDU 452 Student Teaching in the Elementary School 9 D. Required course(s) in Psychology: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 E. Required courses in Mathematics: Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra 4 and one of the following: MAT 142 College Trigonometry 4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 MAT 232 Calculus for Business and Social Sciences 4 F. From one of the following areas a minimum of 18 credits are required, at least six of which must be at the 300 level or above: English Spanish Mathematics Social Sciences Natural Science SECONDARY TEACHER PREPARATION A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The general education requirements (see the Division for specific details) Bachelor of Arts Degree 95 C. Required Education courses: Credits EDU 221 Foundations of Education 3 EDU 230 Educational Psychology 3 EDU 250 Curriculum Development and Instruction 3 EDU 302 Introduction to Special Education 3 EDU 350 Instructional Design and Technology 2 EDU 351 Classroom Management 2 EDU 450 Measurement and Evaluation in Education 2 EDU 497 Seminar in Secondary Teaching 2 EDU 469 Student Teaching in the Secondary School 6 D. Required course(s) in Psychology: Credits PSY 120* General Psychology 3 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements E. Requirements in the Major Out-of-State Students The following applies to out-of-state students not regularly attending the Univer- sity of the Virgin Islands: 1. Eligibility. Only students formally recommended by schools of education of accredited colleges and universities, or involved in an exchange arrangement that the University of the Virgin Islands has approved with another college or univer- sity, will be eligible for acceptance for enrollment in EDU 452, EDU 469/497 (Student Teaching and Seminar). In approving any such requests, priority will be given to graduates of the Virgin Islands secondary school system enrolled in main- land colleges and universities. 2. Acceptance. Acceptance of any outside students will be on a “space-available” basis, with priority given to University of the Virgin Islands students. 3. Status. Outside students enrolled in EDU 452, EDU 469/497 may attend the University of the Virgin Islands on a part-time status only, unless special circum- stances exist which warrant an exception. For example, an exchange relationship with another university may involve full-time students who, as part of their over- all program, will enroll in EDU 452, EDU 469/497. Exceptions may be made only by the Senior Vice President and Provost. 4. Instruction and Credits. All outside students taking EDU 452, EDU 469/497 must conform to University of the Virgin Islands policies regarding contact hours, supervision, credits, etc., which apply to University of the Virgin Islands students. No special arrangements can be made in this regard. 5. Fee schedule. Outside students will be required to pay a special fee of $470.00, Bachelor of Arts Degree 96 plus tuition, to cover costs associated with their enrollment. 6. Department of Education. These policies have been approved by the Commis- sioner of Education. All students seeking admission into EDU 452, EDU 469/497 must receive the prior agreement of the Department of Education to do their stu- dent teaching in the local public school system. HUMANITIES Humanities studies are frequently divided into separate disciplines. All, however, involve or are concerned with the imaginative and reflective experiences of man and his communication with others. Here at the University of the Virgin Islands, these humane studies are collectively referred to as “the humanities.” An educa- tion in the humanities provides a sound basis for careers in many fields. These fields include, but are not limited to, teaching, business and government adminis- tration, radio, print and visual media, public relations, and other areas which in- volve writing, editing, translating, and the performing arts. In the Humanities, the University offers courses in art, communication, English, French, Spanish, Japanese, journalism, music, philosophy, speech and theatre. It offers majors in communication, English, music education, humanities, and speech communication and theatre. The English and music education majors are the more traditional programs; the humanities major affords an unusual degree of individual flexibility and range, while demanding some of the initiative and discipline asso- ciated with graduate study. The speech communication and theatre major is a ver- satile degree which prepares students for advanced studies not only in speech and theatre, but for any areas in which the ability to communicate effectively is an asset. Students planning to teach in a secondary school must satisfy the secondary edu- cation requirements in the Education Division as well as the requirements of the division in which they major. Students intending to pursue graduate work in one of the humanities need not con- centrate their undergraduate studies in the same field. In some instances it is pos- sible, in a few it may be preferable, that they place emphasis on another of the humanities or on one of the social sciences. In all cases, however, the students should consult graduate catalogs to determine minimum requirements for admis- sion to the program in which they are interested. The following tables list the re- quired courses in the majors in the Humanities Division. Communication Major Communication studies refers to both a practice and an intellectual inquiry. As a prac- tice, people study communication to become more competent in oral, written and me- diated forms. People study communication as an intellectual inquiry to critically evaluate communication processes and messages. Students of communication learn to describe, Bachelor of Arts Degree 97 explain, analyze, interpret and criticize communication. A degree in communication studies at the University of the Virgin Islands helps improve students' skills in commu- nicating and their understanding of communication. As students progress through the curriculum, they will study the practices, con- texts and effects of communication. • Students study and build skills in communication practices such as speechmaking, writing for electronic and print media, speaking for electronic media and produc- ing effectively persuasive messages for various audiences. • Students study communication in interpersonal, small group, organizational, in- tercultural and mediated contexts. • Students critically examine interaction communication processes and mediated communication practices to understand their effects on individuals, groups and cultures. By working closely with their advisors, students build a plan of study that focuses on special areas of interest, such as communication production and design, jour- nalism, media criticism, oral communication, communication research or commu- nication technology. Students' focus area in coursework should be matched with their choice of internship. A. Required courses in Freshmen Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshmen Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Communication/Humanities: Credits COM 110 Introduction to Communication 3 COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 COM 225 Intercultural Communication 3 HUM 497-498 Humanities Seminar 1-1 C. Required courses in Communication (15-16 credits): Credits COM 100 Basic Radio Production 3 COM 203 Basic Reporting and News writing 4 COM 210 Advanced Reporting and News Writing 4 COM 221 Oral Interpretation of Literature 3 COM 223 Conference Techniques 3 COM 227 Voice and Diction 3 COM 302 American and Caribbean Journalism 3 COM 310 Editing 4 COM 324 Desktop Publishing 3 COM 401 Argumentation and Debate 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 98 D. An additional 9 credits from the following concept courses: Credits COM 402 Mass Communications Law and Ethics 3 COM 403 Rhetorical Criticism 3 COM 465-466 Selected Topics 3, 3 COM 475 Directed Studies 1 to 3 ENG 343 Language Theory 3 THE 413 Theatre Criticism 3 E. Internship requirement: Credits COM 404 Professional Internship in Mass Communications 3 F. Recommended electives: Credits BUS 224 Business Communication 3 BUS 234 Advertising and Promotional Strategy 3 BUS 429 Organizational Behavior 3 CSC 119 Computer Graphic Applications 1 CSC 363 Documentation and Technical Communication 3 PSY 332 Industrial-Organizational Psychology 3 English Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in English/Communication: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 ENG 261-262 World Literature 3-3 ENG 321, 322 British Literature 3,3 ENG 361 American Literature 3 ENG 362 Major American Writing 3 ENG 363 Black American Literature 3 ENG 371 or 372 Caribbean Literature 3,3 ENG 343 Language Theory and Practice 3 ENG 344 Advanced Writing 3 ENG 465 Selected Topics* Bachelor of Arts Degree 99 and/or 466 Selected Topics* 3,3 HUM 497-498 Senior Humanities Seminar 1-1 *Any combination that adds up to 6 credits provided that the course topic is dif- ferent. Humanities Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Primary area of emphasis (no fewer than 9 credits at the 300-400 level) 18 C. Secondary area of emphasis 15 D. Additional courses in the Humanities 12 At the present time, a combination of speech communication/theatre courses may be selected as primary areas of emphasis. For the secondary field of emphasis, art, English, French, music, Spanish or a combination of speech communication/the- atre courses may be pursued. Courses in the humanities taken to satisfy the general education requirements for the bachelor’s degree may be counted toward the re- quirements for a Humanities major with following exceptions: Public Speaking 3 English Composition 3 Research and Applied Writing 3 Foreign language (one year) 8 Literature (one semester) 3 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 E. The following courses are required: Credits HUM 497-498 Senior Humanities Seminar 1-1 Music Education Major Objectives: The objectives of the music program are to: 1) train students for pro- fessional careers as teachers and performers; 2) prepare students for graduate study; 3) provide opportunities for students in other academic areas to study music for cultural and professional values; and 4) enrich the music experiences of the Uni- versity and community. Bachelor of Arts Degree 100 Admission: In addition to the requirements for admission to the University, stu- dents who enter the Music Education curriculum must take and pass a placement exam in music theory. Failure to pass this exam will result in the student having to enroll in MUS 124, Introduction to Music, before entering MUS 103, Music Theory. Music Education majors cannot register for MUS 124, Introduction to Music, as a Humanities Division general education requirement. The incoming Music Education major must successfully complete an audition before the music faculty to be admitted to the program. An audition tape will be acceptable in ex- tenuating circumstances. The audition must be completed one month prior to the semester of the intended date of registration. General Requirements: Recitals: Music Education majors and all students enrolled in Applied Music are required to perform in at least two recitals per semester and provide other musical services for the University as recommended by Applied Music instructors. Suitable performance attire is required. Examinations: Music Education majors and all students enrolled in Applied Music are required to perform before a jury consisting of each music faculty member as a final examination at the end of each semester. Seniors enrolled in Applied Music 462 are required to pass a senior recital hearing no less than 30 days prior to the proposed Senior Recital date. At the senior recital hearing, students must present the proposed recital and successfully answer six of ten pre-submitted research questions. A student fails the recital hearing by playing at an unacceptable level and by failing to answer the six research questions correctly. Students may con- tinue to prepare for the proposed recital date but must schedule a second recital hearing as soon as possible, preferably during the following week. If a student fails the second hearing, the student must retake Applied Music 462. Ensemble Participation: Music Education majors enrolled as full-time students are required to perform in at least one ensemble each semester of full-time enroll- ment. Students concentrating in piano and voice must enroll in MUS 242. Students concentrating in instrumental studies must enroll in either MUS 132 or MUS 133. Music Organizations: Assignments to music organizations are made on the basis of audition or approval of the conductor. Program details are as follows: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Music: Credits MUS 103-104 Music Theory 3-3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 101 MUS 161-162 Applied Music 2-2 MUS 173-174 Secondary Piano 1-1 or MUS 175-176 Secondary Voice 1-1 MUS 201-202 Music Theory 3-3 MUS 206-207 Music History and Literature 3-3 MUS 261-262 Applied Music 2-2 MUS 273-274 Secondary Piano 1-1 or MUS 275-276 Secondary Voice 1-1 MUS 301 Counterpoint 2 MUS 302 Form and Analysis 2 MUS 361-362 Applied Music 2-2 MUS 401 Orchestration and Arranging 3 MUS 461-462 Applied Music 2-2 MUS 132, MUS 133 or MUS 242 Ensemble 8 C. Required courses in Music Education/Education: Credits EDU 221 Foundations of Education 3 MUE 311 Conducting Techniques 3 MUE 312 Teaching Music in the Elementary School 3 MUE 321 Brass and Percussion Methods 2 MUE 322 Woodwind Methods 2 MUE 411 Teaching Music in Secondary Schools 3 MUE 412 Student Teaching and Seminar in Music 6 D. Required courses in other fields: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 PSY 321 Developmental Psychology I 3 E. The following are strongly recommended for voice majors: Credits FRE 131-132 Functional Elementary French I-II 4-4 FRE 231 Intermediate French 4 F. Students are required to satisfy the University’s general education requirements for the bachelor of arts degree. Courses listed under D. and E. count toward satis- faction of these requirements. G. Humanities Seminar requirement. The following courses are required: Credits HUM 497-498 Senior Humanities Seminar 1-1 Bachelor of Arts Degree 102 Speech Communication and Theatre Major Speech Communication and Theatre is a versatile major which prepares students for advanced studies in either speech communication, theatre or any related areas in which the ability to communicate effectively is a major asset. This could include areas such as religion, politics, advertising, mass communication and law, to mention a few. Gradu- ates should be able to compete for employment in any occupation requiring effective communication abilities such as group dynamics and reasoning skills, interpersonal and intercultural process knowledge, active listening, improved perception, assertiveness and related verbal and nonverbal awareness. A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Communication: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 COM 225 Intercultural Communication 3 C. Required courses in Theatre: Credits THE110 Introduction to Theatre 3 THE210 Theatre Service 4 THE211-212-213-214 Theatre Production 1-1-1-1 Students are required to participate (in an acting, directing, or technical position) in a minimum of two main stage productions for a maximum of 4 credits. D. Cross-over Speech and Theatre courses. Two of the following courses are required: Credits THE220 Stage Movement 3 COM 227 Voice and Diction 3 THE325 Readers Theatre 3 E. Performance courses in Speech. Credits Two of the following courses are required: COM 221 Oral Interpretation 3 COM 223 Conference Techniques 3 COM 401 Argumentation and Debate 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 103 F. History and criticism courses. Credits Two of the following courses are required: THE 315 Caribbean Theatre 3 COM 403 Rhetorical Criticism 3 THE 413 Theatre Criticism 3 G. Theatre performance courses. Credits The following courses are required: THE 312 Directing Stage Production 3 THE 323 Basic Acting 3 H. Technical and Design Courses. Credits Any one of the following Credits courses is required: THE 412 Design and Stage Lighting 3 THE 415 Theatre Management 3 I. Required courses in other areas: Credits ENG 343 Language Theory 3 COM 110 Introduction to Communication 3 HUM 497-498 Senior Humanities Seminar 1-1 Major Credits 68-70 Electives +9 General Education (fulfilled in major credits) 64-70 J. The following courses are required: Credits HUM 497-498 Senior Humanities Seminar 1-1 Bachelor of Arts Degree 104 SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS DIVISION In the Science and Mathematics Division, the University offers courses of study in astronomy, biology, chemistry, computer science, marine biology and mathemat- ics, with major fields of specialization in biology, chemistry, marine biology and mathematics. The Division also offers pre-engineering and pre-medical technol- ogy programs. Mathematics is the essential tool for all students of natural, physical and applied sci- ences. In addition, certain areas in mathematics, such as statistics, probability, linear algebra and calculus, are indispensable for certain advanced programs in the social sciences. The students’ readiness to begin the study of mathematics at the college level will determine whether they are able to complete their undergraduate degrees major- ing in chemistry or mathematics in the normal period of four years. The student who has mastered mathematics through at least high school trigonometry and second-year high school algebra should be able to maintain the pace of a college program in sci- ence or mathematics. Four years of high school mathematics are recommended. In addition, familiarity with the language and basic concepts of the sciences can be gained through high school courses in biology and chemistry. Students planning to attend a graduate school of medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine normally will major in either chemistry or biology as an undergraduate. Stu- dents should consult with their advisors concerning courses which may be required for graduate study in their fields of interest. Biomedical research training opportunities are available for interested students to work in the laboratory of faculty mentors. The University of the Virgin Islands is one of the few institutions in the United States offering an undergraduate major in marine biology. As the program devel- ops, specialized field courses in chemical and physical oceanography, marine ge- ology and marine instrumentation will be added. It is anticipated that the growing recognition for marine technicians will result in expanded career opportunities for those who complete the undergraduate program. Students in this program also will be prepared for graduate work. Preparation in such fields as architecture, pharmacy, engineering and forestry may often be completed within the four years of a normal baccalaureate program with transfer from the University of the Virgin Islands after the first year or two of undergraduate study. However, many engineering programs now require a minimum of five years of study for a bachelor’s degree. The bachelor’s degree, together with appropriate preparation in teacher education, is the basic qualification for those intending to teach science and mathematics at the secondary level. The following tables list the required and recommended courses in the Science and Mathematics Division: Bachelor of Arts Degree 105 Biology Major The requirements for a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Biology consist of the follow- ing Biology and related courses plus a study plan written by each candidate and his or her program advisor. Study plan guidelines and procedures will be pub- lished by the Division of Science and Mathematics from time to time. The study plan must be approved by the faculty of the Biology Program and will be submit- ted to the Enrollment Management Office. Course numbering reflects the year by which courses should be completed. The study plan must include at least one plant- based^ and one animal-based* course. Any change in the study plan must be ap- proved by the advisor and the program prior to course registration. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 86-87), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Biology (24 credit hours): Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 BIO 223 Ecology 4 BIO 245 Genetics 4 BIO 360** Cell and Molecular Biology I 4 BIO 397-398 Junior Science Seminar I-II 1-1 BIO 497, 498 Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 C. Required courses in related fields (22-24 credit hours): Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 MAT 241 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I 4 or MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 or PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 or PHY 241-212 General Physics I - Introduction to Physics II 5-4 D. Science electives: Credits An additional 18 credit hours minimum are required from the following: Bachelor of Arts Degree 106 BIO 220* Marine Invertebrate Zoology 4 BIO 224 Population Biology 4 BIO 295 Responsible Conduct in Research 1 BIO 339* Vertebrate Structure 5 BIO 342* Animal Physiology 4 BIO 349^ Aquatic Plant Biology 4 BIO 350^ Terrestrial Plant Biology 4 BIO 352^ Plant Physiology 4 BIO 353 Developmental Biology 4 BIO 355-356 Biology of Microorganisms I-II 4-4 BIO 370 Evolution 3 BIO 460*** Cell and Molecular Biology II 4 BIO 465-466 Selected Topics in Biology**** 4 BIO 495 Directed Independent Research in Biology (maximum 6 credits) 1 to 4 BIO 496 Internship/Field Studies (maximum 4 credits) 1 to 4 Any MBI or MSC course Any 200, 300 or 400 level Chemistry, Math or Physics course SCI 100 (if taken as a freshman), The Natural World: The Caribbean *animal-based course **Students matriculated before 2002 may substitute BIO 346 for BIO 360 ***Students matriculated before 2002 may substitute BIO 421 for BIO 460 ****Depending on content, a Selected Topics in Biology may count as a plant- or animal-based course ^plant-based course Chemistry Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 86-87), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Chemistry: Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 CHE 251 Quantitative Analysis 4 CHE 252 Instrumental Analysis 4 CHE 253-254 Organic Chemistry I-II 5-5 CHE 341-342 Physical Chemistry I-I 4-4 CHE 397, 398 Junior Science Seminar I, II 1/2,1/2 CHE 432 Inorganic Chemistry 4 CHE 497, 498 Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 Bachelor of Arts Degree 107 C. The following courses in related fields are required: Credits MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 D. The following courses are strongly recommended: Credits CHE 348 Biochemistry 4 CHE 465, 466 Selected Topics 3 to 4 CHE 495 Directed Independent Research in Chemistry 1 to 4 CHE 496 Internship/Field Studies 1 to 4 MAT 441-442 Advanced Calculus I-II 3-3 Marine Biology Major The requirements for a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Marine Biology consist of the following Biology, Marine Biology and related courses plus a study plan written by each candidate and their program advisor. Study plan guidelines and proce- dures will be published by the Division of Science and Mathematics from time to time. The study plan must be approved by the faculty of the Biology Program and will be submitted to the Enrollment Management Office. Course numbering re- flects the year by which courses should be completed. Any change in the study plan must be approved by the advisor and the program prior to course registration. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 86-87), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required Courses in Biology and Marine Biology (45 credit hours): Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 MBI 220 Marine Invertebrate Zoology 5 MBI 222 Ichthyology 4 BIO 223 Ecology 4 MSC 239 Oceanography 4 BIO 245 Genetics 4 BIO 349 Aquatic Plant Biology 4 BIO 360* Cell and Molecular Biology I 4 BIO 397-398 Junior Science Seminar 1-1 MBI 424 Marine Ecology 4 Bachelor of Arts Degree 108 BIO 497, 498 Senior Science Seminar 1, 1 C. Required Courses in Related Fields (22-24 credit hours): Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 MAT 241 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I 4 or MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 or PHY 241-242General Physics I-II 5-5 or PHY 241-212 General Physics I , Introduction to Physics II 5-4 D. In addition to the courses not chosen to fulfill the requirement in Section B, the following are strongly recommended for students intending to pursue graduate studies: Credits Mathematics 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 Chemistry 253-254 Organic Chemistry I-II 5-5 *Students matriculating before 2002 may substitute BIO 346 for BIO 360 Mathematics Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 86-87), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Mathematics: Credits MAT 215 Introduction to Number Theory 3 MAT 241-242 Introductory Calculus and Analytic Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 MAT 362 Abstract Algebra I 3 MAT 441 Introductory Analysis I 3 MAT 397, 398 Junior Mathematics Seminar I, II 1/2, 1/2 MAT 497, 498 Senior Mathematics Seminar I, II 1, 1 C. Six elective courses from the following are required; a cluster of four courses must be approved by the advisor (see D. Suggested tracks): Credits MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 301 Modern Geometry 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 109 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 344 Probability 3 MAT 346 Differential Equations 4 MAT 386 History and Philosophy of Mathematics 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II 3 MAT 458 Topology 3 MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II 3 MAT 465, 466 Special Topics 3,3 MAT 325 Numerical Analysis 3 MAT 348 Complex Variables 3 MAT 499 Approved Independent Study 3 One approved upper-level course in another discipline D. Strongly Suggested Courses in Related Fields: Credits CSC 117 Introduction to Programming 4 PHY 241-242* General Physics I-II 5-5 * Partially satisfies the general education requirement in science E. Suggested Tracks: Applied: for majors interested in applied mathematics in the physical and engi- neering sciences, actuarial sciences, or business MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics MAT 344 Probability MAT 346 Differential Equations MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling MAT 325 Numerical Analysis MAT 348 Complex Variables One approved upper level course in another discipline. Teaching: for majors considering a career in secondary education MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics MAT 301 Modern Geometry MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics MAT 344 Probability MAT 386 History and Philosophy of Mathematics MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling Graduate: for majors considering graduate study in mathematics MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II MAT 458 Topology MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II MAT 348 Complex Variables Bachelor of Arts Degree 110 PRE-MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM The courses outlined below are the general preparation recommended for the student who will later seek admission to a professional phase program at another academic institution or hospital school. The specific requirements should be obtained from the particular institution to which application will be made for professional training. Stu- dents should share this information with their advisors to facilitate developing a pro- gram tailored to specific future needs. Academic institutions offering the professional phase of training generally award a bachelor of science in medical technology upon completion of the program. Afterward, the student will be eligible to take an examina- tion to become a certified medical technologist. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 86-87), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The following courses are likely to be required: Credits MAT 143-142 Precalculus Algebra and Trigonometry 4-4 or MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 and MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 CHE 253-254 Organic Chemistry I-II 5-5 BIO 261-262 Human Structure and Function I-II 4-4 BIO 301 Microbiology for the Health Sciences 4 SPE 120 Public Speaking 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 ENG 261, 262 World of Literature I, II 3,3 PSY 120 General Psychology 3 C. The following courses are strongly recommended and may be required by cer- tain institutions: Credits BIO 245 Principles of Genetics 4 CHE 251 Quantitative Analysis 4 CHE 252 Instrumental Analysis 4 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 Bachelor of Arts Degree 111 SOCIAL SCIENCES Social Sciences offers majors in Psychology, Social Sciences and Social Work. Ad- mission to the Social Work Program resumed since spring semester 2002, following a collaborative agreement with Savannah State University. Students interested in this major should consult the Program Coordinator for advisement and to obtain a para- digm. In addition to the above existing degree-granting programs, Social Sciences also of- fers the Legal Assistance Program Certificate. Further information may be obtained from the Division. While the social sciences are divided into a number of fields — each with its own theories, terminology and professional history — they have in common the use of the scientific method to study and interpret human behavior. The overall objective of the Psychology major is to assist in meeting the increasing manpower needs of the Caribbean in two critical and expanding occupational areas — the delivery of human services and the development, exchange and processing of in- formation. The specific objectives of the major are two-fold. The first is to provide the appropriate curriculum and the critical skills that will enable psychology graduates to qualify for entry-level professional positions in human services and informational ser- vices such as research and the management and analysis of data. The second is to provide the program’s participants with a multicultural perspective on human percep- tion, thinking and behavior along with the conceptual and practical skills needed to work effectively in multicultural settings. A comprehensive program provides a solid foundation in the fundamental principles of psychology as well as an insight into the practical work involved in being a psychologist. The Social Sciences major is an interdisciplinary one, allowing the students to select courses in all of the major disciplines of the social sciences, namely anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology and sociology. Students may select the Social Sciences major as preparation for teaching the social sciences at the secondary or college level; as preparation for law school or graduate study in one of the social sciences, public administration, diplomacy or international relations; and/or as preparation for employment in governmental or private sector pro- fessions that do not necessarily require graduate study. The students interested in teaching the social sciences at the secondary school level should major in Social Science and also satisfy the secondary education requirements of the Education Division. College teaching in the social sciences requires at least a master’s degree, but a Ph.D. is preferred. Students who intend to do graduate work in one of the social sciences should take as many courses as possible in the area they intend to pursue in graduate school. How- ever, electives in other social sciences, the humanities, sciences or mathematics are strongly encouraged depending upon the specialization one intends to pursue in graduate school. In planning for graduate work, students should consult with their advisor and Bachelor of Arts Degree 112 investigate minimum requirements for admission to the graduate school of their choice. They can then plan to meet these requirements while at the same time expanding their knowledge in other fields. University graduates may enter law school from any under- graduate field of concentration. However, familiarity with the basic concepts of eco- nomics, history, political science, psychology, and sociology is desirable. The Social Work major prepares baccalaureate level social work professional practi- tioners to meet the social work manpower needs in the U.S. Virgin Islands and the Caribbean as a whole. The aim of the curriculum is to prepare graduates who are social work generalists. The curriculum is also designed to enable graduates to enter gradu- ate schools of social work at an advanced level. The following tables summarize the requirements for the majors in Social Sciences. Psychology Major Three concentrations are offered: 1) an academic concentration in Psychology offering a comprehensive foundation in the fundamental principles of psychology, with broad introduction to and a multicultural perspective on normal and abnormal human development, cognition, and behavior. This concentration should be selected by persons interested either in continuing on to graduate study in clinical, counseling, developmental, neuropsychology, health or ex- perimental psychology, or in obtaining entry-level professional positions in the work- place after graduation with a B.A. degree, in roles such as information management or administrative positions which will require skills in research and the management and analysis of data. 2) a cross-disciplinary academic concentration in Social Relations, with an emphasis on the analysis of social institutions and social problems across cultures. Students with this concentration may be interested in graduate study in areas other than psychology, such as sociology, criminology or law school, or in obtaining entry level positions in the workplace after graduation with a B.A. degree in administrative or information management roles. 3) an applied concentration in Human Services, with a cross-disciplinary focus on human and social problems, and methods of intervention. This concentration should be chosen by students interested in graduate study in Social Work, or in obtaining entry level positions in human and social service institutions in the U.S. Virgin Islands and the wider Caribbean, in order to provide direct social services to individuals, groups and families under appropriate professional supervision. It should be understood that this concentration does not qualify the student to provide direct social or counseling services independently of supervision. In order to progress in this concentration stu- dents must achieve a minimum grade of C (2.0) in the Introduction to Human Services and Field Placement and Seminar courses taken concurrently. Students who fail to achieve these grades may repeat the courses once for credit, or switch to another con- centration in Psychology. Bachelor of Arts Degree 113 Requirements for all majors A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The general education requirements (see pages 86-87). 64 - 70 credits C. Required courses in Psychology, Sociology, Social Science and Psychology: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 PSY 202 Life Span Development 3 PSY 240* Biopsychology 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 PSY 440 Applied Research Methods 3 PSY 496 Practicum in Psychology 3 or SOC 469 Practicum in Sociology 3 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar 1-1 *Partially filfulls the general education requirements in the Natural Sciences D. Required courses in other fields: Credits MAT 140 College Algebra With Applications 4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 Psychology Concentration E. The student must choose 12 credits from the following Psychology courses: Credits PSY 203 Introduction to Personality 3 PSY 223 Social Psychology 3 PSY 301 History and Systems of Psychology 3 PSY 302 Culture and Behavior 3 PSY 304 Cognitive Psychology 3 PSY 327 Psychology of Women 3 PSY 332 Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 114 F. The student must choose 12 credits from the following Psychology courses: Credits PSY 321 Child Development 3 PSY 325 Adolescent Development 3 PSY 322 Adult Development 3 PSY 323 Psychology of the Exceptional Child and Adolescent 3 PSY 432 Psychology of Personality 3 PSY 434 Abnormal Psychology 3 PSY 433 Introduction to Counseling and Psychotherapy 3 PSY 435 Tests and Measurements 3 PSY 465 Selected Topics in Psychology 3 Social Relations Concentration E. The student must choose 12 credits from the following Psychology and Sociology courses: Credits PSY 223 Social Psychology 3 PSY 302 Culture and Behavior 3 PSY 327 Psychology of Women 3 PSY 332 Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 SOC 124 Social Problems 3 SOC 224 Introduction to Social Welfare 3 SOC 236 Marriage and the Family 3 F. The student must choose 12 credits from the following Anthropology, Sociology and Psychology courses: Credits ANT 225 Introduction to Cultural and Physical Anthropology 3 SOC 257, 258 The Black Experience in the New World 3, 3 SOC 332 Comparative Institutions 3 SOC 333 Criminology 3 SOC 335 Contemporary Issues in Social Gerontology 3 SOC 345 Race and Ethnic Relations 3 SOC 381 Contemporary Caribbean Society 3 PSY 465 Selected Topics in Psychology 3 Human Services Concentration E. The student must take the following Sociology, Human Services and Psychology Courses: Credits SOC 224 Introduction to Social Welfare 3 PSY 203 Introduction to Personality 3 HMS 310 Human Service Intervention Methods 3 HMS 375 Field Instruction and Seminar 3 PSY 434 Abnormal Psychology 3 PSY 433 Introduction to Counseling and Psychotherapy 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 115 F. The student must choose 9 credits from the following courses in Sociology and Psychology: Credits PSY 223 Social Psychology 3 PSY 321 Child Development 3 PSY 325 Adolescent Development 3 PSY 322 Adult Development 3 PSY 327 The Psychology of Women 3 SOC 124 Social Problems 3 SOC 236 Marriage and the Family 3 SOC 333 Criminology 3 SOC 335 Contemporary Issues in Social Gerontology 3 SOC 381 Contemporary Caribbean Society 3 PSY 465 Selected Topics in Psychology 3 Social Sciences Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The general education requirements (See pages 84-85) C. Required courses in Social Sciences: Credits ANT 225 Introduction to Cultural and Physical Anthropology 3 ECO 221 Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 GEO 121 Physical Geography 3 HIS 181,182 World Civilization 3,3 HIS 320 History of the United States 3 HIS 341 Caribbean History 3 HIS 342** History of the Virgin Islands 3 POL 120 Introduction to Political Science 3 POL 351 Comparative Government 3 or POL 352 International Politics 3 PSY 120 General Psychology 3 SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar 1-1 **Students who do not plan to teach in the U.S. Virgin Islands may substitute a course in E below. Bachelor of Arts Degree 116 D. The required courses for Secondary Teacher Preparation 21 or E. Students who are preparing for law school; graduate study in social sciences, public administration, diplomacy or international relations; or for employment in governmental or private sector professions not requiring graduate study should choose four (4) of the following courses: Credits CAR 465 Caribbean Studies: Selected Topics 3 ECO 222 Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 HIS 330 United States-Caribbean Relations 3 POL 151 American Government 3 POL 340 Caribbean Government and Politics 3 POL 351 Comparative Government 3 POL 352 International Politics 3 PSY 223 Social Psychology 3 SOC 124 Social Problems 3 SOC 345 Race and Ethnic Relations 3 SOC 381 Contemporary Caribbean Society 3 F. Required Courses in other Fields: Credits (These courses also count toward satisfaction of B above.) MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 MAT 235 Introduction to Statistics with Applications 4 Social Work Major This major is offered in collaboration with Savannah State University (SSU). Nor- mally students will complete the first two years at UVI and the other two years at SSU, except in those cases where students will complete their final semester of field instruction in the V.I. A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The general education requirements (See pages 87-88) C. The following courses in Social Work are required: Credits SWK 224 Introduction to Social Welfare 3 SWK 325 Social Welfare as a Social Institution 3 SWK 331 Social Work Methods I 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 117 Bachelor of Arts Degree SWK 332 Social Work Methods II 3 SWK 333 Field Instruction I and Field Seminar 3 SWK 334 Human Behavior and Social Environment Framework 3 SWK 425 Social Work Methods III 3 SWK 426 Social Work Methods IV 3 SWK 427 Field Instruction II and Field Seminar 6 SWK 428 Field Instruction III and Field Seminar 6 SWK 430 Social Welfare: Policies, Programs, Issues 3 D. The following courses in the Social Sciences are required: Credits ECO 221 Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 ECO 222 Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 HIS 181,182 World Civilizations 3-3 PSY 120 Introductory Psychology 3-3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar 1-1 SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 E. The student must choose three to nine credits from among the following Social Sciences courses: Credits PSY 432 Psychology of Personality 3 POL 151-152 American Government 3-3 PSY 223 Social Psychology 3 SWK 465, 466 Selected Topics 3,3 SOC 236 Marriage and the Family 3 SOC 257, 258 The Black Experience in the New World 3,3 SOC 345 Race and Ethnic Relations 3 SOC 381 Contemporary Caribbean Society 3 F. Required Courses in Other Fields: Credits BIO 151-152 Human Anatomy and Physiology I - II 4-4 MAT 140 College Algebra With Applications 4 or MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 118 Bachelor of Science Degree To qualify for a bachelor of science degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 120 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such addi- tional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The General Education requirements for graduation in the bachelor of science de- gree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are avail- able to meet General Education requirements will be provided to students in ad- vance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the se- lection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 18 C. MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE 13-16 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean* 3 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra** D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 9-12 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 *Requirement of the Freshman Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. **A student exempted from College Algebra with Applications or Precalculus Al- gebra by a qualifying examination must take one semester of a more advanced mathematics course. II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 18 Mathematics and Science 13-16 Social Sciences 9-12 TOTAL 43-47 119 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in Physical Education for every se- mester they are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. This particular requirement may be waived by the Provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of studies in another insti- tution recognized by the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropri- ateness to the current University course requirements. Appeals should be directed to the Provost. In order to graduate, students must earn a minimum grade point aver- age (GPA) of 2.00. This requirement is also applicable to courses in their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY EXAMINATION (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on page 61-62. Degree Majors and Programs – B.S. Degree Students enrolling in the bachelor of science degree programs on the St. Thomas campus of the University of the Virgin Islands presently may select as a major field of study one of the following: NURSING EDUCATION DIVISION Nursing SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS DIVISION Applied Mathematics Biology Chemistry Computer Science Marine Biology Mathematics Students enrolling in a bachelor of science degree program on the St. Croix cam- pus may currently select Computer Science as a major field of study under the Science and Mathematics Division. Bachelor of Science Degree 120 Bachelor of Science Degree NURSING EDUCATION DIVISION Nursing Major The Bachelor of Science in Nursing program (B.S.N.) is designed to prepare profes- sional nurses to assess, plan, implement and evaluate nursing care. Graduates are pre- pared to utilize a variety of roles in a multiplicity of settings for clients with minimal deficits requiring health promotion and for those with maximal health deficits. Gradu- ates of the B.S.N. program are eligible to apply to take the NCLEX-RN examination for licensure as registered nurses. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission, 61 Broadway 33rd Floor, New York, New York 10006 (800-669-1656, ext. 153). Applicants intending to study nursing are expected to have completed a college prepa- ratory program in high school which includes four years of English or the equivalent, two years of algebra or one year of plane geometry and one year of algebra, one year of biology and one year of another science, preferably general chemistry. A course in physics is desirable. To progress to the sophomore level of the nursing curriculum, the student must have: 1) achieved sophomore standing, 2) a 2.0 cumulative grade point average, 3) achieved at least a C (2.0) in Principles of Chemistry for the Life Sciences I-II and, 4) completed “The Foundations of Nursing” course with a grade of at least C. Progress within the nursing sequence of the baccalaureate nursing program will be monitored, in part, by the student's participation in a series of standardized assessment tests in partial fulfillment of requirements in courses at each level of the nursing cur- riculum. Additionally, completion of the requirements for NUR 424 includes manda- tory attendance at sessions dedicated to NCLEX-RN readiness for the graduating se- nior. This set of assessments, provides the student with learning tools, non-proctored and proctored testing useful in gauging learning success, and content mastery. Each student must achieve a minimum of 50% on the proctored exam version for the respec- tive course. If a minimum of 50% is not achieved on first testing of the proctored exam, in order to progress, the student must take, and if necessary repeat, the non- proctored version of the exam until a minimum score of 60% is achieved. The student must also achieve a minimum grade of C in all nursing and required sci- ence courses, and maintain at least a GPA of 2.0, and a satisfactory rating on all clini- cal evaluations. A nursing student who earns less than a C in a biological science course or any nursing course attempted may not continue in the nursing sequence until the deficiency is corrected. Annual documentation of physical examination and immunization status is required for enrollment in clinical courses. Forms can be requested from the Division of Nurs- ing Education. Documentation must be submitted to the Division by August 1st of each year. Nursing courses may be repeated only once. After successful completion of NUR 120, a maximum of two (2) nursing courses may be repeated. 121 The major in nursing requires 63 semester credits of nursing courses. A total of 129 credits is needed to obtain a Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.) degree. General education requirements are fulfilled by taking courses offered by the Divisions of Humanities, Science and Mathematics, and Social Sciences. Other general education requirements include two credits of Physical Education or Personal Life Skills and successful completion of the Computer Literacy Requirement and the English Profi- ciency Examination. Students entering the nursing program need to plan for additional costs involved in pursuing nursing studies, including required uniforms, clinical accessories and assess- ment tests costs. The following courses, which include the general education courses, are required for the B.S.N. degree. A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in the Humanities Division: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 SPA 131-132 Functional Elementary Spanish I-II 4-4 or FRE 131-132 Functional Elementary French I-II 4-4 HUM 115 Introduction to Humanities 3 C. Required courses in the Science and Mathematics Division: Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra 4 CHE 111-112 Principles of Chemistry for the Life Sciences I-II 4-4 BIO 261-262 Human Structure and Function I-II 4-4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 BIO 301 Microbiology for the Health Sciences 4 D. Required courses in the Social Sciences Division: Credits Social Science Elective 3 PSY 120 General Psychology 3 PSY 202 Life Span Development 3 E. Required physical education courses 2 (May be met by Physical Education courses or Personal Life Skills course) Bachelor of Science Degree 122 F. Required courses in the Nursing Education Division: Credits NUR 120 Foundations of Nursing 2 NUR 207 Human Nutrition 2 NUR 208 Fundamentals of Nursing 6 NUR 209 Health Assessment 2 NUR 228 Nursing Roles with the Childbearing Family 6 NUR 229 Pharmacology in Nursing 3 NUR 308 Nursing Roles Adult Care I 5 NUR 309 Nursing Roles in Pediatric Care 5 NUR 318 Nursing Roles in Mental Health 5 NUR 319 Nursing Roles in Adult Care II 5 NUR 417 Nursing Roles in Adult Care III 6 NUR 418 Nursing Roles in Community Health 6 NUR 419 Nursing Research 3 NUR 422 Nursing Issues 2 NUR 424 Nursing Leadership/Clinical Elective 5 SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS DIVISION A bachelor of science degree with majors in biology, chemistry, computer science, marine biology or mathematics, is offered for preprofessional students who intend to pursue graduate studies. A Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathematics is offered to students who complete the dual degree Engineering programs. These degree programs are challenging and should be attempted only by students with special talents in sci- ence. The biology major provides a firm foundation in biology and cognate sciences while allowing students to specialize within a field of interest (e.g., zoology). The marine biology major requires that a broad base in the biological and physical sciences be acquired and applied in the study of marine environments. The course of study results in a level of preparation difficult to obtain elsewhere at the bachelor’s level. The chemistry program provides a strong background in chemistry with grounding in physics and mathematics. With the proper choice of electives the student can design a curriculum with sub-specialization in biology, marine biology, computer science, en- gineering, mathematics or physics. It is suitable for students wishing higher degrees in chemistry, biochemistry or related fields. A computer science major is offered for students who plan on starting a professional career in computer science immediately after graduation or for students who intend to pursue graduate studies. The program provides a strong professional foundation in computer science, mathematics and science, and includes electives which can be se- lected to provide exposure to an application area in science or computer information systems. It is suitable for students seeking employment in the computing industry and for students seeking an understanding of how computers and their applications evolve. The mathematics major requirements accommodate a wide variety of interests and career goals. The courses provide broad training in undergraduate mathematics, pre- Bachelor of Science Degree 123 paring majors for graduate study, for positions in government, industry and the teach- ing profession. While students must consult with their advisors in designing appropri- ate courses of study, three suggested tracks in the description of the major, as well as a concentration in computer science are offered. The concentration in computer science is recommended for those students interested in graduate study in applied mathematics (e.g. Numerical Analysis), as well as for those students interested in teaching. The bachelor of science programs in biology, chemistry with physics or marine biol- ogy are good preparations for students interested in careers in the health sciences. Interested students should seek details of a cooperative program with Boston Univer- sity School of Medicine, together with other cooperative programs which may be avail- able, from the Chair of the Division. Prospective majors should consult their academic advisors and carefully evaluate the demands of these programs before deciding to pursue a B.S. degree. The approxi- mately 20 credit difference in general education requirements between B.S. degrees and B.A. degrees is more than compensated by increased requirements in science and mathematics in the B.S. programs. Not only are more science and mathematics credits required for the B.S. degrees, but the additional required courses are at more advanced and challenging levels. Applied Mathematics Major (3-2 Engineering Pro- gram) The Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathematics is available only for students who complete the dual degree or 3-2 engineering program. Through this program, students spend approximately three years at the University of the Virgin Island and two years at a participating institution. At the end of the program, the student receives a Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathematics from the University of the Virgin Islands, and a Bachelor of Science in their chosen field of engineering from the affiliated university. (A student may also opt to complete another existing UVI bachelors degree by com- pleting all those requirements before enrolling at the affiliated university for the B.S. in engineering.) The University of the Virgin Islands has agreements with Columbia University and Washington University in St. Louis. The dual degree program offers a great deal of flexibility to the students. The students follow a course of studies similar or identical to those taken by many of our science majors, while adding certain re- quired courses. Many pre-medicine majors can also prepare for engineering by adding a few courses to their normal curriculum. A well planned curriculum will open up many options to those students who begin in the dual degree engineering program. Interested students should consult with the engineering liaison officer early in their college career. Applied Mathematics Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 118-119), the following courses are required: Bachelor of Science Degree 124 A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Mathematics: Credits MAT 241-242 Introductory Calculus I-II 4-4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 346 Differential Equations 4 MAT 397, 398 Junior Mathematics Seminar 1/2, 1/2 C. Required courses in Related Fields: Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 PHY 241-242 General Physics 5-5 PHY 341 Modern Physics 3 CSC 117 Intro. To Programming I 4 ECO 221 Intro. To Macro-Economics 3 D. In addition to the required courses, the student is strongly recommended to take more courses in his/her chosen field of specialization: Field of Specialization Suggested Courses Credits Biomedical Engineering BIO 141-142 4-4 Biology courses numbered above 200 Chemical Engineering Chemistry courses numbered above 200 Computer Engineering MAT 223 (Discrete Mathematics) 3 MAT 325 Numerical Methods 3 CSC 118 Intro to Programming II 4 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 CSC course Mechanical Engineering Physics courses numbered above 200 Electrical Engineering Physics courses numbered above 200 Applied Mathematics MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 325 Numerical Methods 4 MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 Bachelor of Science Degree 125 Biology Major The requirements for a Bachelor of Science Degree in Biology consist of the fol- lowing Biology and related courses plus a study plan written by each candidate and his or her program advisor. Study plan guidelines and procedures will be pub- lished by the Division of Science and Mathematics from time to time. The study plan must be approved by the faculty of the Biology Program and will be submit- ted to the Enrollment Management Office. Course numbering reflects the year by which courses should be completed. The study plan must include at least one plant- based^ and one animal-based* course. Any change in the study plan must be ap- proved by the advisor and the program prior to course registration. In addition to fulfilling the General Education requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree, students must pass a Science Comprehensive Examination following completion of formal academic course work and prior to graduation. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 118-119), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Biology (24 credit hours): Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 BIO 223 Ecology 4 BIO 245 Genetics 4 BIO 360** Cell and Molecular Biology I 4 BIO 397-398 Junior Science Seminar I-II 1-1 BIO 497, 498 Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 C. Required courses in related fields (36-38 credit hours): Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 CHE 253-254 Organic Chemistry 5-5 MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 or PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 or PHY 241-212 General Physics I - Introduction to Physics II 5-4 D. Science electives: Credits An additional 30 credit hours minimum are required from the following: BIO 220* Marine Invertebrate Zoology 4 Bachelor of Science Degree 126 BIO 224 Population Biology 4 BIO 295 Responsible Conduct in Research 1 BIO 339* Vertebrate Structure 5 BIO 342* Animal Physiology 4 BIO 349^ Aquatic Plant Biology 4 BIO 350^ Terrestrial Plant Biology 4 BIO 352^ Plant Physiology 4 BIO 353 Developmental Biology 4 BIO 355-356 Biology of Microorganisms I-II 4-4 BIO 370 Evolution 3 BIO 460*** Cell and Molecular Biology II 4 BIO 465, 466**** Selected Topics in Biology 3, 4 BIO 495 Directed Independent Research in Biology (maximum 6 credits) 1 to 4 BIO 496 Internship/Field Studies (maximum 4 credits) 1 to 4 Any MBI or MSC course Any 200, 300 or 400 level Chemistry, Math or Physics course SCI 100 (if taken as a freshman), The Natural World: The Caribbean Any CSC course except CSC 111 or CSC 119 *Animal-based course **Students matriculated before 2002 may substitute BIO 346 for BIO 360 ***Students matriculated before 2002 may substitute BIO 421 for BIO 460 ****Depending on content, a Selected Topics in Biology may count as a plant- or animal-based course ^Plant-based course Chemistry Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 118-119), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Chemistry: Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 CHE 251 Quantitative Analysis 4 CHE 252 Instrumental Analysis 4 CHE 253-254 Organic Chemistry I-II 5-5 CHE 341-342 Physical Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 397,398 Junior Science Seminar I, II 1/2,1/2 Bachelor of Science Degree 127 CHE 432 Inorganic Chemistry 4 CHE 497,498 Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 Subtotal 43 C. Required courses in Mathematics: Credits MAT 143-142* Precalculus Algebra and Trigonometry 4-4 MAT 241-242* Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 341-342* Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 Subtotal 22 *A student may be exempted from MAT 143-142 by a qualifying examination. D. Required courses in Physics: Credits PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 PHY 341 Modern Physics 3 PHY 351 Modern Physics Laboratory 1 Subtotal 14 E. Science Electives: An additional 21 credits in science, mathematics, engineer- ing, or computer science are required from the following: Any Biology course 300 or 400 level Chemistry courses 200, 300 or 400 level Mathematics courses Any Computer Science course except CSC 111 Any 200 level engineering courses 300 level physics courses F. The following courses are strongly recommended in partial fulfillment of the requirements in Section D: Credits CHE 348 Biochemistry 5 CHE 465 Selected Topics in Chemistry 3 CHE 495 Directed Independent Research 1 to 4 BIO 245 Principles of Genetics 4 MAT 346 Differential Equations 3 G. Pre-medical students are advised to take: Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 CHE 348 Biochemistry 5 BIO 245 Principles of Genetics 4 Computer Science Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 118-119), the following courses are required: Bachelor of Science Degree 128 A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Computer Science: Credits CSC 117 Introduction to Programming I 4 CSC 118 Introduction to Programming II 4 CSC 119 Computer Graphics 1 CSC 197, 198 Computer Science Seminar 1,1 CSC 239 Scientific Computer Applications 2 CSC 240 Human-Computer Interface Design 2 CSC 250 Principles of Operating Systems 3 CSC 241 Introduction to Computer Architecture and Digital Systems 4 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 CSC 243 Digital Communications and Networks 4 CSC 333 Programming Languages 3 CSC 317 Programming III 3 CSC 332 Databases and Information Retrieval 3 CSC 352 Analysis of Algorithms and Complex Problems 3 CSC 363 Documentation and Technical Communication 3 CSC 397, 398 Junior Science Seminar I, II 1/2,1/2 CSC 371 Issues in the Computer Science Profession 1 CSC 420 Software Engineering 4 CSC 497, 498 Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 A minimum of 2 credits in either: Credits CSC 495 Directed Independent Research in Computer Science 1 to 4 or CSC 496 Internship/Field Studies 1 to 4 C. An additional 6 credits chosen from among the following 300 or 400 level courses are required: Credits CSC 430** Knowledge Engineering and Expert Systems (Fall semester) 3 CSC 433** Communications Systems and Networks (Spring semester) 3 CSC 434** Programming Language Translation (Spring semester) 3 CSC 465** Introduction to High Performance Computing 3 MAT 325 Numerical Analysis 3 or MAT 465 Selected Topics 3 Bachelor of Science Degree 129 D. Required courses in Mathematics: Credits MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra* 4 MAT 142 College Trigonometry 4 MAT 241 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I 4 MAT 242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry II 4 One of the following courses is required: Credits MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 215 Introduction to Number Theory 3 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 465** Selected Topics 3 Note: It is recommended that students wishing to prepare for careers with an em- phasis in mathematical and scientific applications take all of the mathematics courses listed above as electives under section C and F. E. One of the following Science sequences is required:* Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 F. An additional 9 credits are required in a supporting discipline area chosen from: Credits CIS 300 Process Design and Evaluation 3 CIS 310 Advanced Business Software Applications 3 CIS 357 Business Information Networks 3 CIS 410 Business Simulation and Modeling 3 CSC 430 Knowledge Engineering and Expert Systems (Fall semester)** 3 CSC 433 Communication Systems and Networks (Spring semester)** 3 CSC 434 Programming Language Translation (Spring semester)** 3 CSC 465 Fundamentals of Neural Networks** 3 Any 300-400 level course in Mathematics Any 200-400 level course in Biology, Chemistry of Physics; Course combinations must be approved by the student’s faculty advisor. Note: It is recommended that students with an interest in computer engineering or robotics take the PHY 241-242 sequence, and that students with an interest in medical technology and computing take the Biology 141-142 sequence. *Partially satisfies the general education requirement in Science and Mathemat- ics. **Cannot be used to satisfy both sections B and C. Bachelor of Science Degree 130 Marine Biology Major The requirements for a Bachelor of Science Degree in Marine Biology consist of the following Biology, Marine Biology and related courses plus a study plan writ- ten by each candidate and their program advisor. Study plan guidelines and proce- dures will be published by the Division of Science and Mathematics from time to time. The study plan must be approved by the faculty of the Biology Program and will be submitted to the Enrollment Management Office. Course numbering re- flects the year by which course should be completed. Any change in the study plan must be approved by the advisor and the program prior to course registration. In addition to fulfilling the General Education requirements for a Bachelor of Sci- ence degree, students must pass a Science Comprehensive Examination following completion of formal academic coursework and prior to graduation. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp 118-119), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B Required Courses in Biology and Marine Biology (45 credit hours): Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 MBI 220 Marine Invertebrate Zoology 5 MBI 222 Ichthyology 4 BIO 223 Ecology 4 BIO 245 Genetics 4 MSC 239 Oceanography 4 BIO 349 Aquatic Plant Biology 4 BIO 360* Cell and Molecular Biology I 4 BIO/MBI 397-398 Junior Science Seminar 1-1 MBI 424 Marine Ecology 4 BIO/MBI 497,498 Senior Science Seminar 1, 1 C. Required Courses in Related Fields (30-32 credit hours): Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry 5-5 MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 or PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 or PHY 241-212 General Physics I - Introduction to Physics II 5-4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 Bachelor of Science Degree 131 D. Science Electives: An additional 15 credit hours minimum are required from the following: Credits BIO 224 Population Biology 4 BIO 295 Responsible Conduct in Research 1 BIO 339 Vertebrate Structure 5 BIO 342 Animal Physiology 4 BIO 350 Terrestrial Plant Biology 4 BIO 352 Plant Physiology 4 BIO 353 Developmental Biology 4 BIO 355-356 Biology of Microorganisms I-II 4-4 BIO 370 Evolution 3 BIO 460** Cell and Molecular Biology II 4 BIO 465, 466 Selected Topics in Biology 4 BIO 495 Directed Independent Research (maximum 6 credits) 1 to 6 BIO 496 Internship/Field Studies (maximum 4 credits) 1 to 4 Any MBI or MSC course Any 200, 300, or 400 level Chemistry, Math, or Physics Course SCI 100 (if taken as a freshman), The Caribbean: The Natural World Any CSC course except CSC 111 or CSC 119 * Students matriculated before 2002 may substitute BIO 346 for BIO 360 ** Students matriculated before 2002 may substitute BIO 421 for BIO 460 Mathematics Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 118-119), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Mathematics: Credits MAT 215 Introduction to Number Theory 3 MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytic Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 MAT 362 Abstract Algebra I 3 MAT 441 Introductory Analysis I 3 MAT 397, 398 Junior Mathematics Seminar I, II 1/2, 1/2 MAT 497, 498 Senior Mathematics Seminar I, II 1, 1 Bachelor of Science Degree 132 C. Six elective courses from the following are required: Note: A cluster of four courses must be approved by your advisor (see G: Suggested tracks) Credits MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 301 Modern Geometry 3 MAT 325 Numerical Analysis 3 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 344 Probability 3 MAT 346 Differential Equations 4 MAT 348 Complex Variables 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 MAT 386 History and Philosophy of Mathematics 3 MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II 3 MAT 458 Topology 3 MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II 3 MAT 465,466 Special Topics 3,3 MAT 499 Approved Independent Study 3 One approved upper level course in another discipline (See F) D. Required Courses in Related Fields: Credits CSC 117 Introduction to Programming 4 PHY 241-242* General Physics I-II 5-5 *Partially satisfies the general education requirement in mathematics and science E. An additional 9 credits in science and mathematics are required from the fol- lowing: 200 level or above Biology courses Any Chemistry course except CHE 111-112 200 level or above Marine Biology or Marine Science courses 300 or 400 level Mathematics courses Any Computer Science course except CSC 111 300 or 400 level Physics courses F. The following are strongly recommended: Credits ECO 221 Introduction to Macro-economics 3 ECO 222 Introduction to Micro-economics 3 PHY 311 Classical Mechanics 3 MAT 465,466 Special Topics 3, 3 MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II or MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II 3 PHY 321 Electromagnetism 3 PHY 341 Modern Physics 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 Bachelor of Science Degree 133 G. Suggested Tracks: Applied: for majors interested in applied mathematics in the physical and engi- neering sciences, actuarial sciences, or business MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics MAT 344 Probability MAT 346 Differential Equations MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling MAT 325 Numerical Analysis MAT 348 Complex Variables One approved upper level course in another discipline (See F) Teaching: for majors considering a career in secondary education MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics MAT 310 Modern Geometry MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics MAT 344 Probability MAT 386 History and Philosophy of Mathematics MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling Graduate: for majors considering graduate study in mathematics MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II MAT 458 Topology MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II MAT 348 Complex Variables H. Concentration in Computer Science: The following Computer Science courses are required. Nine of these credits will fulfill the required 9 additional credits in science and mathematics (see E). Credits CSC 118 Introduction to Programming II (C++) 4 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 CSC 239 Scientific Computing 2 CSC 317 Introduction to Programming III 3 CSC 197 Computer Science Seminar 1 The following courses are required. They serve as partial fulfillment of the six elective courses in mathematics (see C): MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics MAT 325 Numerical Analysis CSC 352 Analysis of Algorithms (Approved upper-level course in another discipline) MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics or MAT 348 Probability Bachelor of Science Degree 134 Course Descriptions Following are the courses offered in the undergraduate program. Not all courses listed are offered on both campuses nor are they necessarily offered every semester. Students should consult their faculty advisors and the course schedules prepared for each cam- pus. Courses are listed alphabetically by discipline. Two terms frequently encountered in course disciplines are "prerequisites" and "corequisites." Whenever "prerequisite" is used, it means that the course identified as a prerequisite must be taken before the course for which it is a prerequisite. On the other hand, "corequisite" means that a course identified as corequisite must be taken at the same time as its corequisite. Courses numbered 100 to 198 are usually prerequisites to more advanced courses, and the student should plan a program in order that intermediate courses, numbered 200 to 298, can be scheduled after completing introductory courses. Courses, numbered 300 and above, are generally taken only by third and fourth-year students. A hyphen separating two course numbers (e.g. 101-102) indicates that the course se- quence must be taken in the order given. A comma separating course numbers (e.g. 101,102) indicates that the courses may be taken independently of one another in any order. Recognizing that there are entering students who are not ready to do degree level work in one or more subjects, the University offers developmental level courses, numbered 011 to 099, which are designed to help students strengthen their preparation for learn- ing at the college level. Students desiring such preparatory work may also enroll in the University summer session. ACCOUNTING (ACC) ACC 121-122. INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING. Basic principles of accounting; analysis and recording of business transactions; periodic adjustments; application of accounting principles to cash, receivables, inventories, investments, fixed assets, liabilities, and owner equity; operation and analysis of financial statements. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MAT 023 and 024 or a satisfactory score on the mathematics or accounting placement exam. 3-3 credits ACC 221-222. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING. Types of problems important for financial man- agement policies. Includes accounting for corporate net worth; investments and funds; inventories; tangible and intangible fixed assets; liabilities and reserves; and branch accounting. Prerequisite: ACC 122. 3-3 credits ACC 230. GOVERNMENTAL ACCOUNTING. General fund; general fund balance sheets and surplus statements; revenue accounting; general property taxes; bond funds; sinking funds; special assessment funds; cost finding. Prerequisite: ACC 122. 3 credits ACC 253. TAX ACCOUNTING. Coverage of federal and territorial tax laws; preparation of returns and record keeping for tax purposes; payroll taxes; tax accounting problems of individual and busi- ness. Prerequisite: ACC 221. 3 credits 135 ACC 342. MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING. The development and use of accounting data in mana- gerial decision-making, planning and control. Topics include job, process and standard cost sys- tems; cost-volume-profit analysis; differential and incremental analysis; contribution margin analy- sis; and capital budgeting. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 122. 3 credits ACC 440-441. COST ACCOUNTING. A comprehensive study of the principles and practices of cost accounting. Emphasis is placed on the role of cost in managerial decision-making, planning and control. Topics include: determination and analysis of material, labor and overhead costs; cost allocation procedures; joint product and by-product costing; job order and process cost systems; the use of flexible budgets, responsibility accounting, standard costs and variance analysis in cost con- trol; the application of distribution-cost analysis, cost-volume-profit analysis, differential and incre- mental cost analysis, and capital budgeting in cost-based decision-making. Prerequisites: Two de- gree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 122. 3-3 credits ACC 442. AUDITING. Fundamental principles, standards and working procedures of auditing; duties, responsibilities and ethics of the auditor; interpretation of financial statements, legal require- ments and audit reports. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 222. 3 credits ACC 443. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING. A study of the theory and application of accounting for branch operations, foreign operations, expansion by subsidiary companies, and various forms of consolidated statements. Also included are accounting for partnership formation; changes and liqui- dation; and accounting for estates and trusts. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 222. 3 credits ACC 444. CPA REVIEW. A comprehensive review of generally accepted accounting principles and underlying postulates to prepare a qualified candidate to sit for the Uniform CPA Examination. Topics covered include: (1) Standards of auditing practice. (2) Uses and limitations of accounting data. (3) Business organization and operation. (4) Ethical standards. (5) Mathematics and statistics as used in accounting. (6) Principles of tax accounting. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, 24 credits in ACC. 3 credits ACC 445. ACCOUNTING SEMINAR. An introduction to current controversies and unsolved problems in accounting. The course includes recent and historical views presented in the leading accounting and business periodicals. Prerequisite: ACC 443 or 24 credits in ACC. 3 credits ANTHROPOLOGY (ANT) ANT 225. INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL AND PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. A thor- ough examination of the concept of culture, the evolution of man and culture, human races, primi- tive culture and society. 3 credits ANT 226. INTRODUCTION TO ETHNOLOGY. The comparative study of social systems as dif- ferent ways of life; an analysis of modern societies in Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe, Oceania, America; examination of selected cultures in the Caribbean. Prerequisite: ANT 225. 3 credits ANT 255, 256. AFRICAN CIVILIZATION. Historical survey of the several major culture areas of continental Africa. Comprises a comparative study of the ways by which the several African peoples treated have handled the basic problems of human existence: origin, self-realization and destiny. (Also listed as HIS 255, 256 and SOC 255, 256.) 3, 3 credits ANT 257, 258. THE BLACK EXPERIENCE IN THE NEW WORLD. A study of the slave trade, the conditions of slavery, and the process of Black acculturation in the New World since emancipa- tion. ANT 256 is recommended as a preparatory course. (Also listed as HIS 257, 258 and SOC 257, 258.) 3, 3 credits Course Descriptions 136 Course Descriptions ANT 355, 356. CULTURAL HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA. Deals with the cultural history of West African Sudan - the area between 7 and 17 degrees north latitude and extending from the northwestern border of Nigeria to the Atlantic Ocean. The period covered extends from the 7th to the 19th centuries which permits a discussion of the rise and flowering of (Also listed as HIS 355, 356 and SOC 355, 356.) 3, 3 credits ART (ART) ART 117. BASIC DESIGN. Fundamentals of form, color, organization, structure, and visual per- ception in two dimensional design. 3 credits ART 125. SURVEY OF WORLD ART. Survey of the underlying principles of art and the relation- ships among the arts by tracing the development of painting, architecture and sculpture from their beginnings to the present; cultivation of appreciation and understanding of various periods, artists and media. 3 credits ART 126. SELECTED PROBLEMS IN WORLD ART. Focus is on some particular problem or approach, varying from semester to semester, such as Pre-Columbian, African, Caribbean, Modern Contemporary Art, etc. 3 credits ART 128. BASIC DRAWING. Freehand drawing employing pencil, charcoal, crayon and brush, and emphasizing selection of subject, line, perspective, value, texture and composition. 4 hours per week. 2 credits ART 150. PAINTING. Techniques, concepts, equipment and procedures in painting, developed through individual projects. 4 hours per week. 2 credits ART 217. DESIGN. Form, color, principles of composition, structure and visual perception in three dimensional design. Prerequisite: ART 117. 3 credits ART 228. DRAWING. Fundamentals of drawing, employing mixed media and use of color with an introduction to drawing the human figure. 4 hours per week. Prerequisite: ART 128. 2 credits ART 231. OIL PAINTING. Composition and techniques in oil paintings developed through indi- vidual projects. 4 hours per week. Prerequisite: ART 150. 2 credits ART 275. ARTS AND CRAFTS FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS. Fundamentals of form, color, structure and perception with practice in creative crafts, activities, and visual media appropriate for elementary school children. 3 credits BIOLOGY (BIO) BIO 141-142. GENERAL BIOLOGY I-II. Basic principles of the life sciences providing the foun- dation for further study of biology. 3 lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Suc- cessful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. Corequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. 4-4 credits BIO 151-152. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I-II. An integrated study of human anatomy and physiology. 3 lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Not for credit toward the biology major. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. 4-4 credits 137 BIO 220. MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. The evolutionary relationships, classification and life histories of major groups of marine Metazoa. Methods of collection, preservation and identification will be stressed in the laboratory sessions. 3 lectures and 6 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 142. (Also listed as MBI 220.) 5 credits BIO 223. ECOLOGY. Modern concepts of ecology. Structure and function at various levels of organization in ecosystems will be emphasized. Field and laboratory studies utilize local environ- ments. Three 50-minute lectures per week and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 142. Offered every spring. 4 credits BIO 224. POPULATION BIOLOGY. A detailed consideration of natural populations, from static or ecological, and dynamic or evolutionary, viewpoints. 2 lectures and 6 hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 223. Generally offered in alternate years. 4 credits BIO 240. MICROBIOLOGY. Applied and medical microbiology, with emphasis on the bacteria, viruses, rickettsiae protozoa and fungi of particular significance to man. 3 lectures, 3 hours of labo- ratory and 1 hour of tutorials per week. Prerequisite: BIO 142 or BIO 152. Normally offered on the St. Croix campus only. 4 credits BIO 245. PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS. An overview of the principles of plant and animal genet- ics including Mendelian and modern concepts of heredity. Developments in molecular genetics will be addressed through the chemistry and physiology of the gene and the nature of gene action in procaryotic and eucaryotic cells. Three 50-minute lectures per week and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 142 and two semesters of college mathematics (MAT 142, MAT 143 or higher level) or equivalent. 4 credits BIO 261-262. HUMAN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION I-II. A systematic examination of hu- man structure and function with emphasis upon ultrastructural anatomy and molecular biology. 3 lectures, 1 tutorial and one 3-hour laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: CHE 112 or CHE 152. 4-4 credits BIO 295. RESPONSIBLE CONDUCT IN RESEARCH. Science and the conduct of scientific inquiry occur within a social structure that has evolved through trial and error. Responsible Conduct in Research uses case studies of practical circumstances where ethical issues arise to examine the social foundations of science. Recognizing and understanding ethical issues inherent in the conduct of research provides a context in which the role of social values shapes the questions we ask and the answers we seek. This course is open to only students majoring in Biology, Chemistry, Computer Sciences, Marine Sciences, Mathematics, Nursing and Psychology. Prerequisites: Completion of one introductory course in Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Marine Science, Mathematics, Nursing, or Psychology. 1 credit BIO 301. MICROBIOLOGY FOR THE HEALTH SCIENCES. The study of medically important microorganisms: their classification, morphological characteristics, physiology, life histories, diag- nosis and control. In the latter part of the course, immunology, patterns of transmission and means of prevention of human infectious diseases will be emphasized, with particular attention to the problems of nocosomial infections and recent “new” diseases. 3 lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: CHE 112 or CHE 152 and BIO 142 or BIO 262. Normally offered on the St. Thomas campus only. 4 credits BIO 339. VERTEBRATE STRUCTURE. A survey of the development and comparative anatomy of vertebrates. Each organ system will be discussed in structural, functional and evolutionary terms. 3 lectures and 6 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 142. 5 credits Course Descriptions 138 BIO 342. ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. A comparative study of adaptive functions at molecular, cellu- lar and systems levels with particular attention to ecological and evolutionary significance. Prereq- uisites: CHE 152 and one course in animal biology equivalent to BIO/MBI 220, MBI 222 or BIO 339. 4 credits BIO 346. ESSENTIALS OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY. An integrated introduction to molecular topics in biology, along with basic background material in organic chemistry, biochemistry, genet- ics, and cell biology. 3 hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory each week. May not be taken for credit by B.S. Biology students. Prerequisites: BIO 142 and CHE 112 or CHE 152. Corequisite: BIO 245. 4 credits BIO 349. AQUATIC PLANT BIOLOGY. A comprehensive survey of aquatic plants with emphasis on marine algae. Classification, morphology, physiology and ecology of the major groups of algae and marine flowering plants are examined using local flora for selection of examples. 3 hours lec- ture and 3 hours field/laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 142. 4 credits BIO 350. TERRESTRIAL PLANT BIOLOGY. An examination of plant life from fungi through angiosperms. Morphology, evolution, systematics and significant biological aspects of selected genera are emphasized, with examples taken from the local flora. 3 hours lecture and 3 hours field/labora- tory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 142. 4 credits BIO 352. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. Basic physiological processes of plants including photosynthe- sis, respiration, nutrition, growth, absorption and conduction. Three hours of lectures and 3 hours laboratory weekly. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisites: BIO 223 and CHE 152. 4 credits BIO 353. DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY. An analysis of the component processes of develop- ment, growth, differentiation and morphogenesis, examined at both the cellular and organismal level. Early development of echinoderms and chordates included. 3 lectures and 3 hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 245. 4 credits BIO 355-356. BIOLOGY OF MICROORGANISMS I-II. The functional, ecological and evolu- tionary relations of microorganisms. 3 hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequi- sites: BIO 245 and CHE 254. 4-4 credits BIO 360. CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY I. A detailed look at the structure and function of cells, and the molecular biology of cells and multicellular organism. The laboratory portion of the class will introduce students to the techniques of modern cell and molecular biology laboratories, as well as to the foundations of cell and molecular biology research, through both directed and inde- pendent projects. Prerequisite: BIO 245. 4 credits BIO 370. EVOLUTION. Concepts of organic evolution; evidence for, and implications. 3 lectures weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 245. Generally offered in alternate years. 3 credits BIO 397. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I. Introduces basic strategies and techniques for locating and presenting scientific information. Students conduct bibliographic searches of scientific litera- ture. Students are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Prerequisite: Junior standing as a biology major. 1 credit Course Descriptions 139 BIO 398. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR II. Students Learn various methods for organizing mate- rials for scientific presentation, such as preparing a poster based on a science journal article. Stu- dents are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Prerequisite: BIO 397 or equivalent. 1 credit BIO 421. CELL BIOLOGY. An introduction to current information and theories concerning the molecular machinery of the cell. The laboratory experience is designed to familiarize the student with recent approaches, techniques and results in modern cell biology through original literature studies and directed projects. 3 lectures and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Generally offered in alternate years. Prerequisites: BIO 245 and CHE 254. 4 credits BIO 460. CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY II. An examination of advanced topics in the function and interaction of cells and biomolecules. The molecular machinery of cells and control mechanisms will be addressed in depth. The laboratory portion will introduce students to more advanced and modern techniques through directed and independent projects. Prerequisites: BIO 360 and CHE 253. 4 credits BIO 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN BIOLOGY. Electives in various biological fields, such as histology, entomology, plant pathology, biogeography and ichthyology. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3 to 4 credits BIO 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN BIOLOGY. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or studies in areas associated with their academic fields but outside of prescribed courses. Student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit, for approval, a proposal to the Division Chair at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Student may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of six credits. Proposals must also include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits in some combination of BIO, MBI, CHE, PHY, CSC, MAT with a minimum grade point average of 2.5. Co-requisite: BIO 295. 1 to 4 credits BIO 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credits for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer re- search programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/em- ployment supervisor and submitted to a divisional committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration of academic credit to be earned will be deter- mined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits of biology courses with a grade point average of 2.5. Co-requisite: BIO 295. 1 to 4 credits BIO 497, 498. SENIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in the various fields of science. Each student will present one seminar per semester. Two 50-minute sessions weekly. Required of all science seniors. Prerequisite: BIO 397, 398. 1, 1 credits Course Descriptions 140 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BUS) BUS 112. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS. Designed to prepare the student for a career in busi- ness administration and broaden student’s understanding of the vital role of business in our society. A study of the types of business ownership, a broad overview of business operations and examina- tion of the major segments of business administration. Prerequisites: successful completion of ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021, or passing scores on the placement exams, or satisfactory SAT score for exemption. 3 credits BUS 114. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS. The application of basic mathematical skills to business problems, percentage, simple and compound interests, trade and cash discounts, aliquot parts, shortcut methods, taxes, insurance, depreciation. Prerequisites: Successful completion of the mathematics placement exam or MAT 023 and MAT 024, BUS 112. 3 credits BUS 213. SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT. The administrative organization and manage- ment of small business with attention to sources of success and failure, records and credits, manag- ing to sell, aspects of taxation and accounting. Prerequisite: BUS 112. 3 credits BUS 224. BUSINESS COMMUNICATION. Study and application of theory, principles, and the psychological processes governing effective business communication. Emphasis is placed upon the evaluating and writing of business memos, letters, and reports. Speaking, listening, and nonverbal communication skills are also covered. Use of word processing software is required for document preparation. Prerequisites: SPE 120, ENG 120, ENG 201. 3 credits BUS 231. PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING. Introduction to marketing management and analysis; distribution, promotion, pricing, product development, consumer motivation, and market research; case problems. Prerequisite: BUS 112. 3 credits BUS 234. ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL STRATEGY. An examination of those adver- tising and promotional strategies directed toward the consumers of goods and services, with empha- sis on planning and executing an effective campaign to achieve meaningful goals. Prerequisite: BUS 231. 3 credits BUS 241. PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT. A study of the basic principles of business manage- ment emphasizing the decision-making approach; planning, organizing, directing, and control in the business enterprise. A history of the study of business management. Prerequisite: BUS 112. 3 credits BUS 242. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT. Personnel management principles and practices; the role of the personnel department and its program; role of the operating supervisor and executives within the program; role of behavioral sciences in the functional areas of personnel management. Prerequisite: BUS 241. 3 credits BUS 251. BUSINESS LAW. Rules of law as they relate to business transactions, court systems and procedures, law of contracts, law of agency, employee-employer relations, law of negotiable instru- ments, law of sales, law of property, bailments, insurance and business organizations. Prerequisite: BUS 112. 3 credits BUS 321. FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE. An introduction to theory and technique for optimal investment of the capital resources of the firm under conditions of uncertainty. Topics include rate of return analysis, cost of capital theory and measurement, capital structure, dividend policy, promo- tion and reorganization. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 122 and ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits Course Descriptions 141 BUS 323. INVESTMENT ANALYSIS. A study of investment policy for the individual and institu- tional investor. Topics include security analysis, theories of valuation, securities markets, sources of investment information, investment timing and portfolio management. Corequisite: BUS 321. 3 credits BUS 324. FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS. An examination of principles, func- tion, and operations of the monetary and banking system, the structural relationship of major finan- cial institutions, the flow of funds and determinants of interest rates. Corequisite: BUS 321. 3 credits BUS 325. STATISTICS FOR MANAGEMENT DECISIONS. A study of those areas of statistics which find widest application in problems of management. Students develop basic statistical theory and apply that theory to decision-making situations by means of examples and problems. Topics include graphical appreciation, index number theory, probability and hypothesis testing, analysis of variance, sampling techniques, regression theory, decision theory and forecasting. Prerequisites: MAT 232 and CIS 101. 3 credits BUS 326. PRINCIPLES OF MERCHANDISING. Organization, management, and operation of wholesale and retail enterprises; problems associated with store location and layout, buying, receiv- ing, inventory and stock control, pricing and merchandising. Prerequisite: BUS 231. 3 credits BUS 330. PRODUCTION/OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT. The functions of management as related to the production of goods and services; plant layout; quality control; raw materials, from supply through the finished product. Prerequisites: BUS 241 and BUS 325. 3 credits BUS 336. LABOR MANAGEMENT RELATIONS. A study of the historical development of labor management relations in the American economy, with emphasis on problems relating to manage- ment and unions, industrial conflicts, collective bargaining, and the legal environment. Particular stress will be placed on cases drawn from experience in the Virgin Islands. Prerequisite: BUS 242. 3 credits BUS 422. INTERNATIONAL MARKETING. Marketing techniques and programs developed and implemented on an international scale; tariffs, social and cultural restrictions, economic and politi- cal environments, and legal restrictions; the international distribution system, international deci- sions and international market research. Prerequisite: BUS 231. 3 credits BUS 425. FINANCIAL POLICY AND STRATEGY. Application of financial theory and principles to formulate financial policies for a firm and the development of strategies for its implementation. The case method will be emphasized. Topics included are: mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, financial restructuring, venture capital, financial syndication, investment banking, international fi- nance and financial innovations. Corequisite: BUS 323. 3 credits BUS 426. MARKETING RESEARCH. An introduction to the basic steps of research procedure as they would be applied in the field of marketing. Preparation and execution of an original field investigation; interpretation of the results and their application to a business situation. Prerequisites: BUS 231 and BUS 325. 3 credits BUS 429. ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR. A study of human behavior in an organizational context with emphasis upon the role of leadership, varieties of status systems, motivation and job design, group behavior, and analyses of organizational development change. Prerequisite: BUS 241. 3 credits Course Descriptions 142 BUS 434. PUBLIC POLICY TOWARD BUSINESS. The emergent patterns of state and federal legislation and the contemporary significance of changing public policies which affect business enterprise together with an identification and analysis from the historical and legal point of view of the rights and responsibilities of management, labor and the public. Prerequisites: Senior standing and BUS 251. 3 credits BUS 436. BUSINESS STRATEGY. A study of overall business strategy from the perspective of top management. The student will examine strategic goals, plans and actions of the business firm. Pre- requisites: Senior standing and ACC 122, BUS 231, BUS 241, BUS 330 and BUS 321. 3 credits BUS 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN BUSINESS. An elective course, designed for junior and senior undergraduate students in business administration. Includes areas of special interest in busi- ness. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisites: To be announced with each topic. 3 credits BUS 474. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR. Designed to prepare business stu- dents for their senior level work-study experience. Topics include resume preparation and applica- tion letters, job search skills, interviewing techniques, dressing for success, interpersonal relations and communication skills, values and ethics, meeting the public in person and on the telephone, professionalism and workplace etiquette. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. 1 credit BUS 475. UNDERGRADUATE INTERNSHIP IN BUSINESS. A work study program arranged on an individual student basis with participating organizations. Students will render periodic written and oral reports on their internship experience. Prerequisite: Senior standing and BUS 474. 2 credits BUS 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Study and individually directed special projects for the ad- vanced student of business administration. Attention may be concentrated on any facet of the con- temporary business environment as it relates to the individual student’s career objectives. Prerequi- site: Senior standing. 3 credits CARIBBEAN STUDIES (CAR) CAR 465. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas relevant to Caribbean Studies which do not warrant catalog inclusion on a long-term basis. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3 credits CHEMISTRY (CHE) CHE 111-112. PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES I-II. A survey of chemical principles with application to the life sciences and with special emphasis on organic chem- istry and biochemistry. This course is not intended as a prerequisite for any other chemistry course. It will not satisfy the general education requirement for science. Four one-hour lectures per week in the first semester. Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory per week in the second semester. Prerequisites: MAT 140 or MAT 143 (may be taken concurrently) and successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or a satisfactory score on the placement exam, or satisfactory SAT score for exemption. 4-4 credits Course Descriptions 143 CHE 141. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY. This course is designed to provide a fundamental understanding of basic chemistry and is tailored for student with little or no science background, more specifically for students who are enrolled in the two-year degree Process Technology Pro- gram. The material to be covered includes an introduction to the principles of chemistry, atomic structure, molecular structure, chemical bonding, ionic material, covalent materials, nomenclature, energy relationships in reaction, rates of chemical reactions, equilibrium, acids and bases, stoichi- ometry, periodic relations and relations to chemical properties. Also, a 3-hour weekly chemistry laboratory will be required. Prerequisites: ENG 101/WAC 011, ENG 101/RCA 021 and MAT 140. 5 credits CHE 151-152. GENERAL CHEMISTRY I-II. An introduction to chemical principles emphasizing atomic and molecular structure. Topics include the principal states of matter, stoichiometry, thermo- chemistry, kinetics, chemical equilibrium, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry and the chemistry of the representative and transition elements. 4 hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or a satisfactory score on SAT for exemption, and MAT 140 or MAT 143 which may be taken concurrently. 5-5 credits CHE 251. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. A comprehensive course in the theory and application of chemical principles to analysis. Lecture topics include error analysis, gravimetric and volumetric methods, complex solution equilibria and electrochemistry. The laboratory consists of classical gravi- metric and volumetric methods and analysis. 2 hours lecture and 6 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHE 152. 4 credits CHE 252. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS. Quantitative analysis using chemical instrumentation. Lectures cover major categories of instrumentation, including infrared, ultraviolet, and atomic ab- sorption spectrophotometry, gas and high pressure liquid chromatography, nuclear magnetic reso- nance and mass spectrometry. The laboratory includes extensive experience with available instru- mentation. 2 hours lecture and 6 hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHE 152. 4 credits CHE 253-254. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I-II. An introduction to organic chemistry. Topics will include the structure, nomenclature, physical and spectral properties of various classes of organic compounds and their chemical reactivities and syntheses. Organic reactions will be treated in a systematic manner, with emphasis placed on their mechanisms and energetics. 4 hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHE 152. 5-5 credits CHE 341-342. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I-II. Introduction to thermodynamics, atomic and mo- lecular structures, chemical kinetics and elementary theory of chemical bonding. Three hours lec- ture and three hours laboratory work per week. Prerequisites: CHE 251, MAT 242, and PHY 241. 3-3 credits CHE 348. BIOCHEMISTRY. The application of chemical properties to life processes. The struc- ture, biosynthesis and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipid, proteins and other classes of compounds are discussed. Four hours lecture and three hours laboratory work per week. Prerequisite: CHE 254. 5 credits CHE 397, 398. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. Topics of interest and importance to science majors will be presented by faculty, visiting scholars, and junior and senior science majors. An opportunity for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Prerequisite: Junior standing as a chemistry or chemistry/physics major. 1/2, 1/2 credit Course Descriptions 144 CHE 432. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. A survey of chemical properties of Main Group elements and the Transition Metals. Concepts developed in physical chemistry, such as bonding theory and thermodynamics are applied to the understanding of these properties. Coordination chemistry of the Transition Metals is emphasized and recent advances in this and other fields are discussed. Labora- tory includes synthesis and characterization of a range of coordination compounds. Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CHE 254 and CHE 342 (CHE 342 may be taken concurrently). 4 credits CHE 465. SELECTED TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY. Introduction to polymer chemistry. Special properties of polymers will be studied both in bulk and in solution. Students will learn how poly- mers are synthesized, characterized and used to make novel materials. Prerequisite: CHE 253, co- requisite: CHE 254. 3 credits CHE 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY. Topics to broaden the experience of chemistry majors intending to enter graduate school. Individual topics will be announced at the time of regis- tration. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisites: to be announced with each topic. 2 to 4 credits CHE 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN CHEMISTRY. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or study in areas associated with their academic field but outside of prescribed courses. Student and the pro- spective supervisor should develop and submit for approval a proposal to the Division Chair at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Student may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of six credits. Proposals must also include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: CHE 254 with a minimum grade point average of 2.5. 1 to 4 credits CHE 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn aca- demic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/em- ployment supervisor and submitted to a divisional committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: CHE 254 with a grade point average of 2.5. 1 to 4 credits CHE 497, 498. SENIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in the various fields of science. Each student will present one seminar per semester. Meets one hour weekly. Required of all science seniors. Prerequisites: CHE 397, 398. 1, 1 credit COMMUNICATION (COM) COM 100. BASIC RADIO PRODUCTION: This course covers the fundamentals of radio produc- tion, including, producing and directing the audio session. Students will be introduced to the tools of the trade: console board, microphones, recorders, and tape machines, etc. Students will develop fundamental skills using studio as well as portable equipment. Technical skills covered will include: recording, editing and dubbing. Production skills will include: directing, mixing, production and the use of music and sound effects. 3 credits Course Descriptions 145 COM 110. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION. An introductory course to acquaint the non-journalism student, as well as the journalism student, with the various media that communicate public information and mold public opinion. Newspapers, magazines, radio, television, trade pub- lications, public relations and the motion picture field are surveyed. Considerable reading and ana- lytical projects on these media are assigned. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG 100/WAC 011, or satisfactory score on the placement exam, or SAT exemption. 3 credits COM 119. INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS. An intro- duction to interpersonal communication and to leadership skills basic to all disciplines. Specific areas include an examination of the communication process and the role that perception plays in the formation of verbal and nonverbal messages. Emphasis will be placed on demonstrating the rela- tionship of interpersonal skills with basic communication skills central to promoting excellence in leadership. Prerequisites: ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021 or SAT exemption. 3 credits COM 120. PUBLIC SPEAKING. This course develops the communication skills required for ef- fective public speaking. It involves the study of good presentational skills coupled with intensive study in researching topics, outlining and effective speech organization. The course will provide practical experiences in presenting both informative and persuasive public speeches. Prerequisite: COM 119. 3 credits COM 203. BASIC REPORTING AND NEWS WRITING. How to gather and write information for public dissemination through newspapers, broadcasting and public relations. Prerequisites: Grade “C” or better in ENG 201 and typing proficiency. 4 credits COM 210. ADVANCED REPORTING AND NEWSWRITING. Designed to prepare students for entry-level jobs in journalism and journalism-related communications by teaching them to gather, write and edit the news from actual news sources, and to publish their stories under pressures of time. Moreover, this course will require them to develop structures for covering a small community or state that is underserved by news media. This could mean a college community or an island community. Prerequisite: COM 203. 4 credits COM 221. ORAL INTERPRETATION OF LITERATURE. A study of the basic techniques of oral reading and presentation through projects designed to help the speaker use his or her voice and body effectively in expressing the ideas of others. Subject materials will include poetry, descriptive prose, dramatic literature and story telling. Prerequisite: COM 119. 3 credits COM 223. CONFERENCE TECHNIQUES. A study of principles of conference leadership and discussion; methods of logical analysis and reflective thinking. Conference and discussions on cur- rent issues. Prerequisite: COM 120. 3 credits COM 225. INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION. A study of the dynamics of intercultural communication involving an examination of the many factors and problems that come into play when people with varying cultural backgrounds encounter each other. Prerequisite: COM 119. 3 credits COM 227. VOICE AND DICTION. A course designed to help students improve their speaking ability by examining factors related to respiration, phonation, resonation, articulation, pronuncia- tion, and to explore ways in which they might incorporate the proper usage of these processes in their everyday speech. 3 credits COM 302. AMERICAN AND CARIBBEAN JOURNALISM. Historical survey of journalism in the United States and Caribbean, and an examination of both print and broadcast journalism prac- tices today. Prerequisite: COM 110. 3 credits Course Descriptions 146 COM 310. EDITING. News selection, preparation, display. Review of principles of grammar, logic, rhetoric. Editing of local copy, wire copy, headlines, make-up, news judgment. Use of standard reference books. Prerequisite: COM 203. 4 credits COM 324. DESKTOP PUBLISHING. The student will use the computer to create, design and produce professional publications for print and electronic media. Students will be trained to use industry-standard computer applications for desktop publishing, computer-assisted drawing and design, and photographic preparation. Students will study principles of typography, graphical de- sign and color theory. They will apply theory to practice in the creation of projects such as computer illustrations, infographics, advertisements, brochures and newsletters. Prerequisites: COM 310 or CCS 119 or CIS 101, and ENG 201. 3 credits COM 401. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE. Focus is on the use of argumentative discourse in written and oral communication. Attention is given to structure or arguments in formal debate. Prerequisite: COM 120. 3 credits COM 402. MASS COMMUNICATIONS LAW AND ETHICS. A course designed to examine the historical background of the concepts of freedom of speech and freedom of the press and the limita- tions that have been imposed on them by statute and by common law. The case study approach is used, but the emphasis is on the principles and the philosophy that underlie the landmark cases. Prerequisite: COM 110. 3 credits COM 403. RHETORICAL CRITICISM. A course designed to acquaint students with the art of rhetoric. They will explore classical and contemporary rhetorical theory and criticism. Prerequisite: PHI 200. 3 credits COM 404. PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP IN MASS COMMUNICATIONS. Practical experi- ence in journalism in a supervised professional setting for which the student does not receive salary. Students enrolled in the course receive credit for professional experience in advertising, news- editorial and radio-television-film. Supervision is provided by the employer offering the profes- sional experience. Credit hours will be based on Satisfactory-Unsatisfactory basis. Enrollment requires the consent of the instructor arranging the internship and of the Provost. Limit of three hours of enrollment in a student’s total course work. Prerequisites: Five communication courses. 3 credits COM 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in speech communication. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic.3, 3 credits COM 475. DIRECTED STUDIES. Designed to allow directed study under a journalism profes- sional and to enable a student to pursue special projects of production or research that are not a part of a regular course. Permission of the instructor is required before the student enrolls. Prerequisites: Five communication courses. 1 to 3 credits COM 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Individual study and research under the direction of a mem- ber or members of the Division. Students will have weekly conferences with their advisors and do such readings and papers as may be required. Prerequisite: Advanced standing. Students must have completed at least 20 credits of communication and/or theatre courses beyond the 200 level with a cumulative grade point average of 3.00. Students must secure consent of the Division Chair and advisor. Written proposals must be approved prior to the end of the preceding semester. 3 credits Course Descriptions 147 COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS (CIS) CIS 011. KEYBOARDING. Instruction in the use of touch typing, special keys and the mouse. Operating System, word processing and file management skills are introduced. Combined lecture/ lab. This course partially prepares students for the computer literacy exam. Prerequisites: None. Format: 2 hours lecture. 1 hour tutorial. 2 non-degree credits CIS 021. COMPUTER SKILLS. This non-degree credit course is intended for students with mini- mal or no computer skills. Applications introduced include word processing, spreadsheets, personal information management, the Internet, keyboard and mouse skills. This course prepares students for the computer literacy exam. Prerequisites: None. Format: 2 hours lecture. 1 hour tutorial. 2 non-degree credits CIS 101. (formerly 146) BUSINESS SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS. Industry standard software including spreadsheets, database management systems, personal information management, the Internet, and word processing will be studied in depth. The capabilities, limitations and special features of operating systems are studied. Extensive out-of-class computer work is necessary. Pre- requisites: successful completion of or exemption from MAT 023, MAT 024, ENG 100/WAC 011, ENG 101/RCA 021 and the computer literacy requirement. Format: 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial. 3 credits CIS 121. DATA MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS. Designed to familiarize students with the capabilities of Data Base Management Software (DBMS) products. Emphasis is on products used with microcomputers. Instruction on application requirements and capabilities of various DBMS products, and the application of DBMS to solve data organization problems. Extensive out-of-class computer work is required. Prerequi- sites: CIS 300 and CIS 101 (CIS 101 may be taken concurrently.) 3 credits CIS 210. (formerly 110) BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Provides the knowledge neces- sary to understand and manage computers and information within contemporary business environ- ments. Procedures for evaluating, testing and selecting appropriate software and hardware systems are considered. Ethical issues and human factors in information systems are considered. Prerequi- sites: (CIS 101 or CSC 117) and BUS 112. Format: Three hours lecture. 3 credits CIS 238. INTRODUCTION TO COBOL PROGRAMING. An introduction to the COBOL pro- graming language, a applied to business programs and problems. The COBOL language syntax, grammar, coding and debugging techniques will be studied. Students will design and implement programs. Exclusive out-of-class computer work is required. Prerequisite CIS 300. 3 credits CIS 250. INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEMS. An introduction to the basic principles of operating systems with emphasis on multiprogramming, resource allocation, memory manage- ment, process scheduling and file input and output. Basic operation control language, system utili- ties and their various techniques will be discussed. Prerequisite: CIS 121 or CSC 118. 3 credits CIS 270. COMPUTER SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT. Analysis and design of computer systems for various business applications starting from conception through definition, design, implementa- tion, test and acceptance. Project planning will be discussed in depth. Use of word processors, language applications, query systems, database systems and the application of centralization versus distributive processing will be included in the overall analysis of the systems. Prerequisites: BUS 112, CIS 101 and CIS 300. 3 credits Course Descriptions 148 CIS 280. SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT PROJECT. The student will be required to undertake and successfully solve a data processing problem arising from an actual need in relation to either busi- ness or government under the direction and with the approval of a member of the faculty. The problem may be assigned by the instructor or solicited from the community. Prerequisites: CIS 238 or CIS 357, and CIS 270. 3 credits CIS 300. PROCESS DESIGN AND EVALUATION. Students learn to analyze and describe pro- cesses, extract problem descriptions from scenarios. Successful students will develop working in- structions using logic structures and information bases. Business issues in process development are stressed. Students will produce some programming. Prerequisites: CIS 210. Three hours lecture. 3 credits CIS 310. ADVANCED BUSINESS SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS. Provides the knowledge and skills necessary for the advanced use of business applications with particular emphasis on logic, programming, macros, and transferring data or files between various application packages. Prereq- uisites: CIS 300 or CSC 117. Format: 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial. 3 credits CIS 357. BUSINESS INFORMATION NETWORKS. Provides a marketable competence in con- temporary business information network technologies including intranets, extranets and the Internet. Students will collect, process, organize and communicate information. Students will use multimedia and other intercommunication tools to facilitate interpersonal interactions. Prerequisites: CIS 310 or CSC 243. Format: 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial. 3 credits CIS 410. BUSINESS SIMULATION AND MODELING. Basic principles of simulation and mod- eling with emphasis on the design and construction of various business models using high level programming languages and spreadsheet techniques. The use of modeling and simulation in the business decision-making process. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, CIS 310. 3 credits COMPUTER SCIENCE (CSC) CSC 111. USE OF COMPUTERS. This course provides an introduction to computer concepts and terminology, UVI computer resources, operating systems, e-mail, word processing, spreadsheets, database, graphics, Internet and computing ethics. It is appropriate for students with no previous background in computing who wish to apply microcomputer applications in their studies. Super- vised labs provide students with (1) initial hands-on introduction to the UVI network and basic computer operations, (2) an overview of on-line resources, and (3) using e-mail. Students must complete additional lab assignments outside of class. 1 credit CSC 117. INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING I. This course requires no previous program- ming background. Students will learn the use of a programming environment, which includes the program editor, libraries, and compiler. Students will learn the use of basic data types, statements, controls, and structures. A high-level computer programming language will be explored in the con- text of solving problems. Procedures and functions will be introduced while stressing the concepts of program modularity and top-down design. Students participating in this course must have ac- quired the skills of sending and receiving attached documents by e-mail and they must be familiar with web browser navigation. Students are expected to access class resources on the Internet daily. It is strongly recommended that students have a computer with available access to the Internet. Prerequisites: MAT 023, MAT 024 or satisfactory score on placement exam, or satisfactory SAT score for exemption. 4 credits Course Descriptions 149 CSC 118. INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING II. This second course in programming repre- sents a continuation of the basic language features and elementary problem solving of the course, Introduction to Programming I. Criteria for well-formed problem definitions are examined, and increasingly sophisticated problem solving strategies are explored as more advanced programming elements are introduced. Recursion is introduced and compared to iterative solutions in terms of program efficiency and program simplicity. Data files of more complex data types, the use of point- ers, dynamic structures, and basic abstract data files are introduced. Top-down development of programming solutions, as well as concepts in program modularity, are further emphasized. The processes of program documentation, production, testing and maintenance are studied. This course establishes a foundation for professional programming and software engineering design skills. Pre- requisite: CSC 117. 4 credits CSC 119. COMPUTER GRAPHIC APPLICATIONS. This course assumes the ability to enter, edit and display text, and focuses on the production and manipulation of graphic images. The student develops skills in the use of software application for painting, desktop publishing, line drawing and animation. Students acquire a working familiarity with computer-based communication systems through the use of electronic mail and electronic conferencing for joint projects and tutorial support. Students participating in this course must have acquired the skills of sending and receiving attached documents by email and they must be familiar with web browser navigation. Students are expected to access class resources on the Internet daily. It is strongly recommended that students have a computer with available access to the Internet. 1 credit CSC 197, 198. SEMINAR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE I, II. These seminars complement other computer science courses by developing concepts that integrate material across course boundaries and by considering new developments in computing and the social context of these developments. The courses emphasize critical thinking and integration of information from a variety of sources, and provide a forum for the student to develop and articulate ideas, concepts and professional opinions. 1, 1 credit CSC 239. SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER APPLICATIONS. This course develops understanding and skills in the use of computer applications and software as a tool for scientific work. An ability to enter, edit and display text and numeric data is assumed and the course focuses on the analysis of numeric data, the exploration of numeric and logical relationships, and the integrated use of appli- cation software packages to create, maintain and analyze databases. Monitoring of physical systems and acquisition of quantitative data through hardware interfaces is considered and exemplified. Students participating in this course must have acquired the skills of sending and receiving attached documents by email and they must be familiar with web browser navigation. Students are expected to access class resources on the Internet daily. It is strongly recommended that students have a computer with available access to the Internet. 2 credits CSC 240. HUMAN-COMPUTER INTERFACE DESIGN. An introduction to Human-Computer interaction, the theory of user interfaces, and the application of user interface theory to software design and engineering. The following topics are emphasized: input/output devices, characteristics of user interfaces, human factors, and programming tools for constructing user interfaces. Prerequi- site: CSC 117 or equivalent introductory programming course or at least one year of professional programming experience. 2 credits CSC 241. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND DIGITAL SYSTEMS. The representation and processing of data by logical circuits are developed from principles of bool- ean logic and binary arithmetic. A basic model of a computer CPU is extended to alternative bus architectures and approaches to I/O and memory access. Execution cycle processes are developed and alternative instruction sets are compared. Parallel, multiprocessor and distributed processing approaches are explored. Prerequisite: CSC 117 or CIS 115. 4 credits Course Descriptions 150 CSC 242. DATA STRUCTURES. An introduction to data structures, program specification and design emphasizing abstract data types and their implementation. Arrays, lists, queues, trees, and graphs will be examined along with their implementation for specific applications. Set operations involving abstract data types will be covered. A series of searching and sorting techniques using various data structures will be analyzed looking at efficiencies based on memory and runtime. Pre- requisite: CSC 118 and either MAT 143 or MAT 140. 4 credits CSC 243. DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKS. This course establishes funda- mental networking principles in connectivity, transmission, addressing and network management. Analysis and comparison of specific systems illustrates application of principles, and students ac- quire hands-on skills in the implementation, operation and maintenance of networks. User inter- faces and information resources available through the Internet are explored and societal implica- tions of communications and networks considered. Prerequisite: CSC 117 or CIS 300. 4 credits CSC 250. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATING SYSTEMS. This course introduces operating systems through the integration of concepts in data structures and computer hardware using a programming approach. Key operating system mechanisms such as memory management, scheduling, resources allocation, process control, and input-output operations will be explored through programming activities. Students will investigate, analyze, and implement hardware resource management ap- proaches and algorithms. This course builds upon prior knowledge in data structures, object-ori- ented programming, and computer architecture hardware. A representational operating system will be developed in the courses using an object-oriented language to explore the interactions of system components. Prerequisites: CSC 118, CSC 241, CSC 242. Corequisites: CSC 243. 3 credits CSC 317. PROGRAMMING III. Project oriented instruction in program development, using a professional development environment. Extensive programming practice is provided in both indi- vidual and team contexts for development of applications and systems. Design issues addressed include object oriented programming systems, approaches to inter-operability and portability, de- sign of module interfaces and definition of system test beds. Prerequisite: CSC 242. 3 credits CSC 332. DATABASES AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL. The physical storage mechanisms of disk and tape hardware are established and abstract data types applied in the exploration of approaches to logical level storage and retrieval. The organization and implementation of basic file structures are considered with respect to speed and efficient use of storage capacity. Databases are analyzed as organizations superimposed on data stored using basic file structures. Principles of query systems are applied to information systems design and implementation and the Standard Query Language, SQL, is introduced. Distributed data systems and search engines are considered. Prerequisites: CSC 241, CSC 242. 3 credits CSC 333. PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES. Meta-linguistics notations in syntax and semantics. Procedure/infix/prefix and postfix notation. Global properties of languages including the scope of declarations, storage allocation, subprogram structures and binding. Includes analysis and compari- son of a number of algorithmic, list processing, string manipulation, data description and simulation languages. Prerequisite: CSC 117. 3 credits CSC 352. ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS AND COMPLEX PROBLEMS. This course provides a theoretical treatment of complexity analysis of algorithms, complexity classes of problems, com- putability and undecideability, and an applied study of problem solving strategies and search strat- egies. Parallel and distributed algorithms are considered and the problems and methodologies of AI are introduced through study of problem state spaces, adaptive algorithms and heuristics, pattern recognition and deduction and inference. Prerequisite: CSC 118. 3 credits Course Descriptions 151 CSC 363. DOCUMENTATION AND TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS. Purpose and format of documentation accompanying software development, including user and reference manuals, on- line help, in-line program comments, training guides, RFPs, RFQs, testing plans and system speci- fications. Critical analysis of technical writing, development of appropriate and consistent style, and effective use of tools, such as word processors, grammar checkers, style guides, HTML editors and on-line help compilers. Prerequisites: ENG 201, CSC 118. 3 credits CSC 397, 398. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. Topics of interest and importance to science majors will be presented by faculty, visiting scholars, junior and senior science majors. An opportu- nity for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Prerequisite: Junior standing as a computer science major. 1/2, 1/2 credit CSC 420. SOFTWARE ENGINEERING. An introduction to the principles and practice of the production of computer software products. The software life cycle is analyzed in terms of product specification and design, implementation and production support systems, testing and quality con- trol. Orderly management based on documentation of planning, interfaces, jobs, tasks and products is emphasized. Human factors in the organization and deployment of professional teams are consid- ered. Prerequisite: CSC 317 (Programming III). 4 credits CSC 430. KNOWLEDGE ENGINEERING AND EXPERT SYSTEMS. Theory and techniques in gathering and codification of knowledge. Logic programming, formula manipulation and predicate logic. Decision support systems. Deductive retrieval and natural language processing interfaces. Exampler systems from implementations of expert systems. 3 credits CSC 433. COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS. Application of communications abstractions in major network systems: Unix, Windows NT and Netware. Server and workstation configuration and system generation. Fault diagnosis and performance monitoring. Comparisons of strategies and products are made and opportunities for hands-on practice are provided. Prerequisite: CSC 243. 3 credits CSC 434. PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE TRANSLATION. An in-depth study of the principles and design of programming language translation software. The major components of a compiler are discussed: lexical analysis, syntactic analysis, type checking, code generation and optimization. Alternative parsing strategies are presented and compared with respect to space and time trade-offs. Emulation and the linguistic implementation of virtual machine interfaces are considered. Prerequi- sites: CSC 333, CSC 317. 3 credits CSC 465. SELECTED TOPICS: INTRODUCTION TO HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING: PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING. This course will introduce distributed and par- allel programming techniques used to solve complex tasks with high performance, parallel architec- tures. The most relevant parallel and distributed models, algorithms and programming paradigms will be emphasized. Approaches to distributed parallel computing are analyzed by performance as well as adaptability to both the system architecture and scope of the task. Application domains requiring high performance approaches are identified and compared. Specific applications will be chosen and implemented based on the interests of the students in the class. The course will involve programming parallel algorithms implemented with high performance platforms available at the University of the Virgin Islands. Two 50-minute lectures per week and 100 minutes of programming activity per week. Prerequisite: CSC 317. 3 credits Course Descriptions 152 CSC 471. ISSUES IN THE COMPUTER PROFESSION. The computer science profession is placed in an historical and social context. Privacy, security, ethics, and professional responsibility, definition and protection of intellectual property, communications legislation, technical risks, and liability are among the topics of current professional concern addressed in this course. Prerequisites: Senior Standing in the computer science BSC program as indicated by completion of all CSC courses at the 300 level and below. 1 credit CSC 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or study in areas associated with their academic field but outside of prescribed courses. The student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit, for approval, a proposal to the Division Chair, at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Students may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of 6 credits. Proposals must include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits of computer science with a minimum grade point average of 2.5. 1 to 4 credits CSC 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can quality for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a divisional committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of 4 credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits of computer science courses. 1 to 4 credits CSC 497, 498. SENIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in the various fields of science. Each student will present one seminar per semester. Meets one hour weekly. Required of all science seniors. Prerequisites: CSC 397, CSC 398. 1, 1 credit CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY (CON) CON 254. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. Development of a complete house plan, specifica- tions, interior and exterior perspective. Two classes of three hours per week. Prerequisite: EGR 131. 2 credits ECONOMICS (ECO) ECO 221. INTRODUCTION TO MACRO-ECONOMICS. Examines the major problems of eco- nomic stability, growth, unemployment, and the role of the government in controlling and regulat- ing economic activity with particular focus upon fiscal and monetary policies. Prerequisite: MAT 142 or 232 or 235. 3 credits ECO 222. INTRODUCTION TO MICRO-ECONOMICS. A thorough examination of price deter- mination and how the market mechanism operates in allocating resources among alternative uses. Public policy in relation to business and labor. Prerequisite: MAT 142 or 232 or 235. 3 credits ECO 225. MONEY AND BANKING. Analyzes the basic financial institutions, their functions and interrelationships. Emphasizes the central banking system and the impact of money aggregates and policy on interest rates and macro-economic behavior. Includes Caribbean systems and financial dualism. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits Course Descriptions 153 ECO 321. INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. Examines the major problems of economic growth and stability; develops major macro-economic models for analysis of the above problems. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits ECO 322. INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. Develops the economic efficiency model of resource allocation in the market system; covers all the major market structures; perfect competition, monopolistic competition, oligopoly, and monopoly. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits ECO 324. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS. A comparative analysis of the systems uti- lized to allocate resources with particular emphasis on the capitalistic and communistic systems. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits ECO 341. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS. Develops the theoretical tools for analyzing open economics: classical and modern trade and tariff models, balance of payments theory and the inter- national monetary system. Special topics include West Indian migration, the multinational corpora- tion, export dependence and CARICOM. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits ECO 360. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. An introduction to the nature of the economic devel- opment process and the characteristics of underdeveloped societies. Includes analysis of the prob- lems of structural transformation and the role of the public sector. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits ECO 401. PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS. Focuses on the theory and policy of the public fi- nance of the public sector. Essentially, the subject may be viewed as the micro-economic and mac- roeconomic rationale of government revenues and expenditures. Much of the thrust of the subject will be keyed to an understanding and evaluation of the public sector’s budgetary process, controls, and implementation of expenditure policies; analyses of various types of tax structures, public debt and public sector accountability will all be analyzed. Emphasis will be on the Caribbean public finance structures. Prerequisites: ECO 321, ECO 322. 3 credits ECO 461. CARIBBEAN ECONOMIC PROBLEMS. A comparative analysis of contemporary Caribbean economics, emphasizing the resource and policy problems of development. Prerequi- sites: ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits ECO 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. An elective course designed for all social science students. Includes areas of special interest in economics. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of the semester. Prerequisite: ECO 221. 3, 3 credits ECO 496. PRACTICUM IN ECONOMIC RESEARCH. Provides supervised experience in apply- ing the tools of economic analysis to contemporary development problems and policy issues on both the micro and macro levels of economic behaviors. A comprehensive program must be submit- ted to the Division Chair no later than the sixth week of the semester prior to the semester in which the field work is to be undertaken. Prerequisites: Senior standing with Economics concentration, ECO 321 and ECO 322. 3 credits Course Descriptions 154 EDUCATION (EDU) (Non-education undergraduate majors may take education courses if they have satisfied the same general education requirements.) Inclusive Early Childhood Education* EDU 108. EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT I. This is the first course of a two course sequence that provides the student with an in-depth understanding of the variability in patterns of child development from conception through the child’s eighth year of life, as well as, the major influences on development. In this first part, students will gain a thorough knowledge of the devel- opment of children pre-natal to age two years through the study of developmental domains and the holistic nature of development. The course provides a core foundation of knowledge essential to students’ understanding of work with all young children, including children with and without dis- abilities. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. 3 credits EDU 109. INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD ENVIRONMENTS I. This is the first course of a two course sequence which provides students with an in-depth understanding of the concept of developmentally appropriate inclusive environments. This course will provide an overview of ap- propriate environments for children with and without disabilities, pre-natal through eight years, and an in-depth study of understanding, developing and enhancing appropriate inclusive environments for children pre-natal to age three. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. Co-requisite: EDU 108. 3 credits EDU 113. EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT II. This is the second course of a two course sequence that provides the student with an in-depth understanding of the variability in patterns of child development from three years through eight years, as well as, the major influences on develop- ment. It provides a core foundation of knowledge essential to students’ understanding of work with young children. Prerequisites: EDU 108. 3 credits EDU 114. INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD ENVIRONMENTS II. This is the second course of a two course sequence which provides students with an in-depth understanding of the concept of developmentally appropriate inclusive environments. Students will learn how to facilitate and en- hance the development of young children with and without disabilities ages three through eight years in the developmental domains through the establishment of developmentally appropriate in- clusive environments. Prerequisite: EDU 109. Co-requisite: EDU 113. 3 credits EDU 214. FAMILY AND COMMUNITY RELATIONSHIPS. This course provides the basis for understanding patterns of family dynamics and for building partnerships, effective communication, and collaboration skills with all families, including families who have children with disabilities. Supporting the family’s primary role in their young child’s early development and education is a primary focus of this course. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satis- factory score on SAT for exemption. 3 credits EDU 215. GUIDING CHILDREN’S EARLY BEHAVIOR. This course will introduce the student to methods of child guidance and group management that foster the development of self-esteem, self-control, and self-discipline/self-regulation in children in a developmentally appropriate con- text. Prerequisites: EDU 114. 3 credits Course Descriptions *The Inclusive Early Childhood Education program admits students as a cohort based on commu- nity need. 155 EDU 216. INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULA. In this course the student will learn how to plan, implement and monitor children’s progress in developmentally and individually appropriate play and learning activities in a variety of inclusive settings. Content will focus on curriculum development and integration curriculum areas such as language and literacy, mathemat- ics and problem-solving, science, social studies, health, safety, and nutrition, art, music and move- ment education. Prerequisites: EDU 114. 3 credits EDU 217. ETHICAL AND LEGAL ISSUES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course provides a basis for understanding the legal and socio-ethical considerations relevant to inclusive early childhood education. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfac- tory score on SAT for exemption. 3 credits EDU 218. SUPERVISED FIELD EXPERIENCE IN DESIGNING AND IMPLEMENTING INCLUSIONARY EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAMS. Field experience will provide the student with opportunities to observe, develop, and implement developmentally appropriate inclusive early intervention and early childhood educational services. Under supervision of qualified professionals, field experience will occur in a variety of inclusive natural environments and programs in which all young children, with and without disabilities, and their families are served. This course is an integral part of EDU 220 and therefore must be taken concurrently with it. Prerequisites: EDU 214, EDU 215, EDU 216 and EDU 217 EDU 219. Co-requisite: EDU 220 (This course must be taken concur- rently with EDU. 220). 3 credits EDU 219. PROMOTING LANGUAGE AND LITERACY IN EARLY CHILDHOOD. This course provides students with the research-based principles and practices for providing children through the age of five with a strong foundation in receptive and expressive language early reading and writing within a developmentally appropriate approach. Prerequisites: EDU 113 or EDU 230. 3 credits EDU 220. SEMINAR IN SUPERVISED FIELD EXPERIENCE IN DESIGNING AND IMPLE- MENTING INCLUSIONARY EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAMS. The seminar, which accom- panies the field experience, will provide opportunities for discussion and interaction focusing on observing and implementing developmentally appropriate inclusive early intervention and early childhood educational services within the field experience site. This course is an integral part of EDU 218 and therefore it must be taken concurrently with it. Prerequisites: EDU 214, EDU 215, EDU 216, EDU 217. Co-requisite: EDU 218 (This course must be taken concurrently with EDU 218). 2 credits Elementary Education EDU 221. FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION. This course is essentially an historical study of the role of education in the United States and the U. S. Virgin Islands. It is designed to assist the student with a variety of significant education literature and provide an opportunity to examine the basic ideas (philosophical, sociological and psychological) which have tended to give form and purpose to educational thought and practice in the United States and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 3 credits EDU 230. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. An introduction to the ways in which psychological principles and theories of development apply to educational practice. The focus will be on the basic processes of development — cognitive, social and personality, moral, emotional, physical, language — from infancy through adolescence with special reference to their relationship to learning and instruction. The psychology of learning, motivation and social factors in education will also be considered. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and PSY 120. 3 credits Course Descriptions 156 EDU 246. CURRICULUM AND TEACHING IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course covers the curriculum and teaching methods in early childhood education. It also studies the sociocultural and psychological factors relevant to curriculum development for young children ages 3 to 8. 3 credits EDU 257. MATHEMATICS AND THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. This course is a joint offer- ing of the Mathematics and Teacher Education Programs. The mathematics portion (3 hours per week) is a detailed examination of the mathematical content that is prerequisite for teaching elemen- tary school mathematics. The development of methods and materials for the teaching of elementary school mathematics (1 hour per week) will be conducted by the Teacher Education faculty. Demon- stration teaching and student teaching experiences are important aspects of all segments of this course. During the semester, concurrent field experiences under the auspices of the Education Divi- sion will consist of two hours weekly to assist selected faculty in a public elementary school with instruction in mathematics. Prerequisites: Mathematics general education requirement and EDU 250. (Also listed as MAT 257.) 5 credits EDU 349. METHODS OF TEACHING ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE. This course is designed to develop a background in phonology, applied linguistics, and to develop audio-lingual and oral teaching methods for the teaching of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills in English as a second language with emphasis on teaching the Spanish-dominant student. Prerequi- site: EDU 230. 3 credits EDU 353, 354. TEACHING THE LANGUAGE ARTS. Designed to instruct learners in the utiliza- tion of methods and materials for teaching reading and other language arts on levels K-8. It will also deal with the interrelatedness of the language arts skills (reading, writing, speaking, listening, study skills), reading in the content areas, grouping for instruction, informal diagnosis in the classroom, programmed reading research and demonstration techniques, developmental and remedial reading techniques, and components of a sound children’s literature program. An entire semester will be devoted specifically to the teaching of reading. During one semester, concurrent field experiences will consist of a two-hour session per week assisting selected faculty in a public elementary school with instruction in the language arts. Prerequisite: EDU 250. 3, 4 credits EDU 360. SCIENCE AND THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. This course, a joint offering of the Science and Teacher Education programs, is designed for elementary education majors. It will give students an opportunity to actively participate in the construction of scientific knowledge by engag- ing them in critical thinking and original research projects in the natural sciences. Additionally, the course will expose students to science teaching reform, standards in science teaching, and the theo- ries of teaching and learning in science. During the semester, concurrent field experiences under the supervision of the Education Division in conjunction with the Math Division will consist of two hours weekly. Pre-requisites: EDU 250. (Also listed as SCI 360.) 5 credits EDU 365. TEACHING SOCIAL STUDIES IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS. The course exposes students to the major principles, content, and components of social studies and dynamic social studies instruction. It provides an opportunity for small group interaction as a means of exploring social studies topics, programs, strategies and best instructional practices suitable for teaching in grades K – 6. Prerequisite: EDU 250. 3 credits EDU 452. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Designed to develop high level teaching competence through observation, participation, direct full-day teaching experience, and related conferences. Guidance towards the development of specified competencies will be pro- vided by selected faculty of local public schools and the University supervisor. Problems and suc- cesses encountered during the practical experiences will be addressed in a weekly seminar conducted by the University supervisor. Prerequisites: Successful completion of (i) all other required Education courses with a minimum of grade “C” and (ii) the English Proficiency Examination. 9 credits Course Descriptions 157 EDU 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. This course is designed to offer an opportunity and challenge for self-directed study aimed at developing the individual’s ability as an independent student. It is intended to allow the advanced student, under the guidance of a full-time faculty member, to read, research and report in an area in which appropriate courses are not offered. Approval of a study outline by the faculty member and number of credits by the Chair is required prior to enrollment. 1-4 credits Elementary and Secondary Education (The following courses are required for both elementary and secondary majors) EDU 250. CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND INSTRUCTION. A study of the theoretical bases of curriculum planning and design, and of the influences of learner, society and knowledge sources on the process of curriculum development and classroom instruction. Emphasis will be placed on the selection, planning and implementation of teaching strategies, methodologies and instructional materials appropriate for individualized and group instruction. Prerequisites: EDU 221, EDU 230 and admission to the Division. 3 credits EDU 302. INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION. An introductory course designed to acquaint students with the habilitation and education of exceptional students. 3 credits EDU 350. INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY. Practice application of audiovi- sual methods and materials for instruction including the operation of equipment, computer uses and the planning and effective use of instructional technology with special emphasis on the develop- ment and use of training aids. Prerequisite: EDU 250 (may be taken concurrently). 2 credits EDU 351. CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT. Principles and practices for managing classroom be- havior including preventive strategies, group and individual techniques, and social, cultural and psychological concerns. Emphasis is on the development of a personal philosophy and approach to effective classroom management. Prerequisite: EDU 250 (may be taken concurrently). 2 credits EDU 450. MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION IN EDUCATION. Study of measurement and evaluation techniques appropriate to the assessment of classroom instruction. Emphasis will be placed on test construction, criterion-referenced and norm-referenced testing, and on alternative evaluative procedures used to measure and report student progress. Prerequisite: EDU 250. 2 credits Secondary Education EDU 469. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Designed to develop high level teaching competence through observation, participation, actual teaching of a total class and related conferences, this course requires involvement for at least half of each school day under the joint supervision of selected public school faculty and the University supervisor. The course must be taken in conjunction with EDU 497. Prerequisites: Successful completion of (i) all other required Education courses with a minimum grade of “C” and (ii) the English Proficiency Examination. 6 credits EDU 497. SEMINAR IN SECONDARY TEACHING. A consideration of problems encountered in junior and senior secondary schools, and of strategies for teaching various subjects at this level. In- depth study and individual projects will relate to specific disciplines being taught concurrently and to major concepts connected with the practice of teaching at the secondary level. The seminar will be conducted by the supervisor of the student teaching experience and by visiting master teachers in relevant disciplines. The course must be taken in conjunction with EDU 469. Prerequisites: Suc- cessful completion of (i) all other required Education courses with a minimum grade of “C” and (ii) the English Proficiency Examination. 2 credits Course Descriptions 158 ENGINEERING (EGR) EGR 110. INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING. A study of engineering, curricula, branches of engineering, basic concepts of engineering, professional ethics, and the engineer in society. This course provides the student with an introduction to: the engineering problem solving process; engi- neering analysis and design techniques; engineering calculations; statistical analysis; three-dimen- sional vectors; moments; equilibrium; work and energy; and DC circuit analysis. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MAT 143 and MAT 142. 3 credits EGR 131. ENGINEERING DRAWING. Elements of mechanical drawing; orthographic projec- tion; isometric and oblique sketching and drawing, primary and secondary auxiliary views, dimen- sioning detail and assembly drawings, graphic computations, plotting experimental data and em- pirical equations, graphic statics. One hour lecture and 6 hours laboratory per week. 3 credits EGR 132. ENGINEERING GRAPHICS. Fundamental principles of descriptive geometry involv- ing lines, surfaces and intersections, with application of these principles to engineering problems. One hour lecture and 6 hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EGR 131. 3 credits EGR 141. PLANE SURVEYING. Measurement of distance, directions and elevations; care, ad- justment and use of surveying instruments; methods of plane and geodetic surveys; field practice; calculations and mapping; triangulations; precise leveling; area and earthwork; circular curves; stadia, plane table and topographic surveys, and public land surveys. Three hours lecture and 3 hours field work per week. Prerequisites: EGR 131 and MAT 142. 4 credits EGR 211. STATICS. A study of forces and force systems and their external effect on bodies, princi- pally the condition of equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies. Includes a study of distributed forces, centroids and center of gravity, moments of inertia, analysis of simple structures and ma- chines, and various types of friction. The techniques of vector mathematics are employed and the rigor of physical analysis is emphasized. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: EGR 110 or PHY 241. Corequisite: MAT 242. 3 credits EGR 212. DYNAMICS. A study of the kinematics of particles and rigid bodies, kinetics of particles with emphasis on Newton’s second law, energy and momentum methods for the solution of prob- lems, and applications of plane motion of rigid bodies. Techniques of vector mathematics are em- ployed. 3 hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: EGR 211. 3 credits EGR 213. CIRCUIT ANALYSIS. A study of resistive circuits; Kirchoff’s Laws; independent and dependent sources; nodal and mesh analysis; superposition; Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems; maximum power transfer; natural response of RC, RL and RLC circuits; operational amplifiers; sinusoidal analysis and phasors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisiste: EGR 110. Corequisites: PHY 242, MAT 346. 3 credits ENGLISH (ENG) ENG 051. FUNCTIONAL WRITING. The course addresses several heuristics for the writing pro- cess, but the main focus is on writing products. It satisfies the English Proficiency Examination requirement for graduation. The portfolio-based course is open to students who have taken the freshman level sequence or the equivalent and need further practice in examination writing. 3 non-degree credits Course Descriptions 159 ENG 100/WAC 011. WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: AN INTRODUCTION. Ex- plores the fundamentals of writing in an interdisciplinary context. Emphasizes grammar, punctua- tion, and mechanics in the context of active learning. Students write for instructors not only in the Humanities, but in the other divisions as well. (Students may test out at placement or with appropri- ate SAT scores.) 3 non-degree credits and 1 credit ENG 101/RCA 021. READING IN CONTENT AREAS: AN INTRODUCTION. Content Area Reading 021/ENG 101 offers a comprehensive program of reading and vocabulary in the content areas. It is linked to General Education I - The Caribbean: Social Dimension (SSC 100) and General Education II - The Natural World: The Caribbean (SCI 100). Literal and critical reading skills, conceptual vocabulary enrichment, and validated reading and study strategies are stressed. The course requires that students develop a portfolio of materials demonstrating mastery of the course’s objectives. 3 non-degree credits and 1 credit ENG 108. EXPLORATION OF VIRGIN ISLANDS LITERATURE. An introductory survey of Virgin Islands creative writing in the context of a description of Virgin Islands culture. Students will investigate, through bibliographic research and critical reading, Virgin Islands literature in its socio- historical context. 3 credits ENG 120. ENGLISH COMPOSITION. English Composition is the intermediate writing course in the University’s composition offerings. It develops critical thinking, investigative research and co- herent ideas through the writing of analytical, literary and critical essays and the close reading of texts. Prerequisites: ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021, or passing scores on the place- ment exams, or satisfactory SAT scores, for exemption. 3 credits ENG 191. HONORS COMPOSITION. A course in expository writing for students who demon- strate considerable skill in English grammar and the fundamentals of essay organization and devel- opment. Students will develop and refine rhetorical style in the sentence, paragraph and essay, focusing upon the same essay types examined in ENG 111. Prerequisites: A superior score on the objective English placement exam and recommendation by placement exam essay readers; or rec- ommendation by instructors of SPE 120, through the third week of the semester; or successful completion of CLEP for SPE 120 by transfer students or others who may wish to take such an honors composition course. 3 credits ENG 192. HONORS COMPOSITION. A course in persuasive and argumentative writing for stu- dents who demonstrate considerable ability in SPE 120 or ENG 191. Students will examine, ana- lyze and evaluate persuasive and argumentative writings, study basic methods of research and apply these to a paper based on original research. Prerequisite: “A” average in ENG 120, or successful completion of ENG 191. 3 credits ENG 201. RESEARCH AND APPLIED WRITING. ENG 201 is the capstone course in the Univer- sity-wide writing requirements. It is designed to ensure student competency with the principles and practice of effective writing. This course will prepare students to achieve proficiency in the use of standard writing formats for communication in the various disciplines offered in the University, including research, report writing, argumentation, technical writing, critical writing and other pro- fessional-level writing skills. Students will also be able to meet the qualifications for writing in graduate education. Prerequisite: ENG 120. 3 credits ENG 261. WORLD LITERATURE PART I. An interdisciplinary exploration of the short story and novel from a global perspective, the terminology of literary analysis, different critical approaches, and selected criticism leading to the production of aesthetic and critical analyses of works of fiction. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits Course Descriptions 160 ENG 262. WORLD LITERATURE PART II. An interdisciplinary exploration of poetry and drama from a global perspective, the terminology of poetry and drama, interdisciplinary critical approaches, and selected works of criticism leading to the production of aesthetic and critical analyses of works of poetry and drama. Prerequisite: ENG 261. 3 credits ENG 321. BRITISH LITERATURE. A survey of British literature through the eighteenth century, often presented thematically, and including a study of Old and Middle English language and litera- ture, the Elizabethan writers, the metaphysical poets and the eighteenth century satirists. Prerequi- sites: ENG 261, ENG 262. 3 credits ENG 322. BRITISH LITERATURE. A survey of British literature of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, often presented thematically, with particular emphasis upon Romantic, Victorian and modern poetry, fiction and essays. Prerequisites: ENG 261, ENG 262. 3 credits ENG 343. LANGUAGE THEORY. Covers a study of English grammars and an introduction to linguistics. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits ENG 344. ADVANCED WRITING. Covers expository writing, with particular attention to formal report writing. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits ENG 361. AMERICAN LITERATURE. A representative survey of American literary achievement from the colonial days to the present. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. 3 credits ENG 362. MAJOR AMERICAN WRITING. An in-depth study of selected major works of Ameri- can literature. Prerequisite: ENG 361. 3 credits ENG 363. BLACK AMERICAN LITERATURE. A study of the literary contributions of black writers from the early slave narratives through contemporary writing. Prerequisites: ENG 261, ENG 262. 3 credits ENG 371. CARIBBEAN LITERATURE. A study of representative works from the oral tradition, poetry and drama of the Caribbean area. Prerequisites: ENG 261, ENG 262. 3 credits ENG 372. CARIBBEAN LITERATURE. A study of representative works of prose fiction and literary criticism by Caribbean writers. Prerequisites: ENG 261, ENG 262. 3 credits ENG 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in language and literature. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3, 3 credits ENG 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Individual study and research under the direction of a mem- ber or members of the Division. Students will have a weekly conference with their advisors and do such readings and papers as may be required. Prerequisites: Students must have completed at least 20 credits in the subject area in question with a cumulative grade point average of 3.00. Students must secure consent of the Division Chair and advisor and the approval of a written proposal for projects prior to the end of the preceding semester. 3 credits Course Descriptions 161 ENGLISH AS SECOND LANGUAGE (ESL) ESL 100. ENGLISH AS SECOND LANGUAGE I. ESL writing focuses on writing expository essays and research papers using sentence structure in coherent, well- developed paragraphs. It emphasizes the development and organization of ideas in writing. It also expands critical thinking skills, particularly those used in writing of argumentative and persuasive essays. Emphasis is on the review of complex grammatical structures, paragraph relationships, and patterns of essay organiza- tion. Areas of study include the expansion of students’ understanding of American culture through selected literature, video cassettes and cassette tapes, and other supplementary material to improve their skills in listening comprehension, reading, and writing. 3 credits ESL 101. ENGLISH AS SECOND LANGUAGE II. This course will utilize ESL techniques to help students examine and apply the rules of English grammar to various oral and written assignments. Students will learn to produce different types of essays and make presentations at the university level. 3 credits ESL 102. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE: WRITING. ESL Writing focuses on writing expository essays and research papers using sentence structure in coherent, well-developed para- graphs. It emphasizes the development and organization of ideas in writing. It also expands critical thinking skills, particularly those used in writing of argumentative and persuasive essays. Emphasis is on the review of complex grammatical structures, paragraph relationships, and patterns of essay organi- zation. Areas of study include the expansion of students' understanding of American culture through se- lected literature, video cassettes and cassette tapes, and other supplementary material to improve their skills in listening comprehension, reading and writing. Prerequisite ESL 101. 3 credits FRENCH (FRE) FRE 131. FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY FRENCH I. This course is designed to develop a basic level of competence in understanding and an acceptable level of competence in communicating in standard French. Its learning activities draw upon the broad range of state-of-the-art facilities and techniques, including videos, computer-assisted language practice and multi-media supported drills. This first course lays the foundation in phonology, vocabulary and grammar for effective command of the other two in this sequence. 4 credits FRE 132. FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY FRENCH II. This course is designed to develop in the second language learner a higher elementary level of competence in understanding and communi- cating orally and in writing standard French. the learning program is based on state-of-the-art vid- eos, computer-assisted language activities and practice provided by multi-media resources. This second course builds upon the foundation laid by the introductory elementary course and continues to develop phonology, vocabulary and grammar in preparation for the intermediate and more ad- vanced stages of the language. The development of language functions moves from ritualistic ex- pressions to more complex usages in conversation. Prerequisite: FRE 131. 4 credits FRE 231. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. An intensive review of oral and written composition, to- gether with reading of selected modern short stories and poems, to be followed by reading of French masterpieces of classic literature. Oral and written reports in French will be required. Prerequisite: FRE 132. 4 credits FRE 305-306. ADVANCED CONVERSATION. Designed to develop oral fluency in French. It is conducted entirely in French. Current topics of cultural interest and global impact are assigned for research, presentation and discussion. Prerequisite: FRE 231. 3-3 credits Course Descriptions 162 FRE 311. ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. A groundwork is laid for studies in the development of the Romance languages. Some essential and practical concepts and applications of descriptive linguis- tics are studied. Methodologies for recording and analyzing languages are explored. Readings and reports are initiated on the history of the French language. Prerequisite: FRE 231. 3 credits FRE 312. ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. The development of grammatical structures and lexicons of French out of the Latin language is the subject of detailed study. The roles of sociolinguistics contact phenomena are also brought into perspective, as agents of language change. Theories on language origins and language change are evaluated, particularly in the light of creole develop- ments. Prerequisite: FRE 311. 3 credits FRESHMAN STUDIES FDS 100. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR. This course will provide an introduction to the nature of university education and an orientation to University functions and resources. It is designed to assist students in obtaining skills necessary for the attainment of their educational objec- tives. Group process will be emphasized. 1 credit SCI 100. THE NATURAL WORLD: THE CARIBBEAN. A topical examination of the natural world of the Caribbean. Included will be considerations of elements of Caribbean life associated with the natural world, with emphasis on their roots in the natural sciences. The approach is interdis- ciplinary, with a variety of learning strategies employed. Two hours of lecture and 3 hours of lab. Corequisite: ENG 100/WAC 011, ENG 101/RCA 021, unless exempted by SAT or placement tests. 3 credits SSC 100. AN INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIAL SCIENCES: A CARIBBEAN FOCUS. A topical examination of the social dimensions of Caribbean cultures from the origins of human habi- tation to the present. Its interdisciplinary approach will emphasize the perspectives of the various social sciences, with attention also given to the arts of the Caribbean. A variety of teaching and learning strategies will be utilized. Two hours of lecture and 2 hours-workshop. Corequisite: ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021, unless exempted by SAT or placement tests. 3 credits ENG 100/WAC 011. WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: AN INTRODUCTION. Ex- plores the fundamentals of writing in an interdisciplinary context. Emphasizes grammar, punctua- tion and mechanics in the context of active learning. Students write for instructors not only in the Humanities, but in the other divisions as well. (Students may test out at placement or with appropri- ate SAT scores.) Four hours of lecture a week. 1 credit and 3 non-degree credits ENG 101/RCA 021. READING IN CONTENT AREAS: AN INTRODUCTION: Offers a compre- hensive program of reading and vocabulary. It is linked to General Education I - The Caribbean: Social Dimension (SSC 100) and General Education II - The Natural World: The Caribbean (SCI 100). Literal and critical reading skills, conceptual vocabulary enrichment, and validated reading and study strategies are stressed. The course requires that students develop a portfolio of materials demonstrating mastery of the course’s objectives. (Students may test out of placement or with ap- propriate SAT scores.) Four hours of lecture per week. 1 credit and 3 non-degree credits GEOGRAPHY (GOG) GOG 121. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. A systematic study of the more important characteristics of the earth’s surface, including the elements of climate, world climatic types and their distribution, landforms and the seas, the resources of the earth, water, natural vegetation and animal life, soils, mineral fuels and ores. 3 credits Course Descriptions 163 GOG 122. CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY. Man and his environment: homeland and early migra- tions; modern migrations; present population distribution and problems; types of physical environ- ment and man’s adaptation to them; cultural diffusion; the spread of ideas, cultivated plants and the development of agriculture; the domestication and utilization of animals; the development of tech- nology. 3 credits GOG 131. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY. A general survey of the world distribution of productive occupations, emphasizing its relationship to physical factors and economic conditions; the theory of industrial location and localization; world patterns of trade and communication. 3 credits GOG 232. GEOGRAPHY OF THE CARIBBEAN. A comprehensive geographical survey of the Caribbean lands: similarities and diversities in the region; factors of physical and historical geogra- phy underlying political fragmentation; economic geography, with emphasis upon land use; current Caribbean problems; population, industrialization, selected regional studies. 3 credits HISTORY (HIS) HIS 181, 182. WORLD CIVILIZATIONS. A survey of the history of humankind from a global perspective, tracing its origins and development through neolithic settlements and the subsequent early civilizations into modern times. Attention is given to the origins of human culture and to the complex political, economic, social, religious and intellectual institutions as they coalesced and crystallized into civilizations in various regions of the planet. Among those are the proto-civiliza- tions of the Near East and Africa, the subsequent civilizations of Europe, the East, Africa, the Western Hemisphere and the global system that has emerged in modern times. Prerequisite: Suc- cessful exemption or completion of ENG 101/RCA 021. 3, 3 credits HIS 255, 256. AFRICAN CIVILIZATION. Historical survey of the several major culture areas of continental Africa. Comprises a comparative study of the ways by which the several African peoples treated have handled the basic problems of human existence: origin, survival, self-realization and destiny. (Also listed as ANT 255, 256 and SOC 255, 256.) 3, 3 credits HIS 257, 258. THE BLACK EXPERIENCE IN THE NEW WORLD. A study of the slave trade, the conditions of slavery, and the process of Black acculturation in the New World since emancipa- tion. HIS 256 is recommended as a preparatory course. (Also listed as ANT 257, 258 and SOC 257, 258.) 3, 3 credits HIS 261. AN INTRODUCTION TO THE HISTORY OF CARNIVAL AND CARIBBEAN CUL- TURE. This course introduces students to the history and development of the Trinidad-style Carni- val, a brief history of the carnivals in other Caribbean islands, the circumstances whereby the carni- vals reached North American and European cities and the laws, regulations and other social circum- stances that affected the music, dance and the many accompanying masquerades which today com- prise the festivals. Students will, through lectures, readings, workshops, research, class discussions, and visits to Carnival social sites, improve their skills of critical thinking and expression in relation to examining Caribbean carnival and culture. Prerequisite: SSC 100 or an introductory course in any of the Social Sciences. 3 credits HIS 320. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. A study of the political, social and economic developments in the United States from the early colonial period to the present. 3 credits HIS 323. HISTORY OF RUSSIA. Origins and early history of Russia. Establishment of relations between Russia and Western European countries and Russia’s expansion in Asia. The emergence of czarist Russia as a European and world power; Russia on the eve of revolution; the revolutions of 1917 and their impact upon Russian government, industry, agriculture, society and culture, Russian foreign policy since 1917. 3 credits Course Descriptions 164 HIS 324. HISTORY OF ASIA. History of the major countries of Asia from early times to the present day. Emphasis on changes in their internal social, political and economic conditions with an examination of Asia’s contribution to world history; relations between Asia and Europe; Asia under European influence; the growth of nationalism and the establishment of independence; Asian do- mestic and foreign policies since independence. 3 credits HIS 330. UNITED STATES-CARIBBEAN RELATIONS. An examination of the historical rela- tionship between the United States and the Caribbean from the colonial period. Emphasis will be placed on American policies toward the region and the ways in which those policies have affected American involvement in the internal affairs of Caribbean territories. The impact of the Caribbean on economic and social changes in the United States will also be examined. Various methodological approaches will be explored. 3 credits HIS 341. CARIBBEAN HISTORY. The history of the Caribbean area up to the present, with par- ticular emphasis on the development of social, political and economic institutions important for understanding the contemporary Caribbean. 3 credits HIS 342. HISTORY OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. The history of the Virgin Islands up to the present, with particular emphasis on the development of social, political and economic institutions important for understanding the contemporary Virgin Islands. 3 credits HIS 350. LATIN AMERICA SINCE INDEPENDENCE. An analytical study of the main political, economic and social developments in Latin America since the beginning of the period of national independence. 3 credits HIS 355, 356. CULTURAL HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA. Deals with the cultural history of the West African Sudan: the area between 7 and 17 degrees north latitude and extending from the northwestern border of Nigeria to the Atlantic Ocean. The period covered extends from the 7th to the 19th centuries which permits a discussion of the rise and flowering of the various peoples involved: Ghana, Mali, Sosso, Songhay, Wolof-Serer and the Fulani. (Also listed as ANT 355, 356 and SOC 355, 356.) 3, 3 credits HIS 380. EUROPEAN EXPANSION AND IMPERIALISM. Deals with the conditions which led Europeans overseas, with the activities of Europeans in their own colonies and in independent countries, and with the effect of European expansion upon the societies outside Europe and upon Europe itself. The period covered extends from about 1400 to the present Europe and the overseas territories to each other. 3 credits HONORS PROGRAM (HON) HON 101. HONORS INTRODUCTORY SEMINAR. This interdisciplinary seminar is a writing- intensive course designed to develop exceptional scholars and citizens in the context of the complex issues and challenges involved in applying knowledge and learning to personal and public lives. This broad context includes the meaning of life and personal identity, the place of sports in develop- ing countries, the role of technology and its effect on communication, education systems of various cultures, ways of knowing and belief systems, politics in a global society, ways we relate to each other and the world, and the place of the arts in society. Within this context students explore how knowledge is generated, criticized and verified in the various academic disciplines and paradigms; how knowledge derived from one discipline and paradigm compares and contrasts with knowledge derived from other disciplines and paradigms; how to be critical consumers of research and knowl- edge. Required of participants in the UVI Honors Program, this course is also open to other students on a space-available and instructor-approved basis. 3 credits Course Descriptions 165 HON 201. HONORS RESEARCH THEORY AND METHODS. This interdisciplinary seminar explores approaches to scholarly investigations. It examines practical methods for finding and using currently available knowledge, and reviews the theoretical basis for research methods that reveal new knowledge. Required of participants in the UVI Honors Program, this course is also open to other students on a space-available and instructor-approved basis. 3 credits HON 301. DEVELOPMENT, ANALYSIS AND COMMUNICATION OF ETHICAL POSITIONS. A seminar series which introduces students to frameworks of ethical/moral behavior and judgments, provides practice in applying these frameworks to personal choices/decisions and to issues in soci- ety, establishes an awareness of ethical issues and implications in a wide variety of personal, profes- sional and social contexts, develops the ability to analyze, articulate and defend ethical arguments, and encourages students to adopt a personal set of ethical guidelines and standards to guide their actions. Case studies analyzing personal and private choices, decisions and directions from an ethi- cal point of view are emphasized and students are encouraged to examine critically the positions taken by public figures and by their student colleagues. Required of participants in the UVI Honors Program, this course is also open to other students on a space-available and instructor-approved basis. 3 credits HON 401, 402. HONORS THESIS/PROJECT. The Honors Thesis/Project is the capstone experi- ence for all Honors Program students. Students are expected to investigate a significant issue, orga- nization, movement, event or art form and to formally report in written (or via other appropriate modalities) and oral forms on their discoveries/creations. Students will be expected to ground their investigation theoretically and to justify selected methodologies used during their discovery pro- cess. The thesis/project will be approved in advance by the Honors Council and will be undertaken under the direction of a UVI faculty member. Students will be expected to display mastery of the content and delivery of the material in an oral defense of the thesis/project in front of the Honors Council and other students in the Honors Program. Required of participants in the UVI Honors Program, normally taken in two consecutive semesters. 3,3 credits HOTEL AND RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT (HRM) HRM 132. FUNDAMENTALS OF TOURISM. An introduction to the broad fields of travel and tourism. Among the topics covered are the historical, economic, social, cultural, psychological and marketing aspects of human travel and the tourism industry globally, and with a special focus on the Caribbean with an overview of guest expectations in food service, nutrition concerns of today’s consumers, menu management, automation, marketing, sanitation, and financial management. Prob- lems specific to restaurant operations in a Caribbean environment will be examined. 2 credits HRM 133. INTRODUCTION TO RESORT HOTEL MANAGEMENT. Exposure to the many career opportunities in resort hotels, with an overview of the organization and structure of resort operations. Responsibilities of managers and problems specific to resort operations in a Caribbean environment will be examined. Prerequisite: BUS 112. 2 credits HRM 134. INTRODUCTION TO RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT. The fundamentals of food and beverage management with an overview of guest expectations in food service, sanitation, and financial management. Problems specific to restaurant operations in a Caribbean environment will be examined. 2 credits HRM 232. HOSPITALITY SERVICES MARKETING. Provides students with basic knowledge to develop effective strategies and tactics specific to the marketing of hospitality services. Special emphasis will be placed on the development of a marketing plan for a Caribbean resort hotel to target and capture a specific niche within the leisure vacation market. Prerequisites: HRM 132, HRM 133, and HRM 134. 3 credits Course Descriptions 166 HRM 233. HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY COMPUTER SYSTEMS. A study of computer applica- tions for lodging and food and beverage operations. Covers hotel property management systems for service as well as management-oriented functions. Examines generic applications software, reser- vations systems, and other essential components of property management systems. Prerequisites: HRM 132, HRM 133 and HRM 134. 3 credits HRM 234. HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY ACCOUNTING. This course exposes students to hospi- tality accounting concepts, hotel revenue and expense accounting, tip reporting, minimum wage requirements, financial statements, and how they apply to each specific operation within the hospi- tality industry. Special emphasis will be on the study of the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels. Prerequisites: ACC 121-122; HRM 132, HRM 133, and HRM 134. 3 credits HRM 242. HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY PERSONNEL TRAINING. This course is designed to provide applications of proven training systems and methods for managers in the hospitality indus- try and covers the elements of training for a new or established hospitality operation. Topics covered include job analysis, job descriptions and specifications, training programs, coaching, counseling and performance reviews. Prerequisites: HRM 132, HRM 133, and HRM 134, and PSY 120 which may be taken concurrently. 3 credits HRM 243. FRONT OFFICE MANAGEMENT. This course presents a systematic approach to front office operations in a hotel with a step-by-step illustration of the guest cycle beginning with the reservation process and ending with the check-out and settlement of guest folios. Prerequisites: HRM 234 and HRM 233. 3 credits HRM 244. HOUSEKEEPING MANAGEMENT. Provides an overview of all aspects of house- keeping management principles and practices relative to the internal maintenance and cleaning of lodging facilities and supplies. Room preparation, cleanliness, record keeping, scheduling and in- spection, and departmental organization will be covered. Prerequisite: HRM 242. 3 credits HRM 245. FOOD AND BEVERAGE COST CONTROL. The control of costs in food and bever- age operations will be studied. Students will gain an understanding of the planning and control process focusing on products, labor, material, and sales income and learn to implement effective cost-control procedures. Sanitation management and strategies for avoiding food contamination and spoilage will be addressed. Prerequisites: HRM 233 and HRM 242. 3 credits HRM 246. BAR AND BEVERAGE MANAGEMENT. This course is designed to expose students to the identification, use and service of wines and other alcoholic beverages. The various elements of beverage operations including purchasing, control, merchandising and bar management are ana- lyzed. Special emphasis will be placed on the management of service in food and beverage opera- tions. Prerequisite: HRM 242. 3 credits HRM 250. INTERNSHIP. A work/study program arranged on an individual student basis with participating hospitality organizations. Each student will be assigned an individual division faculty member as sponsor and counselor who will assist and supervise the student through his or her work/ study experience. Both the student and the sponsoring hospitality organization will establish practi- cal learning goals and provide periodic feedback to the division on progress toward meeting these goals. Students will be required to render periodic written and oral reports on their internship expe- rience. They will also be required to participate in professional development activities and intern- ship seminars. Prerequisites: 18 credit hours of HRM courses. 3 credits Course Descriptions 167 HUMAN SERVICES HMS 310. INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES. This course is one of two dedicated courses that will be offered concurrently to concentrators in Human Services. Combined with its sister course, a practical field placement and seminar, this course will teach basic counseling skills and agency based intervention principles and techniques to neophyte human service workers and coun- selors. The theoretical underpinnings of the discipline, as well as opportunities for experiential learning both in interactive and field settings will be stressed. Prerequisites: Soc 224, Psy 203. Corequisite: HMS 375. 3 credits HMS 375. FIELD PLACEMENT AND SEMINAR. The course consists of a required placement for the student in a local agency providing human or social intervention, under appropriate supervi- sion, and with opportunities for group and individual supervision as the student is developing basic skills in assessing problems, developing goals, and learning techniques for intervention. Corequisite: HMS 310. 3 credits HUMANITIES (HUM) HUM 115. INTRODUCTION TO HUMANITIES. This interdisciplinary course provides students with exposure to seven fields within Caribbean Arts and Humanities: Music, Dance, Verse, Oralty, Theater, Visual Arts and Film. Students will gain exposure to the breadth of values carried in artistic and other traditional media. This course is participatory and includes performance, discussion, lec- ture and demonstration. Prerequisite: SPE 120, ENG 120. 3 credits HUM 210. VIRGIN ISLANDS CULTURE. A Humanities-based interdisciplinary course, designed to develop in each student a fundamental understanding of the cultural history of the Virgin Islands, the context in which it developed and the challenges presently dictating its destiny. The primary content is the evolving cultural development of the people of the Virgin Islands, focusing on linguis- tic factors, narrative phenomena, the media, education, art, music, religion and ethics. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits HUM 497-498. SENIOR HUMANITIES SEMINAR. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in the various fields of the humanities. Each student will present one seminar per semester. Meets one hour weekly. Required of all majors of the Humanities division. Prerequisite: Senior standing in the Humanities. 1-1 credit JAPANESE (JAP) JAP 121-122. INTRODUCTION TO JAPANESE. Students will develop and practice speaking and listening skills in Japanese. The course emphasizes the importance of speaking according to what is grammatically and culturally appropriate in a given setting, rather than through direct translation of what would be appropriate in your native language in a similar setting. No previous study of Japa- nese is required. 5-5 credits JAP 221-222. INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE. Intensive practice in Japanese conversation, empha- sizing development of vocabulary, grammar and usage appropriate to cultural context. Kana and kanji writing will be introduced. Prerequisite: JAP 122. 5-5 credits Course Descriptions 168 MARINE BIOLOGY (MBI) MBI 220. MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. The evolutionary relationships, classification and life histories of major groups of marine Metazoa. Methods of collection, preservation and identification will be stressed in the laboratory sessions. Three lectures and six hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: BIO 141-142. (Also listed as BIO 220.) 5 credits MBI 222. ICHTHYOLOGY. The systematics, evolution and ecology of fishes with emphasis on tropical inshore coral reef fauna. Three lectures, one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: BIO 141-142. 4 credits MBI 397. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I. Introduces basic strategies and techniques for locating and presenting scientific information. Students conduct bibliographic searches of scientific litera- ture. Students are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Prerequisite: Junior standing as a biology major. 1 credit MBI 398. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR II. Students Learn various methods for organizing mate- rials for scientific presentation, such as preparing a poster based on a science journal article. Stu- dents are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Prerequisite: MBI 397 or equivalent. 1 credit MBI 424. MARINE ECOLOGY. Principles and procedures utilized in marine ecological research. Emphasis will be placed on the levels of organization and the interactions seen within and among marine ecosystems. Three lectures per week and three hours of laboratory which may take form of scheduled field trips. Prerequisites: BIO 223 and at least one of the following courses MBI 220, MSC 239, BIO 349 or MBI 222. 4 credits MBI 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN MARINE BIOLOGY. Selection may include marine bio- chemistry, ichthyology, phycology, microbiology, pollution ecology, fisheries biology, etc. Prereq- uisite: 16 hours of laboratory science. Specific prerequisites (depending on the topic), along with a course description, will be announced prior to preregistration time. 4, 4 credits MBI 495, 466. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN MARINE BIOLOGY. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or study in areas associated with their academic field but outside of prescribed courses. Student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit for approval a proposal to the Division Chair at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Student may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of six credits. Proposals must also include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits in some combination of BIO, MBI, CHE, PHY, CSC, and MAT with a minimum grade point average of 2.5. Co-requisite: BIO 295. 4, 4 credits Course Descriptions 169 MBI 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a divisional committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits of BIO or MBI courses with a grade point average of 2.5. 1 to 4 credits MBI 497, 498. SENIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in the various fields of science. Each student will present one seminar per semester. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Required of all science seniors. Prerequisite: MBI 397, 398. 1, 1 credit MARINE SCIENCE (MSC) MSC 111. OPEN WATER SCIENTIFIC DIVING. A study of the fundamentals of the use of SCUBA for access to shallow marine coastal environments and for the study of marine organisms and eco- systems. One lecture and one three-hour training session weekly. Corequisite: A science course that satisfies the general education requirement. Prerequisites: satisfactory completion of a medical ex- amination designed for divers and demonstration of adequate swimming capabilities. This course is designed primarily for science majors; non-science majors must have Division Chair’s approval before registration. 1 credit MSC 211. RESEARCH DIVING. Designed to give the student the fundamentals of underwater navigation, surveying, search and light salvage techniques, underwater photography, and biological sampling techniques. One lecture and one three-hour field session per week. Prerequisites: BIO 142, MSC 111 (or previous open-water certification, with at least 10 logged SCUBA dives, and successful completion of both a swim test and a SCUBA proficiency test), certification of adequate medical health for SCUBA diving. 2 credits MSC 239. OCEANOGRAPHY. An introduction to physical, chemical, biological and geological oceanography. Major topics include properties of ocean water, instruments and observational meth- ods, chemistry of sea water, ocean currents, surface and internal waves, fisheries biology, marine ecology, bathymetry and marine geology, beach processes, pollution problems and management of marine resources. Three lectures and one laboratory session per week, field trips. Prerequisites: BIO 141-142. 4 credits MSC 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. An elective course on topics in the marine science field, designed primarily (1) to educate undergraduates with junior or senior standing in areas of special interest, and ( 2) to meet regional needs. Selections may include marine technology, pollution prob- lems, marine resource management and marine affairs. May be repeated for credit provided differ- ent topic is selected. Prerequisites: To be announced with each topic. 1 to 4 credits Course Descriptions 170 MATHEMATICS (MAT) MAT 023-024. These two courses are designed to provide the basic skills necessary to succeed in university-level mathematics and mathematics dependent courses. They are intended only for stu- dents who have inadequate pre-university preparation in mathematics. Students whose college en- trance examinations scores indicate possible weakness will take a mathematics diagnostic test at the time of entrance to the university to determine whether one or both of these courses will be required. Incoming students are encouraged to review their mathematics skills and knowledge so that they can demonstrate their preparedness for a mathematics course for credit towards a degree. MAT 023. INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA CONCEPTS AND SKILLS, PART I. Conceptual understanding of numerical concepts and operations (signed numbers, fractions, decimals, per- cents); variables; equations; the geometric concepts of length, area, and volume. Elementary under- standing of the function concept using numerical tables and graphs. Solution of first degree equa- tions in one variable. Integer exponents; scientific notation; operations on polynomials. Emphasis is on conceptual understanding and problem solving in applications in context. 4 non-degree credits MAT 024. INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA CONCEPTS AND SKILLS, PART 2. Elementary study of linear and quadratic functions; integer and rational exponents and radicals; solutions of equations and inequalities. Emphasis is on conceptual understanding and problem solving in appli- cations in context. Graphical, numerical, and algebraic approaches are used throughout and skills are used both as problem solving tools and as a source of problems. 4 non-degree credits MAT 140. COLLEGE ALGEBRA WITH APPLICATIONS. Students will be introduced to some of the basic ideas of Algebra and will apply these ideas through various projects based in industry, education, society, government, and to the natural and physical models of the world and its human environment. Logic and systematic approaches to problem solving will be emphasized including verbal, written, and symbolic descriptions of problems, approaches, and outcomes. Use of appropri- ate technology (e.g. Graphics Calculator) will be included within lectures and student assignments. Topics will include linear, quadratic, polynomial, discrete, exponential and logarithmic functions, reading and creating graphs, geometry, and applications of these topics. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Eng 101/RCA 021, MAT 023 and MAT 024 (or MAT 021 and MAT 022) a 490 or above SAT Math score or a satisfactory score on the mathematics diagnostic examination. 4 credits MAT 143. PRECALCULUS ALGEBRA. Fundamental concepts of college algebra and a prepara- tion for calculus. Topics will include factoring, integer and rational exponents, simplifying algebraic expressions, solving equations and inequalities, the function notation, polynomial and rational func- tions, exponential and logarithmic functions, graphs of functions and applications. This course is designed for students majoring in science, engineering, and mathematics or intending to take MAT 241-242. While topics are the same as for MAT 141, there is more theoretical coverage and empha- sis, a greater depth of understanding is required, and additional material on applications is included. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MAT 023 and MAT 024 (or MAT 021 and MAT 022) or a 490 or above SAT Math score or a satisfactory score on the mathematics diagnostic examination. 4 credits MAT 142. COLLEGE TRIGONOMETRY. Fundamental concepts of trigonometry and a prepara- tion for calculus. Topics will include angle measurement, the circular functions and their graphs, laws of sines and cosines, solution of triangles, solution of trigonometric equations, and inverse trigonometric functions, applications to vectors and complex numbers. Prerequisite: MAT 143. 4 credits (MAT 143 must be shown before MAT 142 because MAT 143 is a prerequisite for MAT 142. These are the only MAT courses with this peculiarity.) 4 credits Course Descriptions 171 MAT 215. INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER THEORY. Spring. Topics covered will include math- ematical induction, divisibility, prime numbers, congruences, some Diophantine equations and num- ber-theoretic functions. Prerequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. 3 credits MAT 232. CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES. A calculus course with emphasis on techniques, graphs and applications rather than theory. Topics include functions; lim- its, continuity and rates of change; the derivative; exponential and logarithmic functions; anti-differ- entiation; the definite integral; and functions of several variables. Prerequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. 4 credits MAT 233. DISCRETE MATHEMATICS. Fall. Introduction to the basic concepts and applications of number systems; sets, mappings, and relations; logical deduction and mathematical induction; elementary counting principles; Boolean algebra; graphs and digraphs. Prerequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. 3 credits MAT 235. INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS WITH APPLICATIONS. Students will be introduced to statistical concepts and will be required to interpret and communicate the results of statistical analyses. They will apply these concepts through projects based in local industry, education, gov- ernment, society, and natural and physical models of the world and its human environment. Topics include, but will not be limited to: introduction to technology for statistical analysis; graphical and descriptive techniques for summarizing data; measures of center; measures of spread; correlation; probability; design of experiments; sampling; analyzing relationships; statistical models; and hy- pothesis testing. Prerequisite; Successful completion of MAT 140 or 143 or satisfactory scores on department diagnostic examinations. 4 credits MAT 241-242. INTRODUCTION TO CALCULUS AND ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY I-II. Rates of change, derivatives, integration, transcendental functions, techniques of integration, determi- nants and linear equations, plane analytic geometry, hyperbolic functions, polar coordinates, vectors and parametric equations. Prerequisites: MAT 143-MAT 142. 4-4 credits MAT 257. MATHEMATICS AND THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. This course is a joint offer- ing of the Mathematics and Education Programs. The mathematics portion (3 hours per week) is a detailed examination of the mathematical content that is prerequisite for teaching elementary school mathematics. The development of methods and materials for the teaching of elementary school mathematics (1 hour per week) will be conducted by the Education faculty. Demonstration teaching and student teaching experiences are important aspects of all segments of this course. During the semester, concurrent field experiences under the auspices of the Education Division will consist of one two-hour session per week assisting selected faculty in a public elementary school with instruc- tion in mathematics. Prerequisites: Mathematics general education requirement and EDU 250. (Also listed as EDU 257). 5 credits MAT 261. LINEAR ALGEBRA. Fall. A study of systems of linear equations, echelon matrices and Gaussian elimination; matrix operations, inverses and determinants; vector spaces, subspaces, lin- ear independence, basis and dimension, orthonormal bases; linear transformations, kernel and im- age, matrix representations, change of basis, eigenvalues, eigenvectors and diagonalization of sym- metric matrices; applications. Prerequisite: MAT 241 (may be taken concurrently). 4 credits MAT 301. MODERN GEOMETRY. Fall, even years. A rigorous treatment of the basic concepts of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry including Euclid’s axioms, Hilbert’s axioms, hyperbolic geometry, Riemannian geometry, models, and the historical and philosophical implications of the study of non-Euclidean geometry. Prerequisite: MAT 242. 3 credits Course Descriptions 172 MAT 325. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. Fall. Representation of numbers and rounding error; nu- merical solution of equations; quadrature; polynomial and spline interpolation; numerical approxi- mation of functions; numerical solution of initial and boundary value problems. Prerequisites: MAT 261 (previously or concurrently) and knowledge of a programming language. 3 credits MAT 332. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS. Spring, even years. A mathematically rigorous treat- ment of statistics. Topics will include probability distributions for discrete and continuous random variables, expected values, point and interval estimators, hypothesis testing, least-squares estima- tors and nonparametric tests. Prerequisites: MAT 242. 3 credits MAT 341-342. INTERMEDIATE CALCULUS I (Fall) and II (Spring). Polar coordinates, conic sections, indeterminate forms, improper integrals, Taylor’s formula with remainder, sequences and series, vectors and analytic geometry in two and three dimensions, partial differentiation, directional derivatives, gradients, extrema, line integrals, multiple integration and applications. Prerequisite: MAT 242. 3-3 credits MAT 344. PROBABILITY. Fall, odd years. Probabilities of events on discrete and continuous sample spaces; random variable and probability distributions; expectations; transformations; sim- plest kind of law of large numbers and central limit theorem. The theory is applied to problems in physical and biological sciences. Prerequisites: MAT 242. 3 credits MAT 346. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Spring. Solutions of ordinary differential equations; LaPlace transforms. Prerequisite: MAT 342 (may be taken concurrently). 4 credits MAT 348. COMPLEX VARIABLES. Spring of odd years. This course serves as an introduction to the theory of complex variables, covering the beginning topics considered standard for the subject. Topics include the algebra of complex numbers, geometry of the complex plane, elementary func- tions, Taylor and Laurent series, residue calculus, and conformal mapping. Corequisite: MAT 341. 3 credits MAT 352. Mathematical Modeling. Fall, odd years. Mathematical modeling of physical systems with examples drawn from diverse disciplines such as traffic flow, biology. Prerequisite: MAT 261. 3 credits MAT 362. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I. Fall, odd years. A study of the elementary properties of groups, rings and fields. Definitions, properties and proofs will be emphasized. Prerequisites: MAT 261 and MAT 215 or MAT 233. 3 credits MAT 386. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF MATHEMATICS. Spring, odd years. A survey of mathematics in its historical and cultural milieux. Prerequisite: MAT 241-242. 3 credits MAT 397, 398. JUNIOR MATHEMATICS SEMINAR I, II. Topics of interest and importance to mathematics majors will be presented by faculty, visiting scholars, senior mathematics majors, and junior mathematics majors. An opportunity for exposure to mathematics not normally covered in class and for the development of mathematical thinking. Prerequisite: Junior mathematics major. Corequisite: MAT 341. 1/2, 1/2 credits MAT 441. INTRODUCTORY ANALYSIS I. Spring, odd years. An introduction to mathematical analysis. Rigorous treatment of limits, continuity, and differentiation analysis. Prerequisite: MAT 341. 3 credits MAT 442. INTRODUCTORY ANALYSIS II. Fall, odd years. A continuation of Mat 441. Rigorous treatment of integration, infinite series, and function sequences. Prerequisite: MAT 441. 3 credits Course Descriptions 173 MAT 458. TOPOLOGY. Fall, even years. Sets, closed sets, open sets, homeomorphisms and con- tinuous mappings, connectedness, compactness. An introduction to homology theory. Corequisite: MAT 341. 3 credits MAT 461. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II. Spring, even years. Selected topics in algebra, including groups, integral domains, fields, field extensions and module theory. Prerequisite: MAT 362. 3 credits MAT 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Dependent upon the needs and interests of the students and faculty. Topics may include advanced study in linear algebra, complex analysis, geometry, real analysis, mathematical probability, statistics, or mathematical education. Prerequisite: To be an- nounced with each topic. 3, 3 credits MAT 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn aca- demic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/em- ployment supervisor and submitted to a divisional committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: MAT 341 with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5. 1 to 4 credits MAT 497, 498. SENIOR MATHEMATICS SEMINAR I, II. Topics of interest and importance to mathematics majors; an opportunity for development of independent skills. Prerequisites: MAT 397, MAT 398 and senior mathematics major. Corequisite: MAT 441. 1, 1 credit MAT 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Reading and problem-solving in a non-elementary area of mathematics not otherwise available for the student. May be repeated for credit provided different topics are studied, but a student may not accumulate more than five credits. A written proposal must be submitted by the student. Prerequisites: Permission of a full-time faculty member and approval of the Mathematics Coordinator. 1 to 3 credits MILITARY SCIENCE AND LEADERSHIP (MSL) MSL 101. FOUNDATIONS OF OFFICERSHIP. Introduces students to issues and competencies that are central to a commissioned officer's responsibilities. Establishes framework for understand- ing officership, leadership, and Army values followed and "life skills" such as physical fitness and time management. 1 credit MSL 102. BASIC LEADERSHIP. Establishes foundation of basic leadership fundamentals such as problem solving, communications, briefings and effective writing, goal setting, techniques for im- proving listening and speaking skills and an introduction to counseling. Prerequisite: MSL 101. 1 credit MSL 201. INDIVIDUAL LEADERSHIP STUDIES. Students identify successful leadership char- acteristics through observation of others and self through experiential learning exercises. Students record observed traits (good and bad) in a dimensional leadership journal and discuss observations in small group settings. Prerequisite: MSL 102. 2 credits MSL 202. LEADERSHIP AND TEAMWORK. Students examine how to build successful teams, various methods for influencing action, effective communication in setting and achieving goals, the importance of timing the decision, creativity in the problem solving process, and obtaining team buy-in through immediate feedback. Prerequisite: MSL 201. 2 credits Course Descriptions 174 MSL 301. LEADERSHIP AND PROBLEM SOLVING. Students conduct self-assessment of lead- ership style, develop personal fitness regimen, and learn to plan and conduct individual/small unit tactical training while testing reasoning and problem-solving techniques. Students receive direct feedback on leadership abilities. Prerequisite: MSL 202 or previous military experience in the Army or in the National Guard or successful completion of the 28-day training camp in Fort Knox, Ken- tucky. 3 credits MSL 302. LEADERSHIP AND ETHICS. Examines the role communications, values, and ethics play in effective leadership. Topics include ethical decision-making, consideration of others, spiritu- ality in the military, and survey Army leadership doctrine. Emphasis on improving oral and written communication abilities. Prerequisite: MSL 301. 3 credits MSL 401. LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT. Develops student proficiency in planning and executing complex operations, functioning as a member of a staff, and mentoring subordinates. Students explore training management, methods of effective staff collaboration, and developmental counseling techniques. Prerequisite: MSL 302. 3 credits MSL 402. OFFICERSHIP. Study includes case study analysis of military law and practical exer- cises on establishing an ethical command climate. Students must complete a Senior Leadership Project that requires them to plan, organize, collaborate, analyze, and demonstrate their leadership skills. Prerequisite: MSL 401. 3 credits MUSIC (MUS) Music Theory MUS 101-102. SIGHT SINGING/EAR TRAINING I-II. The study of basic sight singing/ear train- ing/diction of isolated rhythms, intervals, single melodic lines, and melodic rhythmic passages for three and four part harmonies. Prerequisite: The successful completion of the Music Theory En- trance Examination or MUS 124. Corequisites: MUS 103-104. 1-1 credits MUS 103-104. MUSIC THEORY I-II. The study of functional harmony including scales, modes, intervals, chords, sight-seeing, melodic-harmonic dictation and elementary compositional techniques. Prerequisite: Successful completion of placement exam in music theory or MUS 124. 3 credits MUS 124. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. Nature of music expression and elements of music including rhythm, melody, harmony, form and color. 3 credits MUS 201-202. MUSIC THEORY III-IV. The use of non-harmonic tones, modulation, the sequence, chromatically altered chords, sevenths, extended tertian harmonies, and the study of harmonic pro- gression. Prerequisite: MUS 104. 3-3 credits MUS 302. FORM AND ANALYSIS. A study and analysis of music literature including a review of music materials and their functions in musical form. Prerequisite: MUS 301. 2 credits MUS 401. ORCHESTRATION AND ARRANGING. A study of the fundamentals of writing for vocal and instrumental ensembles including voicings, instrumentation, registration and the techni- cal limitations of various orchestral instruments. Prerequisite: MUS 302. 3 credits Course Descriptions 175 Music History and Literature MUS 206, 207. MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE. A survey of the major style periods in Western art music from antiquity to the 20th century. Chronological examination of works by prin- cipal composers. Outstanding stylistic characteristics in each period are differentiated against the backdrop of historical and sociological development. Prerequisite: MUS 104. 3, 3 credits MUS 290. MUSIC LAW. Examination of the United States code pertaining to copyright. Basic principles of music contracts and taxation as they relate to the creative musician. Study of American Federation of Musicians’ regulations as they relate to the performing and non-performing musician. 2 credits Music Education/Education MUE 311. CONDUCTING TECHNIQUES. A study in fundamental conducting techniques; obser- vation and practice in conducting choral and instrumental ensembles including problems in score reading and transposition. 3 credits MUE 312. TEACHING MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. A study of the general music curriculum, material, activities and vocal music instruction for primary and intermediate grades. For music majors only. (Also listed as EDU 312.) 3 credits MUE 321. BRASS AND PERCUSSION METHODS. Fundamentals of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments to students in elementary and secondary school instrumental music programs. 2 credits MUE 322. WOODWIND METHODS. Fundamentals of playing and teaching woodwind instru- ments to students in elementary and secondary school instrumental music programs. 2 credits MUE 411. TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. A study of the music curriculum, methods and materials in junior and senior high school general music, vocal and instrumental music programs. Instruction in music theory and literature at the senior high school level emphasizing the use of instructional and program objectives. For music majors only. (Also listed as EDU 411.) 3 credits MUE 412. STUDENT TEACHING AND SEMINAR IN MUSIC. Provides observation, participa- tion and direct teaching-learning situations in various phases of elementary and secondary school music and music-related activities under the joint supervision of a University music instructor and public school classroom teacher. Prerequisites: MUS 312 and MUS 411 with a minimum grade of “C” in each. (Also listed as EDU 412.) 6 credits Music Performance MUS 132. CONCERT BAND. The study and performance of standard and contemporary literature for concert band. Three hours per week. Prerequisite: Audition. (May be repeated for credit.) 1 credit MUS 133. JAZZ ENSEMBLE. Study and performance of standard and experimental literature from all styles of the Afro-American idiom. Emphasis on Caribbean, jazz and jazz/rock styles. Three hours per week. Prerequisite: Audition. (May be repeated for credit.) 1 credit MUS 134. STEEL PAN ENSEMBLE. A review of the historical background of pan and the study and performance of standard and contemporary literature for steel band with emphasis on Carib- bean and West Indian repertoire. Prerequisites: Knowledge and skill on the steel pan, and admission by audition. 1 credit Course Descriptions 176 MUS 140. CLASS STEEL PAN. The student examines techniques and methods essential to the mastery of the steel pan. Emphasis will be placed on the historical and artistic development of the instrument as a performance medium, ensemble participation, and skills related to reading music. 1 credit MUS 151-152. CLASS GUITAR. Basic instruction in guitar performance for beginners and inter- mediate guitarists. The courses are designed for non-music majors and community residents inter- ested in studying folk and popular guitar styles. 1-1 credit MUS 161-162, 261-262, 361-362, 461-462. APPLIED MUSIC. Vocal, keyboard and instrumental instruction in the student’s principal area of music study. The areas of instruction are as follows: voice, piano, woodwinds, brass and percussion. One hour lesson per week. Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Declaration of major in music or audition. 2-2, 2-2, 2-2, 2-2 credit MUS 173-174, 273-274. SECONDARY PIANO. Instruction in elementary piano technique. All major and minor scales in four octaves in addition to major and minor chords and arpeggios. Re- quired of voice and instrumental majors. Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Declara- tion of major in music or audition. 1-1, 1-1 credit MUS 175-176, 275-276. SECONDARY VOICE. Instruction in elementary voice technique. Study of vocal anatomy, development of proper breathing, breath control and posture in addition to all vowels and consonants. Required of piano majors. Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Declaration of major in music or audition. 1-1, 1-1 credit MUS 177-178. SECONDARY BRASS. The student will study the techniques and methods of elementary to intermediate brass performance. The student will be exposed to the theoretical and practical aspects of music and brass performance. 1-1 credit MUS 179-180. SECONDARY WOODWIND. The student will study the techniques and methods of elementary to intermediate woodwind performance. The student will be exposed to the theoreti- cal and practical aspects of music and woodwind performance. 1-1 credit MUS 185-186. SECONDARY PERCUSSION. The student will study the techniques and methods of elementary to intermediate percussion performance. The student will be exposed to the theoreti- cal and practical aspects of music and percussion performance. 1-1 credit MUS 181-182. CLASS PIANO I-II. Instruction in fundamentals of keyboard performance consist- ing of scales, chords, arpeggios and basic piano literature. For non-music majors. 1-1 credit MUS 183. CLASS VOICE I. A course for the non-music major interested in learning basic vocal theory aiming to master basic fundamentals in singing which includes learning to recognize and solve vocal problems. 1 credit MUS 184. CLASS VOICE II. A course for the non-music major interested in learning performance techniques. 1 credit MUS 242. CONCERT CHOIR. The study and presentation of standard and contemporary choral literature for mixed voices. Choral training and performances at concerts, University ceremonies and functions. Three hours per week. Prerequisite: Audition. (May be repeated for credit.) 1 credit MUS 281.CLASS PIANO III. Designed to serve as a continuation of MUS 182. Instruction will be given on the intermediate level in keyboard performance and music theory through the study of scales, chords, arpeggios, music terms and selected piano literature. For non-music majors. Prereq- uisite: MUS 182. 1 credit Course Descriptions 177 MUS 282. CLASS PIANO IV. Designed to serve as a continuation of Music 281. Instruction will be given on the advanced level in keyboard performance and music theory through the study of scales, chords, arpeggios, music terms and selected piano literature. For non-music majors. Prereq- uisite: MUS 281. 1 credit MUS 283. CLASS VOICE III. A course for the non-music major interested in learning the compo- nents of artistry in singing. 1 credit MUS 284. CLASS VOICE IV. A course for the non-music major interested in becoming familiar with and examining song literature for different voice types. 1 credit NATURAL SCIENCE (NSC) NSC 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NATURAL SCIENCE I. A review of the underlying concepts common to all of the natural sciences, with emphasis on the interrelationships of natural phenom- ena. Principles and applications from astronomy, chemistry, earth sciences and physics will be con- sidered. 3 hours lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Some lab sessions may take the form of scheduled field trips. Prerequisite: ENG 101/RCA 021 or a satisfactory score on the placement exam, or SAT exemption. Corequisite: MAT 141 or MAT 143. 4 credits NSC 102. FOUNDATIONS OF NATURAL SCIENCE II. An introduction to living systems with a focus on the molecular basis of life, the diversity of living organisms, the mechanism of species changes and the ecology of natural populations and communities. Further emphasis will be placed on the natural history of the Caribbean region and current topics in human biology. Three lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Some lab sessions may take the form of scheduled field trips. Prerequisite: NSC 101 or CHE 151 or PHY 211 or PHY 241. 4 credits NSC 103. OCEANS AND MAN. An introduction to the physical, chemical and biological aspects of the ocean with emphasis upon the interrelationship between man and the ocean. Three lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Some lab sessions may take the form of scheduled field trips. Prerequisite: NSC 101 or CHE 151 or PHY 211 or PHY 241. 4 credits NSC 104. ASTRONOMY. A study of the properties and theories of evolution of the earth, sun, solar system, galaxy and universe with emphasis on the experimental techniques employed by astrono- mers. Three lecture hours and three hours of laboratory weekly. Astronomical observations will constitute an important part of the laboratory exercises. Prerequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. 4 credits NSC 200. TOPICS IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES. Current topics in various scientific fields primarily for non-majors. The specific topic of each course will be listed in the class schedule. Topics might include galaxies, current geological processes, Caribbean biogeography, molecular structure, oil and its by-products, man and the environment, human biology, resources and man. May be repeated for credit provided different topics are selected. Prerequisite: One year of science. 3 credits NURSING (NUR) NUR 011. BASIC SCIENCE CONCEPTS FOR NURSING. This course is designed to expose students to the basic concepts of the general sciences in order to better prepare them for successful completion of the required science courses in the nursing program. It includes the concepts of basic biology, chemistry, physics, and anatomy. Approaches to problem solving, time management tech- niques, study aids and study techniques, as they relate to the sciences, are also presented. 2 non-degree credits Course Descriptions 178 NUR 021. STRATEGIES FOR SUCCESS IN NURSING. This course is designed to expose the pre-nursing student to the basic principles and concepts necessary for the successful completion of NUR 131/132. Development of student awareness of communication skills and principles of health are introduced. Critical thinking and problem solving are incorporated throughout the course of study. 2 non-degree credits NUR 100. MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY. This course is designed to include the basic structure of medical words, including prefixes, suffixes, roots, combination forms and plurals. Pronunciation, spelling and definitions of medical and pathophysiological terms related to all body systems are emphasized. 1 credit NUR 104. DRUG DOSAGE CALCULATION. This course presents concepts necessary for the calculation and administration of oral and parenteral medication dosages. Two lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: MAT023 and BIO151 with a grade of "C" or better. 2 credits NUR 113. CLARIFICATION OF THE SOCIAL SELF. In this course the student will explore communication and listening, conflict-resolution, assertiveness and decision-making as they apply to individuals in an interpersonal context. Values clarification and ethical decision-making exer- cises will be used in structured and unstructured group learning activities, as well as readings and discussion. Prerequisites: ENG 100/WAC 011, ENG 101/RCA 021, or SAT exemption. 3 credits NUR 120. FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING. This introductory course is designed to acquaint the student with the philosophy and conceptual framework of the nursing program. Foci of the course will be on the history of nursing, the nursing process, man and his environmental interaction as a dynamic unit, life events as they affect clients’ movement toward their optimal potential, and the communication process. Definitions of nursing are explored in order to increase the student’s un- derstanding of the nurse’s diverse roles in providing health care. Prerequisite CHEM 111.2 credits NUR 121. CONCEPTS OF NURSING. Intended for graduate or registered nurses entering the BSN program, the course is designed to prepare the student to utilize concepts of communication, professionalization and the nursing process as they relate to the conceptual framework of the cur- riculum. Focus will be on health, man and man’s environmental interactions. Students will reflect on their experiences in order to explore a definition of nursing. This exploration will serve as a basis for examining the evaluation and projected expectations of nursing roles in terms of professional practice. 2 credits NUR 131. NURSING SKILL ACQUISITION. This associate degree nursing course introduces the student to all the assessment, therapeutic and collaborative-teaching skills identified by the faculty to be the responsibility of the registered nurse. This is a campus nursing skill lab course in which the student is introduced to the art of nursing. One lecture hour and 6 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: SSC 100, FDS 100, WAC 011/ENG 100, RAC 021/ENG 101, PSY 120, BIO 151- 152, NUR 100, NUR 104, Computer Literacy Examination, BCLS certification. Corequisites: NUR 132, BIO 240. 3 credits NUR 132. INTRODUCTION TO THE NURSE-CLIENT SYSTEM. This associate degree nursing course introduces the multiple roles of the nurse within a system’s theory framework. Particular emphasis is placed on the role of the nurse as provider of care and the use of the nursing process to maintain or improve client health. Focus is on the elements of the internal and external environment which can affect health and how these can be assessed and modified. Pharmacology and nutrition are introduced as two important factors which can influence health. Nursing is explored in a variety of health care delivery systems, including community-based and acute care settings. 3 lecture hours and 3 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: SSC 100, FDS 100, WAC 011/ENG 100, RAC 021/ENG 101, PSY 120, BIO 151-152, NUR 100, NUR 104, Computer Literacy Examina- tion, BCLS certification. Corequisites: NUR 131, BIO 240. 4 credits Course Descriptions 179 NUR 142. NCS: ADULT I. This associate degree nursing course focuses on introductory concepts for the nursing care of adult clients with environmental factors affecting selected aspects of their health. A systems approach to the client/environment is utilized in both a classroom and clinical application setting. 5 lecture hours and 12 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 131, NUR 132, BIO 240. Corequisite: PSY 202. 9 credits NUR 207. HUMAN NUTRITION. This foundation course groups the various aspects of the sci- ence of nutrition into major areas: from basic nutritional science through discussions of the safety and adequacy of the food supply, interrelations of nutrients and metabolism, malnutrition during physiologic stress, nutrition in the prevention and treatment of disease and the application of nutri- tion practice. This course is designed for the nursing curriculum. However, the scientific facts of basic nutrition can be effectively utilized by students of other disciplines. Prerequisite: CHE 112 2 credits NUR 208. FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING. Fundamentals of Nursing introduces the student to the implementation of the nursing process with the well client. Focus is on the development of therapeutic nurse/client relationships and the learning of basic knowledge. The student will learn to initiate and execute the nursing process with the goal of fostering the client’s independence and maximizing his current state of health. The student is introduced to basic clinical nursing skills. Attention is also given to developing professional behaviors. The student will interact in a variety of settings with clients who are experiencing wellness and/or minimal alterations in their health states. Three and a half hours lecture and seven and a half hours laboratory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 120, CHE 112, ENG 120. Corequisites: PSY 202, BIO 261, NUR 207, and current CPR certifica- tion. 6 credits NUR 209. HEALTH ASSESSMENT. Develops knowledge and skills necessary to conduct a physi- cal assessment of an adult client. Will focus on data collection with emphasis on skills of history taking, inspection, auscultation, palpation and percussion. One hour lecture and three hours clinical laboratory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 120, NUR 121. Corequisite: BIO 261 NUR 208 or Ex- empt status. 2 credits NUR 228. NURSING ROLES WITH THE CHILDBEARING FAMILY. Presents theory essential to giving nursing care to families as they move through the childbearing cycle. Students will provide nursing care to mothers and neonates as they experience alterations in health states. Students will be given the opportunity to provide nursing care to families in a variety of health care settings, includ- ing the hospital, prenatal, postpartum/family planning, and newborn clinics. Clinical skills will be the focus of the campus lab. Three hours lecture and nine hours clinical laboratory per week. Prereq- uisites: NUR 208, NUR 209. Corequisites: BIO 262, PED 113 or current CPR certification. 6 credits NUR 229. PHARMACOLOGY IN NURSING. The focus in this course is the instruction of clinical pharmacology and drug therapy for client care management. Students are taught the principles of pharmacology and its application to the nursing process. Three hours lecture each week. Prerequi- site: NUR 208. 3 credits NUR 242. NCS: ADULT II. This associate degree nursing course presents advanced concepts nec- essary for the nursing care of the adult client who has complex or multiple environmental factors negatively impacting his health. There is a theoretical and clinical component with the student assuming responsibility for the nursing care of an increased number of clients in a variety of set- tings. Two lecture hours and 12 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 142. 6 credits Course Descriptions 180 NUR 243. NCS: CHILDBEARING FAMILY. This associate degree nursing course focuses on the knowledge and concepts necessary for the care of the childbearing family who is experiencing normal pregnancy, childbirth and neonatal adaptation to extrauterine life. The concept of anticipa- tory guidance and the role of the nurse as a teacher are emphasized. 2.5 lecture hours and 4.5 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite. NUR 142. Corequisite: NUR 242. 4 credits NUR 244. NCS: MENTAL HEALTH. In this associate degree nursing course, the student utilizes the nursing process and therapeutic communication to care for clients with common environmental factors affecting their mental health. Special emphasis is given to the role of manager of care, including advocacy and collaboration, in acute care and community mental health settings. The role of manager in the mental health care delivery system is introduced. As member within the discipline, students explore the legal and ethical framework in the mental health setting. 2.5 lecture hours and 4.5 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: NUR 242. 4 credits NUR 245. NCS: CHILD. This associate degree nursing course presents pediatric concepts applied in caring for the child/family as the child progresses through the different stages of development and is, therefore, vulnerable to complex factors that may affect health. The student assumes accountabil- ity for the nursing care of children/families in a variety of settings. 2.5 lecture hours and 4.5 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 242, NUR 243. 4 credits NUR 246. NCS. MANAGEMENT. This associate degree nursing course emphasizes the nurse’s role as manager of care. The student is introduced to the knowledge and skills required for the provision of integrated cost-effective care to clients by coordinating, supervising and/or collaborat- ing with members of the multi-disciplinary health care team. 1 lecture hour and 3 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 242, NUR 243. Corequisites: NUR 244, NUR 245. 2 credits NUR 308. NURSING ROLES IN ADULT CARE I. Focuses on the nurse’s role as caregiver through the use of the nursing process in assessing and managing care of adult patients with medical and surgical problems. Laboratory experiences are gained in acute care settings. Three hours lecture and six hours laboratory each week. Prerequisites: NUR 228, NUR 229. Corequisite: BIO 301, PED 113 or current CPR certification. 5 credits NUR 309. NURSING ROLES IN PEDIATRIC CARE. Focuses on the nurse’s role as caregiver with clients who range in age from infancy through adolescence experiencing acute and chronic health care problems. Clinical experiences will be in the hospital and clinic settings. Three hours lecture and six hours laboratory each week. Prerequisites: NUR 228, NUR 229. Corequisite: BIO 301, PED 113 or current CPR certification. 5 credits NUR 318. NURSING ROLES IN MENTAL HEALTH. This course focuses on the nursing care of clients of all age groups with psychological disturbances. In addition, the nurse’s role in the promo- tion of mental health will be addressed. Psychodynamics of specific client behaviors will be identi- fied and analyzed. Clinical experiences will be in a variety of mental health settings. Three hours lecture and six hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: NUR 308 or NUR 309. Corequisite: PED 113 or current CPR certification. 5 credits NUR 319. NURSING ROLES IN ADULT CARE II. Focuses on nursing management of the middle aged and older adult. There will be an emphasis on chronic conditions and rehabilitation. Students will explore how aging affects the physical, psychosocial and spiritual aspects of health. Clinical experiences will be in acute and extended care facilities. Three hours lecture and six hours labora- tory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 308 and NUR 309. Corequisite: PED 113 or current CPR certi- fication. 5 credits Course Descriptions 181 NUR 417. NURSING ROLES IN ADULT CARE III. Focuses on nursing management of complex medical/surgical conditions. There will be an emphasis on acute conditions that affect clients from all age groups. Students will have the opportunity to practice nursing interventions in a variety of acute and critical clinical settings. Three and a half hour lecture and seven and a half hours labora- tory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 318 and NUR 319. Corequisite: PED 113 or current CPR certi- fication. 6 credits NUR 418. NURSING ROLES IN COMMUNITY HEALTH. Focuses on the study of the family and the community as societal groupings and as consumers of health care services. Population aggregates will be analyzed in order to facilitate the application of the nursing process to various families and communities. Clinical experience will be in distributive care settings. Three and a half hours lecture and seven and a half hours laboratory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 318 and NUR 319. Corequisite: PED 113 or current CPR certification. 6 credits NUR 419. NURSING RESEARCH. The basic research process will be identified and described. Application of the basic research steps to the formulation and execution of research projects in the nursing literature will be studied. Students will be expected to utilize their knowledge of the re- search process and basic statistics to critique nursing studies and independently identify nursing research problems. Prerequisites: All 300-level Nursing courses Corequisite: MAT 235. 3 credits NUR 422. ISSUES IN NURSING. Will focus on professional issues including ethical, moral and legal aspects as they relate to nursing practice. The basic aim is to acquaint the student with those situations in which the nurse’s functions and responsibilities are affected by one’s values and con- temporary society. The course will assist the student in gaining a self awareness of those beliefs and attitudes which will impinge upon his or her performance as a member of the nursing profession. Prerequisite: All 300-level Nursing courses. 2 credits NUR 424. NURSING LEADERSHIP/CLINICAL ELECTIVE. Various nursing leadership roles appropriate for the beginning professional practitioner will be identified and examined. Topics rel- evant to the nurse’s enactment of specific leadership roles will be discussed. The clinical elective experience will provide an opportunity for the student to enact the role as a nurse leader to effect positive alterations within health care delivery. Roles may include those of charge nurse/clinical manager, teacher, staff developer, consumer advocate, small group leader, investigator or change agent. The student and professor jointly will select an appropriate setting in which course objectives can be fulfilled. Two hours lecture and nine hours laboratory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 417, NUR 418. Corequisites: PED 113 or current CPR certification. 5 credits PERSONAL LIFE (PLS) PLS 200. SELF MANAGEMENT: WELLNESS AND RISK. This course is taught from the inter- disciplinary view of nursing, physical education and psychology focusing on the development of the whole person. The central theme of the course is the concept of balance. This is a general education course required for baccalaureate students. It introduces concepts related to physical and psychosocial health and wellness. Specific content areas include high risk behaviors such as alco- hol, other substance use and sexuality issues. Wellness perspectives such as fitness, nutrition and stress management are presented. The course emphasizes the evaluation of these concepts in rela- tion to the individual’s own life style and supports the student as he/she explores their own behav- iors. Prerequisites: FDS 100, WAC 011, RCA 021. 2 credits Course Descriptions 182 PHILOSOPHY (PHI) PHI 200. CRITICAL THINKING. Students examine the basic principles of critical thinking with an emphasis on the use of criteria to evaluate issues; the development of extensive experience in con- structing, analyzing, evaluating, and presenting oral and written arguments. Students discover dif- ferent ways of knowing and exploring philosophical concepts through a variety of interdisciplinary literatures, and apply these concepts in the study of contemporary issues of society in everyday contexts, especially as promulgated in the mass media. Co-requisite: ENG 201. 3 credits PHI 231. INTRODUCTION TO EPISTEMOLOGY AND LOGIC. An introduction to various theories concerning the nature, extent and limitations of human knowledge. A study of the methods and principles used to distinguish logical from illogical thinking. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits PHI 232. INTRODUCTION TO METAPHYSICS AND HUMAN VALUES. An introduction to various ideas concerning the nature of reality and the foundation, meaning and purpose of human values. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits (Note: Either of the above courses satisfies the general education requirement in Philosophy.) PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH (PED) PED 111-112. FRESHMAN PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH. Health instruction, group exercise, and sports varieties. A program centered around the physical education needs of each student, with emphasis on the development of skill in individual and team sports which the student can use after leaving university. 1/2-1/2 credit PED 113. CARDIOPULMONARY RESUSCITATION. Instruction in American Heart Association approved techniques of cardiopulmonary resuscitation for victims of all ages (Module C). Students who complete the course with a grade of “C” or better will receive their CPR certificate cards. 1/2 credit PED 211-212. SOPHOMORE PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH. Continuation of Fresh- man Physical Education and Health. 1/2-1/2 credit PHYSICS (PHY) PHY 211-212. INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS I-II. An introduction to mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, magnetism, optics and modern physics. A terminal course in physics for nonphysical science majors. Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: MAT 142. PHY 241 may substitute for PHY 211 as a prerequisite for PHY 212. 4-4 credits PHY 241-242. GENERAL PHYSICS I-II. An introduction to mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, magnetism, optics and modern physics, with strong emphasis on a rigorous mathematical develop- ment of the science. Serves as a prerequisite for more advanced courses in the physical sciences and engineering. Four lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MAT 241-242 (may be taken concurrently). 5-5 credits PHY 311. CLASSICAL MECHANICS I. Statics and dynamics of systems of structureless particles and of rigid bodies, moving coordinate systems, gravitation and the Kepler problem. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: PHY 242. Corequisite: MAT 342. 3 credits Course Descriptions 183 PHY 312. CLASSICAL MECHANICS II. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations of classical mechanics, rotation of rigid bodies, theory of small vibrations. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PHY 311 and MAT 346 which may be taken concurrently. 3 credits PHY 321. ELECTROMAGNETISM. Advanced study of electromagnetic phenomena. Electro- static fields from Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations, magnetic fields, effects of dielectric and mag- netic materials, electromagnetic induction, Maxwell’s equations, propagation and radiation of elec- tromagnetic waves. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PHY 242 and MAT 346 which may be taken concurrently. 3 credits PHY 341. MODERN PHYSICS. The fundamental concepts of relativity and quantum physics. Application to atomic structure and spectra, blackbody function; solid-state physics, nuclei and elementary particles. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PHY 242 and MAT 342 which may be taken concurrently. 3 credits PHY 351. MODERN PHYSICS LABORATORY. Introduces the student to experimental research in physics. Crucial experiments in modern physics. Three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequi- site: PHY 341 which may be taken concurrently. 1 credit PHY 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN PHYSICS. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or study in areas associated with their academic field but outside of prescribed courses. Student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit for approval a proposal to the Division Chair at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Student may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of six credits. Proposals must also include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: PHY 242 with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.5. 1 to 4 credits PHY 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a divisional committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: PHY 242 with a minimum cumulative grade point aver- age of 2.5. 1 to 4 credits POLICE SCIENCE AND ADMINISTRATION (PSA) PSA 120. INTRODUCTION TO LAW ENFORCEMENT. The philosophy and history of law en- forcement agencies involved in the administration of criminal justice; processes of justice from detection of crime to parole of offender; evaluation of modern police services; survey of profes- sional career opportunities. 3 credits PSA 121. ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE. A review of court systems; procedures and agencies involved from incident of arrest to final disposition; principles of constitutional, federal, state, and local criminal and civil laws as they apply to and affect law enforcement; organization, procedures and techniques of law enforcement agencies and courts. Case histories will be used to create under- standing of major problems of administering justice and rehabilitating criminal offenders.3 credits Course Descriptions 184 PSA 122. CRIMINAL LAW. Elements of criminal law with definitions and general penalties; laws of arrest, search and seizure; rights and duties of officers and citizens. 3 credits PSA 125. CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION. Fundamentals of investigation; techniques of crime scene recording and search; collection and preservation of physical evidence; modus operandi processes; sources of information; interview and interrogation; follow up and case preparation; principles, procedures and techniques of investigation of specific crimes; laws affecting law enforcement re- garding gathering of evidence; actual crime scene investigation, including autopsy laboratory work. Prerequisites: PSA 120, PSA 121, PSA 122. 3 credits PSA 128. CRIME PREVENTION AND DELINQUENCY CONTROL. Planning and administra- tion of crime prevention methods; techniques of handling juvenile offenders and victims; preven- tion and repression of delinquency; diagnosis and referral; organization of community resources. Juvenile law and juvenile court procedures. Prerequisites: PSA 120, PSA 121, PSA 122. 3 credits PSA 220. POLICE ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION. The organization and adminis- tration of line, staff and auxiliary functions. A detailed examination of current command-level prob- lems and trends in law enforcement organization and management; this includes the formulation of policy and procedure; rules and regulations, development; implementation of procedural and tacti- cal planning; coordination and control of activity. 3 credits PSA 221. CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS. A study of the development of penal philoso- phies from revenge to rehabilitation. The structure of the American correctional system including probation, institutionalization and parole with consideration of current alternatives to incarceration. Survey of techniques, strategies and problems encountered in correctional counseling. Prerequisite: PSA 120. 3 credits PSA 222. LAW ENFORCEMENT-COMMUNITY RELATIONS. An examination of factors con- tributing to cooperation or friction between law enforcement personnel and the community, with emphasis on minority groups, political pressures and cultural problems. Citizen involvement in the criminal justice process, community organization and the social responsibility of law enforcement are examined. Prerequisite: PSA 120. 3 credits PSA 223. JUVENILE DELINQUENCY/JUSTICE. Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime. Analysis of factors underlying juvenile delinquency, treatment and prevention. The adjudication process for juveniles — philosophy and practice. Prerequisite: PSA 120. 3 credits PSA 224. SECURITY CONCEPTS. The historical, philosophical and legal basis of security. The role of security and the security industry in modern society. Security as a major factor in criminal justice for the prevention of crime. The relationship between private security and public law en- forcement. Prerequisite: PSA 120. 3 credits PSA 232. CRIMINAL PROCEDURE AND EVIDENCE. Constitutional and procedural consider- ations affecting arrest, search and seizure. A study of United States Supreme Court cases involving the fourth, fifth, sixth and fourteenth amendments to the U. S. Constitution specifically dealing with the law enforcement officers’ investigative and police powers, and their limitations, in connection with obtaining evidence, confessions and identifications, and in making searches, seizures and ar- rests. The origin, development and philosophy of rules of evidence, evaluation of evidence and proof required, competency and consideration of witnesses, tests of advisability and weight and value of types of evidence. Prerequisite: PSA 120. 3 credits Course Descriptions 185 PSA 234. SEMINAR IN POLICE PROBLEMS. Research, writing and discussion of selected sub- ject areas, analysis of contemporary problems, with emphasis on the Caribbean police problems, rural versus urban, island versus island, native versus tourist and alien. Research, writing and dis- cussion of foreign-police agencies, intensive research and written reports. 3 credits PSA 265. SELECTED TOPICS. This course is designed for Police Science and Administration students to further their knowledge in areas of special interest which may fall outside of their re- quired program. Approved topics at this time are Biological Evidence in Forensic Science and Introduction to Forensic Sciences. Topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. The course may be repeated for credit under various topics. 3 credits POLITICAL SCIENCE (POL) POL 120. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE. Introduces students to Political Science. It examines the various forms politics takes in relation to the state, political institutions and indi- viduals, in an effort to understand the world at large and one’s position in it. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the English placement exam or ENG 100/WAC 011, or SAT exemption. 3 credits POL 121-122. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL AND SOCIAL THOUGHT. An examination of ideas, concepts and theories about politics and political systems, and about individual and group relationships in society, with emphasis on the ways in which the social sciences enable us to think more clearly and accurately about our social environment. Prerequisite: POL 120. 3-3 credits POL 129. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. Designed to acquaint students with the basic principles and concepts associated with administrative management and the execu- tion of public policy, the organization and functioning of public institutions and the implementation of policy decisions in the public arena. A survey course designed to promote interest and under- standing of basic management practices and administrative procedures applicable to the public section. It is concerned with the processes by which bureaucratic organizations function. Prerequi- site: POL 120. 3 credits POL 151-152. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT. A study of the development of the constitution; political parties; civil liberties; the nature and functions of the legislative, executive and judicial branches of the federal government; structure and functions of state and local governments; relation between federal and state and local governments. Prerequisite: POL 120. 3-3 credits POL 340. CARIBBEAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. A comparative study of development, structure and processes of government and politics of the Caribbean Islands, with special reference to problems of national integration, political identity, constitutional independence and political ide- ology, and to the various solutions to these problems which have been adopted. Prerequisite: POL 120. 3 credits POL 341. AFRICAN POLITICS. A comparative study of the development, structure and processes of government and politics on the African continent. As such, it will look at the African political system prior to the arrival of Europeans, the colonial era, and the post-colonial era. The major political issues, ideologies, and the unique development of the principal political institutions will be examined. Case studies will focus on individual nations within each of the five regions of the continent (i.e., North, South, East, West and Central). Prerequisite: POL 120. 3 credits POL 351. COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT. A comparative study and analysis of the govern- ments of Great Britain and the USSR. Attention is also given to the politics and governments of developing countries. Prerequisite: POL 120. 3 credits Course Descriptions 186 POL 352. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS. A study of politics among nations. Prerequisite: POL 120. 3 credits POL 401. U. S. VIRGIN ISLANDS GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. An examination of the government and politics of the U. S. Virgin Islands. Emphasis is placed on the social and cultural context of the political process. The major institutional components of the political structure are examined, including the Organic Acts, the major branches of government, political parties, and federal-territorial relations. Outstanding political issues and possible political changes are discussed. Prerequisite: POL 120. 3 credits POL 496. PRACTICUM IN POLITICAL SCIENCE. Opportunities for supervised field work ex- perience in areas related to government and politics, with emphasis on the linkage between course work and practical application. A comprehensive program must be submitted to the Division Chair no later than the sixth week of the semester prior to the semester in which the field work is to be undertaken. Prerequisites: Senior standing and Political Science concentration. 3 credits POL 498. POLITICAL SCIENCE SEMINAR. An examination of methodological controversies concerning the nature and methods of Political Science and recent major work in the various areas of the discipline. The course is designed to help prepare advanced students for graduate training. Prerequisites: 6 credits of lower level and 6 credits of upper level Political Science courses. 3 credits PROCESS TECHNOLOGY (PRT) PRT 101. INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS TECHNOLOGY. An introduction to chemical and refinery plant operations. Topics include process technician duties, responsibilities, and expecta- tions: plant organization; plant process and utility systems; the physical and mental requirements of the process technician; an overview of a typical process plant; identification of process equipment; the purpose of equipment; safety, health, and environmental components; and the roles, responsi- bilities and work environment. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MAT 023 and MAT 024, or satisfactory SAT Math score, or a satisfactory score on the mathematics diagnostic examination. 3 credits PRT 110. BASIC ELECTRICITY THEORY. Provides instruction in understanding and designing direct-current and alternating-current electrical circuits. Topics include voltage, current, resistance, Ohm’s Law, magnetism’s relationship with electricity, inductance and capacitance, and multi-phase electrical systems. Co-requisite: MAT 140. 3 credits PRT 121. INSTRUMENTATION I. The first course of a two-semester sequence which involves the study of the instruments and their integration into instrument systems used in petroleum refining, petrochemical and chemical processing, including terminology, symbols, data highways, input-out- put, and basic troubleshooting. Co-requisite: MAT 140. 3 credits PRT 122. INSTRUMENTATION II. The second course of a two-semester sequence which in- volves the study of the instruments and their integration into instrument systems used in petroleum refining, petrochemical and chemical processing, including terminology, symbols, data highways, input-output, and basic troubleshooting. Prerequisite: PRT 121. 3 credits PRT 125. INDUSTRIAL PROCESS. A study of the processes employed in petroleum refining and chemical plant operations, emphasizing the typical refinery processes. Prerequisites: SPE 120, MAT 140, and PRT 101. 3 credits Course Descriptions 187 PRT 130. PROCESS TECHNOLOGY I – EQUIPMENT. Provides instruction in the use of com- mon process equipment including drums, reactors and other processing vessels; pumps, compres- sors, blowers, fans and other rotating equipment; flow, temperature, pressure and other instrumen- tation; relief valves, Automatic Shutdown Devices and other safety protection equipment. The course will include the identification, terminology and basic functions of these process equipment compo- nents and the scientific principles associated with them. Prerequisite: PRT 101. 3 credits PRT 225. SAFETY, HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT. Develops the knowledge and skills that will reinforce the attitudes and behaviors required for safe and environmentally sound work habits. Emphasis is on safety, health and environmental issues in the performance of all job tasks and regulatory compliance issues. Also included are the components of a typical plant safety and envi- ronmental program; the role of a process operator in relation to safety, health, and environment; and identification and use of safety, health and environmental equipment. Prerequisite: PRT 130. 3 credits PRT 231. PROCESS TECHNOLOGY II – SYSTEMS. Explores the interrelation of process equip- ment and process systems and the application of relevant scientific principles to the process envi- ronment. Course topics will include construction of process systems from basic equipment, analysis of process systems, system control under normal operating conditions, and recognition of abnormal conditions. Prerequisite: PRT 130. 2 credits PRT 232. PROCESS TECHNOLOGY III – OPERATIONS. Combines systems into operational processes with emphasis on operations under various conditions. Topics include typical duties of an operator, combining systems into operating processes; describing a process technician’s role during plant operations; writing operating procedures, and demonstrating the application of operating pro- cedures. Prerequisite: PRT 231. 3 credits PRT 240. PROCESS TROUBLESHOOTING. Provides instruction in the different types of trouble- shooting techniques, procedures, and methods used to solve process problems. Topics include ap- plication of data collection and analysis, cause-effect relationships, reasoning, the steps in trouble- shooting models; the use of troubleshooting tools, and the troubleshooting techniques used to solve process problems. The application of computerized process control is a major part of this course. Prerequisite: PRT 231. Co-requisite: PRT 232. 3 credits PRT 275. INTERNSHIP. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for on-the- job technical training in the petrochemical process field in a supervised work setting. These activi- ties will be conducted in restricted locations on-site within HOVENSA. Students will work along- side field experts in daily activities that will supplement courses in process troubleshooting and process technology: operations. Individual assignments will be made by the end of the third semes- ter by the Process Technology Coordinator after consulting with the Process Technology Instruc- tors. Prerequisite: Good Academic Standing. Co-requisite: PRT 232. 3 credits PSYCHOLOGY (PSY) PSY 120. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY. A broad overview of the field of psychology. Such topics as basic human neurophysiology, child development, principles of learning, social psychology, abnor- mal behavior, personality development and approaches to clinical intervention will be covered. Prerequisites: A satisfactory grade on the English and reading placement exams or the satisfactory completion of ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021 or SAT exemption. 3 credits Course Descriptions 188 PSY 202. LIFE SPAN DEVELOPMENT. An introduction to human development throughout the life cycle. Using a topical approach, biological, physical, personality and social processes will be examined from the prenatal period through late adulthood. The impact of the life span perspective on developmental theory and research methodology will be emphasized. Prerequisite: PSY 120. 3 credits PSY 203. INTRODUCTION TO PERSONALITY. Provides a broad introduction to the contempo- rary field of personality psychology. Genetic, environmental, social and cultural influences on per- sonality are discussed, and the major personality theorists and assessment methods are introduced to the student. Empirical findings are stressed in the examination of topics such as personality types and traits, motivation and achievement, concepts of the self, sex roles, perceived control and re- sponsibility, love, altruism and aggression. Prerequisite: PSY 120. 3 credits PSY 223. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. A study of the individual’s behavior and experience in social situations. Topics will include: the dynamics of groups; social roles, attitudes and values, communi- cation, prejudice and mass behavior. Caribbean approaches to these topics will be stressed. Prereq- uisite: PSY 120. (Also listed as SOC 223.) 3 credits PSY 240. BIOPSYCHOLOGY. An introduction to the biological and neurological bases of behav- ior. Topics in the brain structure and organization, the neural mechanisms of behavior, the process of evolution and adaptation, the study of genetics, the visual, perceptual and sensorimotor systems, and the regulation and control of homeostatic processes and the influence of biology on cognitive and emotional functioning will be covered. Both normal and abnormal behavior will be explored. Prerequisites: Psy 120, Science 100. 3 credits PSY 301. HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY. A survey of the history of the field, its major systems and methods. Contemporary issues and trends will be examined in terms of their roots in the history of the study of human behavior. Prerequisites: PSY 120, limited to juniors and seniors majoring in psychology. 3 credits PSY 302. CULTURE AND BEHAVIOR. An examination of the mutual relevance of psychology and anthropology to the understanding of human behavior. Conceptual and methodological issues will be emphasized in the substantive areas of cross-cultural research such as the cognitive pro- cesses, socialization and personality development, as well as its application to social issues, mental health and intercultural communication. Prerequisite: PSY 120 and PSY 202. 3 credits PSY 304. COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY. An introduction to the theoretical and experimental foun- dations of mental processes including consciousness, perception, learning, memory and thinking. Current approaches such as information-processing and cognitive science will be examined. Pre- requisite: PSY 202. 3 credits PSY 321. CHILD DEVELOPMENT. Covers topics important in child development including pre- natal development, infancy, early experience, learning, emotional development, language, cognitive development, moral development, sex-role acquisition, personality and social development includ- ing role of family, peers, school and mass media in the socialization process. Prerequisite: PSY 202. 3 credits PSY 322. ADULT DEVELOPMENT. Will focus on issues in adulthood and aging. Topics covered include the emergence of adult roles, marriage and family life, predictable life crises, role of work, retirement and leisure, special issues in aging, and the psychological aspects of death, dying and bereavement. Prerequisite: PSY 202. PSY 321 is strongly recommended. 3 credits Course Descriptions 189 PSY 323. PSYCHOLOGY OF THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD AND ADOLESCENT. Will survey the behavior needs and characteristics of those children who deviate significantly from the average to require special attention to develop their potential. Emphasis will be placed on assessment, pat- terns of adjustment and some therapeutic strategies. Prerequisite: PSY 321. 3 credits PSY 325. ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT. Provides expanded, in-depth coverage of the adoles- cent period in development. In particular, issues of family, relationships, self-concept and identity, delinquency and psychological disorder, and societal risk factors will be covered. Prerequisite: PSY 202. 3 credits PSY 327. PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN. This course will provide an overview of contemporary theory and research as it applies to sex and gender differences in biology, development, socializa- tion, cognition, interpersonal relationships, and psychological disorders. Prerequisites: PSY 202, 203. 3 credits PSY 332. INDUSTRIAL-ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. This course presents a general introduction to the field of industrial and organizational psychology, focusing on the structure and function of organizations and the role they play in our lives. Students taking this course will develop an understanding of organizational processes, culture, behavior and productivity, and will be given both a theoretical and applied approach to the field. Prerequisites: PSY 202. 3 credits PSY 350. DRUGS, BEHAVIOR, AND SOCIETY. This course will develop within successful stu- dents an in-depth, factual, objective understanding of the use and misuse of legal and illegal drugs in contemporary society, and in sports, as reported in the media, as well as with associated historical antecedents. Approaches to both treatment and prevention of addictions will be studied, in addition to the pharmacological activity and long term effects of various types of drugs (including alcohol). Prerequisite PSY 120 and/or Junior standing and/or permission of the instructor. 3 credits PSY 432. PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY. The study of personality development emphasiz- ing the normal individual and his adjustment to his environment. Theories of personalities and techniques of measuring personality will be discussed. Prerequisites: PSY 202 and PSY 203. 3 credits PSY 433. INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY. Will survey the ma- jor approaches to counseling and psychotherapy. Theoretical and research finding will be critiqued. Emphasis will be placed on selection and implementation of therapy for different reference groups. Prerequisites: PSY 203 and PSY 434. 3 credits PSY 434. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Emphasizes the dynamics of mental illness; diagnostic methods for classifying and understanding the degree of individual maladjustment; levels and fo- cuses of therapeutic intervention. Prerequisite: PSY 203. 3 credits PSY 435. TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS. Focuses on the nature and value of psychological instruments, particularly those relevant to an academic setting. Critical topics such as cultural rela- tivity, ethics and research considerations will be discussed. Prerequisites: PSY 202 and PSY 203. Strongly recommended: PSY 321, PSY 322, PSY 434 and SSC 328. Limited to juniors and seniors. 3 credits PSY 440. APPLIED RESEARCH METHODS. An introduction to research methods used in the study of behavior, both experimental and non-experimental. The scientific method, including eth- ics, principles and methods of research design, data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, and report writing and covered. The student will have hands on experience both in groups and individually in conducting research studies. Prerequisite: SSC 328. 3 credits Course Descriptions 190 PSY 465-466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in Psychology, especially those that may be of regional importance, or will introduce the student to evolving spe- cialties in the field. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3,3 credits PSY 496. PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY. Individualized and supervised field work experience in the areas of school, developmental, clinical, social and industrial psychology. Major emphasis on integration of theory and practice, also personal and professional development. A comprehensive program must be submitted to the Division Chair no later than the sixth week of the semester prior to the semester in which the field work is to be undertaken. Prerequisites: PSY 120, PSY 202, and PSY 203; for clinical areas, also PSY 434 and PSY 433; for human service areas, also HMS 310 (Introduction to Human Services), HMS 375 (Field Placement and Seminar), PSY 434 and PSY 433; for school counseling and developmental areas, also PSY 321 and PSY 325 (Adolescent De- velopment); for social/organizational areas, also PSY 223 and PSY 332 (Industrial/ Organizational Psychology). Senior standing is required. 3 credits SCIENCE (SCI) SCI 100. THE NATURAL WORLD: THE CARIBBEAN. A topical examination of the natural world of the Caribbean. Included will be considerations of elements of Caribbean life associated with the natural world with emphasis on their roots in the Natural Sciences. The approach is inter- disciplinary with a variety of learning strategies employed. Two hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. This course is half of the two-part Freshman Year General Education Curriculum. 3 credits SCI 200. CHANGES IN THE NATURAL WORLD. Students learn to use the vocabulary and concepts underlying the scientific view of the natural world. An exploration of cosmology and biological principles provide a contrast with mythology and a framework within which to under- stand the scientific explanations of change and evolution in physical systems and living organisms. Students learn to relate to emerging scientific applications and to the overall organization of scien- tific knowledge. Laboratory exercises establish the principles of observation and analysis as a basis for scientific theory. This course partially satisfies the general education requirements for a BA degree. Two hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. Prerequisite: SCI 100 (except in the case of a student admitted into a degree program with 24 or more credits), ENG 120. Corequisite: MAT 140. 3 credits SCI 210. INTRODUCTION TO METEOROLOGY. The course is designed to provide students with a fundamental understanding of weather phenomena. The students will understand meteoro- logical measurements of the atmosphere and be able to interpret weather developments from these measurements. In addition, this course provides the foundation for further studies in the field of meteorology. Students participating in this course must have acquired skills of sending and receiv- ing attached documents by email and must be familiar with web browser navigation. Students are expected to access web resources on the Internet daily. It is strongly recommended that students have a computer with availability to the Internet. 4 credits SCI 301. APPLICATION OF PRINCIPLES FROM THE NATURAL WORLD. The application of key scientific principles to selected aspects of our immediate surroundings, and an interdisciplinary examination of the technology used to manipulate those surroundings. A variety of teaching tech- niques, including laboratory exploration, will be employed. Two hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. Prerequisites: MAT 140 or 143. 3 credits Course Descriptions 191 SCI 360. SCIENCE AND THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. This course, a joint offering of the Science and Teacher Education programs, is designed for elementary education majors. It will give students an opportunity to actively participate in the construction of scientific knowledge by engag- ing them in critical thinking and original research projects in the natural sciences. Additionally, the course will expose students to science teaching reform, standards in science teaching, and the theo- ries of teaching and learning in science. During the semester, concurrent field experiences under the supervision of the Education Division in conjunction with the Math Division will consist of two hours weekly. Prerequisites: EDU 250. (Also listed as EDU 360.) 5 credits SOCIAL SCIENCE (SSC) SSC 100. AN INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIAL SCIENCES: A CARIBBEAN FOCUS. A topical examination of the social dimensions of Caribbean cultures from the origins of human habi- tation to the present. Its interdisciplinary approach will emphasize the perspectives of the various social sciences, with attention also given to the arts of the Caribbean. A variety of teaching and learning strategies will be utilized. 3 credits SSC 113. CLARIFICATION OF THE SOCIAL SELF. In this course the student will explore com- munication and listening, conflict-resolution, assertiveness and decision-making as they apply to individuals in an interpersonal context. Values clarification and ethical decision-making exercises will be used in structured and unstructured group learning activities as well as readings and discus- sion. Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of English and Reading placement tests, SAT exemp- tion, or completion of ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021. 3 credits SSC 154. METHODOLOGY OF INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES. Directed at preparing the student for interdisciplinary studies within the social sciences. Deals with the basic methodologies of such programs. The course includes identification and exploration of the nature and scope of selected local problems, the design, strategy, and evaluation of research projects from the point of view of application of results. 3 credits SSC 327-328. QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES. Tech- niques and methods of measurement, analysis, interpretation and explanation of statistical data. Topics include frequency distributions and graphic presentation, measures of central tendency and dispersion, the normal and binomial distributions, probability theory, hypothesis testing, point and interval estimation, measures of association and regression, goodness-of-fit tests and analysis of variance; sampling and research design; questionnaire construction. Emphasis is placed on the in- terrelationships between theory and applied research. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MAT 140 - 235. 4-4 credits SSC 497-498. SOCIAL SCIENCES SENIOR SEMINAR. A periodic seminar which explores cur- rent topics in the various fields of the Social Sciences. The first semester will be devoted to a period of instruction in Social Sciences research methodology, followed by written and oral presentation of a research proposal by the student. In the second semester, students will write their research papers and make an oral presentation of the results of their work. A schedule of meetings will be established at the first meeting of each semester. Prerequisites: SSC 327-328 and senior standing in the Social Sciences. 1-1 credit SSC 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Advanced students who have acquired adequate academic skills may, with the assistance of faculty members, propose a semester program of independent reading, research and reporting to be conducted under the mentorship of one or more full-time faculty members of the Social Science Division. Acceptance of the proposal should be obtained from the faculty members who will supervise and from the Division Chair at least one month prior to the beginning of the semester. 1 to 3 credits Course Descriptions 192 SOCIAL WORK (SWK) SWK 224. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WELFARE. Examination of the social welfare prob- lems and needs of the Virgin Islands, Caribbean and mainland United States; the network of agen- cies and programs to meet these needs; the gaps and limitations of services; the roles of professional social workers in providing social welfare services. Assigned observational learning experiences are a part of the requirements of this course. (Also listed as SOC 224.) 3 credits SWK 325. SOCIAL WELFARE AS A SOCIAL INSTITUTION. Historical development of public and private social welfare and the profession of social work in the context of economic, philosophi- cal, social and other forces. In addition, major changes in governmental social philosophy, welfare programs and issues in social welfare and social work are examined with the use of analytic and evaluation paradigms. Participant observational learning experiences are a part of the requirements of this course. Prerequisite: SOC 121. (Also listed as SOC 325.) 3 credits SWK 331. SOCIAL WORK METHODS I. An introduction to basic social work practice utilized by professional social workers in their interventions with any social system. The focus of this course is on people with problems and perceptions of their functioning, relevant systems, and the helping process, including time phases, the worker and the kinds of helping roles, the client in the situation, communication skills, objectives and goals, and values and self-awareness. The values and ethics of the profession are examined in relation to social needs and the context of practice. The social agency context of sanctions, organization and accountability are examined. The variety of social work practice in relation to social problems and human need will be considered. This foundation knowl- edge is further developed in Social Work Methods II, III and IV. Prerequisite: SWK 224. 3 credits SWK 332. SOCIAL WORK METHODS II. A continuation of introduction to basic social work practice. This course focuses on interactional processes; the social worker with the client system and in the agency and community. Stress is on the worker’s use of knowledge for disciplined guiding, ordering, structuring and understanding activities. Beginning interviewing skills are also examined. (Must be taken concurrently with SWK 333.) Prerequisite: SWK 331. 3 credits SWK 333. FIELD INSTRUCTION AND FIELD SEMINAR. An introduction to social work prac- tice in Virgin Islands and other Caribbean area social welfare and other appropriate organizations. The educational experience of the student is under the direction of the University of the Virgin Islands Social Welfare Program. Each student is assigned an individual field instructor to facilitate learning in a service environment. One day of field instruction per week throughout the semester. Concurrent participation in a regular field instruction seminar is required. (Must be taken concur- rently with SWK 332.) 3 credits SWK 334. HUMAN BEHAVIOR AND SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT FRAMEWORK. Designed to familiarize students with basic psychosocial concepts of human behavior. The stages of develop- ment from infancy through old age are studied within the frames of reference provided by Erikson, Freud, and Piaget. The relevance of this knowledge for social work is stressed. Prerequisite: PSY 120. 3 credits SWK 335. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN SOCIAL GERONTOLOGY. An intensive overview of the major concepts, programs and contemporary issues in social gerontology and their relation- ships to social welfare and other human services. Topics include health care, income maintenance, social security benefits, crime, media, social networks and others. Prerequisite: SOC 121 or Special 131E (Gerontology Institute). (Also listed as SOC 335.) 3 credits Course Descriptions 193 SWK 425. SOCIAL WORK METHODS III. Utilizing a systems approach, assessment and the beginning phase of practice are examined. An emphasis is placed on the generic practice process and beginning engagement skills with individuals, families, groups and local communities, includ- ing observation, data collection, interviewing and assessment. A further emphasis is placed on the worker’s skill in facilitating direct services for people in the context of social work purposes. (Must be taken concurrently with SWK 427.) 3 credits SWK 426. SOCIAL WORK METHODS IV. A continued development of social work generic practice. The middle and termination phases of practice with individuals, families, groups and local communities are stressed. Attention is paid to short-term interventions for work with individuals and families, particularly in regard to delivering social services in relation to functional and dys- functional processes both in societal systems and client systems. Special attention is paid to task- oriented groups, including agency work groups and interventions on local community levels. Team and interdisciplinary aspects of professional practice are examined. (Must be taken concurrently with SWK 428.) 3 credits SWK 427. FIELD INSTRUCTION II AND FIELD SEMINAR. Builds upon the knowledge and experience gained in SWK 333 and requires the student to integrate the content of SWK 425 in a practicum basis. A minimum of two days per week is required. Concurrent participation in a regular field instruction seminar is also required. (Must be taken concurrently with SWK 425.) 6 credits SWK 428. FIELD INSTRUCTION III AND FIELD SEMINAR. Builds upon the knowledge and experience gained in Social Work 427 and requires the student to integrate the content of SWK 426 in a practicum basis. A minimum of two days per week is required. Concurrent participation in a regular field instruction seminar is also required. (Must be taken concurrently with SWK 426.) 6 credits SWK 430. SOCIAL WELFARE: POLICIES, PROGRAMS, ISSUES. An analysis of social wel- fare programs, policies and issues in regard to selected major areas of social welfare need in the United States, the Virgin Islands and the Caribbean. Issues, strategies and programs in the delivery of social welfare services in a multi-cultural, multiracial context are examined, including the impli- cations for professional priorities and decision-making. Prerequisite: SOC 121 (Also listed as SOC 430.) 3 credits SWK 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in social work. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3, 3 credits SOCIOLOGY (SOC) SOC 121. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY. Analysis of the basic perspectives, concepts and methods used in studying societies. Society and culture: diversity and uniformity, society and the individual. Social organization: primary groups, family, kinship and marriage, stratification, racial and ethnic groups, communities. Social institutions: religious, educational, scientific, political, eco- nomic. Population and society: deviancy, conformity, social change. 3 credits SOC 124. SOCIAL PROBLEMS. A study of conditions in society. Problems of the life cycle: adolescence, education, work, the aged. Problems of deviance: delinquency, crime, mental illness. Problems of the nation: race relations, poverty, housing. World problems: population, war, new nations. Prerequisite: SOC 121. 3 credits Course Descriptions 194 SOC 223. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. A study of the individual’s behavior and experience in social situations. Topics will include: the dynamics of groups; social roles, attitudes and values, communi- cation, prejudice and mass behavior. Caribbean approaches to these topics will be stressed. Prereq- uisite: PSY 121-122 or PSY 120. (Also listed as PSY 223.) 3 credits SOC 224. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WELFARE. Examination of the social welfare prob- lems and needs of the Virgin Islands, Caribbean and mainland United States; the network of agen- cies and programs to meet these needs; the gaps and limitations of services; the roles of professional social workers in providing social welfare services. Assigned observational learning experiences are a part of the requirements of this course. (Also listed as SWK 224.) 3 credits SOC 236. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY. A thorough examination of the significance of mar- riage and the family today, the family life cycle, dating and mate selection, love, marital and sexual adjustment, divorce and desertion, remarriage. 3 credits SOC 255, 256. AFRICAN CIVILIZATION. Historical survey of the several major culture areas of continental Africa. Comprises a comparative study of the ways by which the several African peoples treated have handled the basic problems of human existence: origin, survival, self-realization and destiny. (Also listed as ANT 255, 256 and HIS 255, 256.) 3, 3 credits SOC 257, 258. THE BLACK EXPERIENCE IN THE NEW WORLD. A study of the slave trade, the conditions of slavery, and the process of Black acculturation in the New World since emancipa- tion. SOC 256 is recommended as a preparatory course. (Also listed as ANT 257, 258 and HIS 257, 258.) 3, 3 credits SOC 325. SOCIAL WELFARE AS A SOCIAL INSTITUTION. Historical development of public and private social welfare and the profession of social work in the context of economic, philosophi- cal, social and other forces. In addition, major changes in governmental social philosophy, welfare programs and issues in social welfare and social work are examined with the use of analytic and evaluation paradigms. Participant observational learning experiences are a part of the requirements of this course. Prerequisite: SOC 121. (Also listed as SWK 325.) 3 credits SOC 332. COMPARATIVE INSTITUTIONS. The comparative study of institutions such as the family, stratification, and kinship, with emphasis on structure and function. Data will be presented from selected cultures of Indonesia, the Caribbean, the USSR, India, and Polynesia. Prerequisite: SOC 121. 3 credits SOC 333. CRIMINOLOGY. The study of criminal and delinquent behavior including its varia- tions, ramifications, explanations and measures of prevention, control and treatment. 3 credits SOC 335. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN SOCIAL GERONTOLOGY. An intensive overview of the major concepts, programs and contemporary issues in social gerontology and their relationships to social welfare and other human services. Topics include health care, income maintenance, social security benefits, crime, media, social networks and others. Prerequisite: SOC 121 or Special 131E (Gerontology Institute). (Also listed as SWK 335.) 3 credits SOC 345. RACE AND ETHNIC RELATIONS. An analysis of the concept of race, race differences, prejudice, conflict, annihilation, stratification, segregation, pluralism, assimilation, reactions to mi- nority status. 3 credits Course Descriptions 195 SOC 355, 356. CULTURAL HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA. Deals with the cultural history of the West African Sudan: the area between 7 and 17 degrees north latitude and extending from the northwestern border of Nigeria to the Atlantic Ocean. The period covered extends from the 7th to the 19th centuries which permits a discussion of the rise and flowering of the various peoples involved: Ghana, Mali, Sosso, Songhay, Wolof-Serer and the Fulani. (Also listed as ANT 355, 356 and HIS 355, 356.) 3, 3 credits SOC 381. CONTEMPORARY CARIBBEAN SOCIETY. An analysis of society in the contempo- rary Caribbean, using comparative studies of social structure, race, color, class, religion, family, personality, etc., to discuss problems of social cohesion and social change. Prerequisite: SOC 121. 3 credits SOC 382. SOCIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT. Examines the concept, nature and context of de- velopment and underdevelopment in the international system, using the Caribbean and Latin America as areas of focus. Includes an analysis of the relationship between various institutional areas and developments. Prerequisite: SOC 121. 3 credits SOC 430. SOCIAL WELFARE: POLICIES, PROGRAMS, ISSUES. An analysis of social welfare programs, policies and issues in regard to selected major areas of social welfare need in the United States, the Virgin Islands and the Caribbean. Issues, strategies and programs in the delivery of social welfare services in a multi-cultural, multiracial context are examined, including the implications for professional priorities and decision-making. Prerequisite: SOC 121. (Also listed as SWK 430.) 3 credits SOC 469. PRACTlCUM IN SOCIOLOGY. Provides supervised experiences in applying the tools and theories of sociological analysis to community problems and policy issues. A comprehensive program must be submitted to the Division Chair no later than the sixth week of the semester prior to the semester in which the field work is to be undertaken. Prerequisites: Senior standing and a Sociology concentration, with at least 12 credits in the concentration. 3 credits SPANISH (SPA) SPA 131. FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY SPANISH I. This course is designed to develop a basic level of competence in understanding and an acceptable level of competence in communicating in standard Spanish. Its learning activities draw upon the broad range of state-of-art facilities and techniques, including videos, computer-assisted language practice and multi-media supported drills. This first course lays the foundation in phonology, vocabulary and grammar for effective command of the other two in this sequence. 4 credits SPA 132. FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY SPANISH II. This course is designed to develop in the second language learner a higher elementary level of competence in understanding and communi- cating orally and in writing standard Spanish. The learning program is based on state-of-the-art videos, computer-assisted language activities and practice provided by multi-media resources. This second course builds upon the foundation laid by the introductory elementary course and continues to develop phonology, vocabulary and grammar in preparation for the intermediate and more ad- vanced stages of the language. The development of language functions moves from ritualistic ex- pressions to more complex usages in conversation. Prerequisite: SPA 131 or successful completion of the appropriate CLEP test. 4 credits SPA 141. ALTERNATE FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY SPANISH I. This course is designed for students who have had previous knowledge of Spanish and who wish to develop a higher level of oral competency in the language, have a greater command of grammar and a broader grasp of the Hispanic cultural dimension. 3 credits Course Descriptions 196 SPA 231. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH. Grammar review, drills in translation, intensive practice in hearing and in speaking Spanish. Practical vocabulary and conversation will be stressed. Prerequi- site: SPA 132 or successful completion of the appropriate CLEP test. 4 credits SPA 305. ORAL SPANISH. Conducted entirely in Spanish. Intensive oral practice; pronunciation, vocabulary, reading, comprehension, conversation, short speeches and group discussion. Some use of audio aids. Prerequisite: SPA 231. 3 credits SPA 306. ADVANCED CONVERSATION. Conducted entirely in Spanish, and designed to de- velop fluency and correctness in the spoken language by means of prepared and impromptu discus- sions on topics of cultural and current interest. Prerequisite: SPA 231. 3 credits SPA 311. ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. A groundwork is laid for studies in the development of the Romance languages. Some essential and practical concepts and applications of descriptive linguis- tics are studied. Methodologies for recording and analyzing languages are explored. Reading and reports are initiated on the histories of the Spanish language. Prerequisite: SPA 231 or successful completion of the appropriate CLEP test. 3 credits SPA 312. ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. The development of grammatical structures and lexicons of Spanish out of the Latin language is the subject of detailed study. The roles of sociolinguistics contact phenomena are also brought into perspective as agents of language change. Theories on language origins and language change are evaluated, particularly in the light of creole develop- ments. Prerequisite: SPA 311. 3 credits SPA 321. STUDIES IN SPANISH LANGUAGE AND STYLE. Taught in Spanish. An approach to advanced grammar through contemporary readings in various fields. Extensive practice in transla- tion and written and oral expression. 3 credits SPA 322. ADVANCED STUDIES IN SPANISH LANGUAGE AND STYLE. Taught in Spanish. Intensive exercise in composition and oral expression. Prerequisite: SPA 321. 3 credits SPA 331. SPANISH LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION TO THE 18th CENTURY. Taught in Spanish. The purpose of this course and SPA 332 is to study works representative of the most significant currents in Spanish literature. The lectures will stress the interrelation of Spanish litera- ture with general development in the Spanish speaking world. Selected texts will be analyzed and discussed. May be taken independently of SPA 332. 3 credits SPA 332. SPANISH LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION FROM THE 18th CENTURY TO THE PRESENT. See SPA 331. May be taken independently of SPA 331. 3 credits SPA 433. SPANISH LITERATURE OF THE GOLDEN AGE. Taught in Spanish. A discussion of the principal authors of the 16th and 17th centuries from Garcilaso to Quevedo. 3 credits SPA 434. CONTEMPORARY SPANISH LITERATURE. Taught in Spanish. Representative au- thors from the generation of 1898 to the 1927 group: Unamuno, Azorin, Ortega, Miro, Garcia Lorca, Salinas, Guillen, and others. 3 credits SPA 435. SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE I. Taught in Spanish. A study of the significant literary works produced in Spanish America from the colonial period to 1888. May be taken inde- pendently of SPA 436. 3 credits Course Descriptions 197 SPA 436. SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE II. Taught in Spanish. Stresses the coming of age of Spanish-American literature: Ruben Dario and modernismo; the development of the essay and the novel; significant literary works produced in the post modernistic period, from 1918 to the present. May be taken independently of SPA 435. 3 credits SPA 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes but is not limited to areas of special interest in history of the language or the literatures of Spain and Latin America, including such topics as the romantic movement in Spain, the modern novel or literary criticism as such. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under various topics. Prerequisite: Any Spanish course at the 300 or 400 level. 3, 3 credits SPA 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Individual research under the direction of a member or mem- bers of the department. The students report in weekly conferences to their research advisor and present such papers as may be prescribed. Prerequisites: Advanced standing; completion of at least six hours of Spanish beyond the 200 level; cumulative grade point average of 3.00; consent of the Division Chair. A proposal must be approved prior to the end of the preceding semester. 3 credits THEATRE (THE) THE 110. INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE. Surveys historical development and dramatic litera- ture of the Greek, Roman, Medieval and Elizabethan periods, along with an examination of repre- sentative American, Caribbean and African plays. The student is also exposed to an overview of the technical aspects of a production. 3 credits THE 210. THEATRE SERVICE. The study of the basic theories of scene design, stage lighting, costume design, stage management and construction techniques applicable to stage settings. Three hours of instruction and full participation in one production per semester. 4 credits THE 211, 212, 213, 214. THEATRE PRODUCTION. The art of play production is studied from the practicum state of participation in a University of the Virgin Islands mainstage and/or studio productions. The technical assignment will be in one of the following areas: technical director, designer, lighting technician, wardrobe, stage manager. Work duties will be assigned by the techni- cal advisor of a production if this is a technical position or rehearsals by the director if the student is cast in a major acting role. This course may be repeated four times for credit. The students will be encouraged to choose a different area for each repeat of the course. Prerequisite: THE 110. 1, 1, 1, 1 credit THE 220. BASIC STAGE MOVEMENT. This course emphasizes basic physical conditioning for the actor. It will enable a student to learn about gesture, the physical manifestation of emotion, and to become more relaxed and poised in front of an audience. The students will examine the styles and forms of period movement and their expression in relation to needs of the theatre. 3 credits THE 312. DIRECTING STAGE PRODUCTIONS. The study of the basic theories of stage direct- ing including the director’s preliminary investigation, script selection, script analysis, casting and staging techniques. 3 credits THE 315. THEATRE IN THE CARIBBEAN. This course will explore theatre in the English- speaking Caribbean starting from the Bahamas, Cayman Islands, U. S. and the British Virgin Is- lands, to Trinidad and Tobago, including Guyana. Students will study various forms of theatre from story-telling and carnival and festivals to formal presentations. 3 credits Course Descriptions 198 THE 323. BASIC ACTING. The study of the basic techniques, analytical skills and the principles which underlie the methodologies of acting as they relate to the actor’s performance. Three lectures weekly and rehearsal time will be required. 3 credits THE 325. READERS THEATRE. Group training in effectively bringing the written drama to life with or without the traditional adjuncts of costuming, scenery, and lighting. The students will learn to script nondramatic literature for group presentations. Prerequisite: COM 227 or COM 221. 3 credits THE 411. CREATING THEATRE. Using creativity, problem-solving, and group-dynamics infor- mation and techniques, enrolled students will participate with available extracurricular volunteers in the actual invention and preparation of a theatre-piece. Though not a course in play-writing per se, students will adapt what are, conventionally speaking, nondramatic materials, fiction and nonfic- tion, articles, essays, etc., for a theatrical presentation and audience. Available for credit or as an extracurricular activity. Six hours per week. 3 credits THE 412. SCENE DESIGN AND STAGE LIGHTING. Designed to expand the students already existing awareness of the principles of design as applied to stage scenery and theatrical lighting. The student will create and execute a design of both a theatrical set and the accompanying stage lighting for a hypothetical production of either a community educational theatre piece. Prerequisite: THE 210 and at least one from THE 211, 212, 213, 214. 3 credits THE 413. THEATRE CRITICISM. The students examine the theatre experience through a critical analysis of the role of audience, dramatic structure, environment and visual elements, and perform- ers and directors. The theatre process is studied by examining synopses and representative plays of appropriate genre. Prerequisites: THE 110 and at least one from THE 220, THE 312, THE 323. 3 credits THE 415. THEATRE MANAGEMENT. The students examine the business of theatre: organizing, funding, managing and sustaining an artistic enterprise. Emphasis is placed upon the roles of the producer, stage manager and house manager in professional, community and educational organiza- tions. Prerequisite: THE 110. 3 credits THE 465,466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes but is not limited to areas of special interest in dramatic literature, various genre of theatre, history of different periods of theatre, including era of “Isms,” i.e., expressionism, surrealism, etc. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3,3 credits THE 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Individual study and research under the direction of a mem- ber or members of the Division. Students will have weekly conferences with their advisors and do such readings and papers as may be required. Prerequisite: Advance standing. Students must have completed at least 20 credits of communication and/or theatre courses beyond the 200 level with a cumulative grade point average of 3.00. Students must secure consent of the Division Chair and advisor. Written proposals must be approved prior to the end of the preceding semester. 3 credits Course Descriptions 199 Faculty Listing by Division BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION STX: G. Cox, F. Depusoir, B. Kisuule, J. Munro, L. Pickering, B. Roussev, A. Washington STT: E. Esdaille, M. Hermann, L. Hudspeth, S. Kabuka, K. Matsumoto, S. Simmonds EDUCATION STX: P. Abney, D. Griffith, K. Ross-Kantz, J. Lovern, B. Wray, G. van Lingen STT: S. Green, Y. Habtes, R. Harrigan, E. Heikkila, A. Morales, R. Howard, R. Nicholls, L. Thomas HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES STX: A. Baumann, L. DiMeo, D. Gould, S. Highfield, S. Jones-Hendrickson, V. Knowles-Combie, K. Robinson, L. Roopnarine, I. Ruseva, R. Sterns, M. Williams STT: A. Belle-Barry, V. Cooper, D. D’Arpa, V. Donovan, K. Dudemaine, G. Emanuel, P. Harkins- Pierre, C. Henneman, E. Iniama, E. Lallemand, M. Lamkin, H. Liverpool, A. Markham, S. Odezah, D. Parker, D. Phillips, K. Rozzell, T. Parris, M. Sekoú, H. Solomon, P. Rhymer Todman, A. Venzen, L. Wymer, L. Young-Wright NURSING EDUCATION STX: J. Allmacher, D. Bertrand, K. Sheats STT: G. Callwood, B. Jamison, M. Nunez, E. Ramsay-Johnson, B. Stright, O. Torres SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS STX: B. Blundell, E. Douglas, V. Goodwin, S. Ketcham, A. Lewit, M. Peterson, M. Provost, J. Spillman, V. Tyson STT: M. Boumedine, J. Carroll, J. Corven, R. Dance, R. Gupta, R. Hall, D. Iannucci, S. Latesky, S. Lorbach, C. McKayle, D. Nemeth, A. Parr, S. Ratchford, S. Romano, L. Rosenthal, D. Smith, A. Stanford, R. Stolz, N. Thomas, T. Turner, R. Watlington